r/EPA
    * fi
   W o
  •^ c3 i.
  o « .-9
  15.1
  sit
           United States
           Environmental Protection
           Agency
          Environmental Monitoring Systems
          Laboratory
          Research Triangle Park NC 27711
EPA-600/9-84-001
January 1984

  . ' A
            Research and Development
Proceedings:

National Symposium on
Recent Advances in
Pollutant Monitoring of
Ambient Air and
Stationary Sources

-------
                                                                   EPA-600/9-84-001
                                                                   January 1984
;:7~                      PROCEEDINGS:  NATIONAL SYMPOSIUM ON RECENT  ADVANCES IN
£'                              POLLUTANT MONITORING OF AMBIENT AIR
^                                    AND STATIONARY SOURCES
"*U
                                      Raleigh Hilton Hotel
                                         May 3-6,  1983
                                   y S Environmental Protection Agency
                                   Region 5, library (PL-12J)
                                   77 West Jackson Boulevacd. 12th Floor
                                   Chicago, It  606044590
                           Environmental Monitoring  Systems Laboratory
                               Office of Research  and  Development
                              U.S. Environmental Protection Agency

-------
                      NOTICE

This document has been reviewed in accordance with
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency policy and
approved for publication.  Mention of trade names
or commercial products does not constitute endorse-
ment or recommendation for use.
                        11

-------
                                  CONTENTS

Foreword	   v
Introduction	  vi
Session I.  Inorganic Pollutants	   1
    Evaluation of Denuder Tubes for the Measurement of Sulfur Aerosol
      Composition	   2
    A Novel Nitrogen Dioxide Detector	  13
    The Use of a Tunable Diode Laser Absorption Spectrometer for
      Measuring Trace Gases in Trophospheric Air	  23

Session II.  Particulate Pollutants	  33
    Calibration and Testing of Inhalable Particle Samplers	  34
    Particulate Sampling Efficiency Dependence on Inlet Orientation
      and Flow Velocities	  46

Session III.  General and Source Oriented Monitoring	  57
    Metal  Foil Collection/Flash Vaporization/Flame Photometry as
      Applied to Ambient Air Monitoring of Total Gaseous Sulfur	  58
    Measurement of Mercury Emissions from a Modified In-Situ Oil
      Shal e Retort	  69
    Comparison of TEM and SEM Techniques for Measurement of Airborne
      Asbestos Fibers	  83
    A Pill for the Assessment of Pollution Measurement Methods	  95
    Sampling and Analysis of Incineration Effluents With the
      Volatile Organic Sampling Train (VOST)	 112
    Analysis of PCB's by Capillary GC/ECD for Detoxification Studies	 127

Session IV.  Personal Monitoring	 137
    Validation of a Passive Sampler for Determining Formaldehyde
      in Residential Indoor Air	 138
    Laboratory Studies of the Temperature Dependence of the Palmes
      N02 Passive Sampler	 152
    NIOSH-Developed Systems for Monitoring Equipment Evaluations	 167
    Relationships of Measured N02 Concentrations at Discrete
      Sampling Locations in Residences	 177
    Estimated Distributions of Personal Exposure to Respirable
      Particles	 191
    Empirical Models for Estimating Individual Exposures to Air
      Pollutants in a Health Effects Study	 206
    Carbon Monoxide Exposures in Washington,,DC and Denver, Colorado
      During the Winter of 1982-83	 220
    Personal Exposure to Nitrogen Dioxide	 234
    Comparison of Permeation and Diffusion-Type Passive Samplers
      Versus Charcoal Tube Collection of Selected Gases	 263

-------
                             CONTENTS (Cont'd)

Session V.  Acid Deposition	  275
    Automated Acquisition, Filtering and Reduction of Ion
      Chromatographic Data	  276
    Design and Testing of a Prototype Rainwater Sampler/Analyzer	  290
    Organic Acidity in Precipitation from Remote Areas of the World....  300
    A Field  Intercomparison of Particle and Gas Dry Deposition
      Measurement and Monitoring Methods	 311
    A Comparison of Ambient Airborne Sulfate Concentrations
      Determined by Several Different Filtration Techniques	 319
    Comparison of Surrogate Surface Techniques for Estimation of
      Sulfate Dry Deposition	  329

Session VI.  Organic Pollutants	  343
    Evaluation of Solid Sorbents for Collection of Volatile Organics
      in Ambient Air	  344
    Detection of Environmental  Pollutants Using Piezoelectric
      Crystal Sensors	  358
    Reduced-Temperature Preconcentration of Volatile Organics for
      Gas Chromatographic Analysis: System Automation	  371
    Detection and Determination of Polychlorinated Biphenyls in
      Ambient Air	  379
    A Cost-Effective Procedure  to Screen Air Samples for Polyaromatic
      Pol lutants	  392

-------
                                FOREWORD


     Measurement and monitoring research  efforts are designed to anticipate
potential environmental  problems, to support regulatory actions by develop-
ing an in-depth understanding of the nature and processes that impact health
and the ecology, to provide innovative means of monitoring compliance
with regulations and to evaluate the effectiveness of health and environ-
mental protection efforts through the monitoring of long-term trends.
The Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory, Research Triangle Park,
North Carolina, has the responsibility for:  assessment of environmental
monitoring technology and systems; implementation of agency-wide quality
assurance programs for air pollution measurement systems; and supplying
technical support to other groups in the  Agency including the Office of
Air, Noise and Radiation, the Office of Pesticides and Toxic Substances
and the Office of Solid Waste and Emergency Response.

     This symposium is part of a continuing effort to explore recent advances
in pollutant monitoring of ambient air and stationary sources.  It serves as
a forum for exchange of ideas and scientific information.  In response to
the Agency regulatory needs, this symposium focused on acid deposition,
personal exposure and toxic substances.  This publication is intended to
assist those researchers interested in furthering the science of air
monitoring.
                            Thomas R. Mauser, Ph.D.
                                   Di rector
                  Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory
                     Research Triangle Park, North Carolina

-------
                               INTRODUCTION
     The third annual national symposium sponsored by EPA's Environmental
Monitoring Systems Laboratory was held May 3-6, 1983 in Raleigh,
North Carolina.  In seven sessions over four days, papers and discussions
focused on state-of-the-art systems for monitoring source emissions,
ambient air, acid deposition, hazardous emissions and personal monitoring,
The sessions were categorized as follows:

              SESSION I      Inorganic Pollutants
              SESSION II     Particulate Pollutants
              SESSION III    General and Source Oriented Monitoring
              SESSION IV     Personal Monitoring
              SESSION V      Acid Deposition
              SESSION VI     Organic Pollutants
              SESSION VII    Panel Discussion

     The papers are in the same order as presented by the speakers.
Several papers are omitted because the speakers did not submit them
in time for the agency's peer review.

-------
     SESSION I





INORGANIC POLLUTANTS

-------
               EVALUATION OF DENUDER TUBES FOR THE  MEASUREMENT  OF

                           SULFUR AEROSOL COMPOSITION



                      David E.  Layland* and Donald  L.  Fox

              Department of Environmental  Sciences  and Engineering
                  University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill
                       Chapel  Hill,  North Carolina   27514




                                    Abstract
     Diffusion denuder tubes have been employed by  a  number of  investigators  to
measure, without filtration, the H2S04 component of sulfur aerosols.   In  this
study, diffusion denuder techniques were extended to  utilize thermal  deammoni-
ation in an attempt to measure the (NH4)2S04 component.   Ammonia  released from
the aerosol by heating was collected on a denuder tube  for analysis.   The
experimental apparatus consisted of W03, NaCl ,  and  Pb02  denuder tubes,  an oven,
a flame photometric S detector, an NH3 converter, and a  chemi luminescent  NO
detector.  Experimental data obtained for ammonium  sulfate aerosols  showed a
large amount of scatter in the NH3 collected.   Furthermore,  the NH3  collected
was less than expected.  These results are largely  explained by thermodynamic
considerations.  It is concluded that the collection  and analysis  of NH3  is not
suitable as a technique for the differential,  quantitative measurement of
(NH4)2S04.  However, preliminary results do indicate  the technique can  be
modified to provide real time measurement of the aerosol  bulk ratio,  NH4/S04,
using high temperature decomposition.

     The work described in this paper was not funded  by  the U.S.  Environmental
Protection Agency and therefore the contents do not necessarily reflect the
views of the Agency and no official endorsement should  be inferred.
*Present address:  U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency (MD-14),  Research
                   Triangle Park, North Carolina, 27711
                  Presented at the Third National  Symposium on
 Recent Advances in Pollutant Monitoring of Ambient Air and Stationary Sources


 Raleigh, North Carolina                                 May 3  through 6,  1983

-------
                                  Introduction

     A broad array of environmental  effects have been associated with sulfur
aerosols, ranging from human health  effects to acid deposition and visibility
degradation.  These effects are in turn related to the chemical  composition  of
the aerosol.  Of particular interest are the ammonium salts of sulfuric  acid
which appear to dominate the composition of submicron continental  aerosols.
The need for measurement techniques  which do not rely on filtration and  which
provide real time measurement of the composition of these aerosols has been
recognized.  The use of diffusion denuder tubes appears to offer some advan-
tages in this regard.
     Interest in the use of diffusion denuder tubes for measuring  the aerosol
composition has been mostly directed toward exploiting the thermal  volatili-
zation of sulfuric acid to determine the acid fraction of the  aerosol  (1-4).
In this technique, the aerosol  is passed through a heated tube.  At the  proper
conditions of temperature and residence time, sulfuric acid is selectively
vaporized and is removed by diffusion to the wall  of a denuder tube.   Thermal
volatilization, however, cannot provide information on the composition of the
more abundant neutralized sulfate aerosols having  bulk Nfy/SCty ratios in the
range of 1 to 2.  The purpose of this investigation was to assess  whether
diffusion denuder techniques could be extended to  utilize thermal  deammoniation
as a means for providing further information on the composition  of these
aerosols.
     A number of studies have established deammoniation as the mechanism by
which ammonium sulfate thermally decomposes.   Working with bulk  samples  of
ammonium sulfate, Kiyoura and Urano  (5)  showed that ammonium sulfate  first
decomposed to form triammonium hydrogen  sulfate and then at higher temperatures
decomposed further to form ammonium  hydrogen sulfate,  releasing  ammonia  at each
                                       3

-------
step.  Tu and Kanapilly (6)  found  that bulk  ammonium  sulfate  released ammonia
and an ammonium hydrogen sulfate vapor.   Other studies  have indicated that
thermal  deammoniation also occurs  in  aerosols  generated by nebulizing aqueous
solutions of ammonium sulfate.  Slanina  et al.(4)  found evidence for this by
passing an ammonium sulfate aerosol through  a  tube heated to  130°C.  The ammo-
nia was collected for analysis  on  a diffusion  denuder tube.   Larson et al.(7)
used nephelometry, together with the  deliquescent  properties  of (NH^SCty and
NH4HS04, to infer the same decomposition mechanism at higher  temperatures,
approaching 200°C.
                               Experimental
     The experimental apparatus is shown in  Figure 1.   Diffusion denuder tubes
were placed along two sample manifolds and were designed to ensure laminar flow
under the conditions of sampling.   Along the upper manifold in Figure 1, sulfur
aerosol  was separated from gas  phase  sulfur  by a lead dioxide coated tube which
removed S02 (8).  The aerosol was  then passed  either  directly to an FPD sulfur
analyzer or first through a thermodenuder tube and then to the analyzer.  The
thermodenuder was simply a sodium  chloride coated  tube  located inside an oven
and designed to remove sulfuric acid  vapor  (4). Along  the lower manifold, gas
phase ammonia was separated from  the  sample  stream by diffusion to the wall of
a tungsten(VI) oxide coated tube.   The aerosol  was then passed through a glass
heater tube, also located inside  the  oven.   Ammonia released  from the aerosol
by thermal deammoniation was collected on a  second tungsten oxide (1*103) tube.
After sampling at 1 1pm for the desired  interval,  generally 15 to 30 minutes,
the first W03 tube was heated and  the desorbed ammonia  was eluted by a helium
earner and converted to NO by  a  gold catalyst maintained at  625°C.  Ammonia
collected on the second W03 tube  was  also driven off  by thermal desorption and
converted to NO in the same way.   The NO was measured with a  chemiluminescent

-------
NOX analyzer operated at reduced pressures,  appearing  as  a well defined peak.
Further details on the W03 denuder technique and  possible interferences have
been described elsewhere (9,10).
     Thermal  desorption of the tungsten(VI)  oxide tubes produced  two peaks, as
shown in Figure 2.  The first peak was  identified as nitric  acid.   In  sample A,
the nitric acid peak (about 40 ng) has   een  drawn in with a  dashed  line as it
would appear in the absence of ammonia.   Ammonia  eluted from the  tube  next and,
in contrast to nitric acid, appeared  as  a long  tailing peak.  As  suggested by
samples B and C in Figure 2,  the presence of the  nitric acid and  the tendency
of the ammonia peak to tail,  combined to establish  the effective  limit of de-
tection for ammonia.  Taking  sample C as a reasonable  lower  limit,  the minimum
detectable concentration was  about 1  ppb.
     Calibration of the tungsten(VI)  oxide tubes  was accomplished by sampling
ammonia, produced from a low level permeation device,  which  was mixed  with
dilution air to provide concentrations  in the range of 3  to  30 ppb.  From
thi*, a response curve was constructed  in terms of  peak area versus tube load-
ing.  Below about 50 ng, as indicated in Figure 3,  the response departed from
linearity.  This seemed to be associated with memory effects, either from the
tube coating or the sampling  lines.   However, due to the  appearance of inter-
fering tertiary peaks on the  tail  of  the ammonia  peak  during ambient sampling,
peak height was substituted for peak  area as a  more accurate measure of NH3-
     An ammonium sulfate test atmosphere was generated in an outdoor smog
chamber.  This was accomplished through  the  homogeneous oxidation of S02,
forming a sulfuric acid aerosol  which was subsequently neutralized  by  the
addition of excess ammonia.  The S02  oxidation  was  brought about  by the dark
phase reaction of ozone with  propylene.   Aerosol  concentrations ranged from 5
to 50 ppb S (25 to 250 yg/m3  (NH4)2S04).  A  description of the UNC  outdoor
smog chamber facility has been given  elsewhere  (11).

-------
                           Results and Discussion

     Experimental  data for the thermal deammoniation of ammonium sulfate, taken
over a range of heater tube operating temperatures, showed a large amount of
scatter in the fraction of aerosol Nfy released as ammonia and collected on the
second tungsten oxide tube.  If the simple first order decomposition expression
held true, as given by
                       (NH4)2S04(S) - MMH4HS04(s)+ NH3(g)
then 1 mole of NH3 should be released for every 2 aerosol NH$. mole equivalents
so that the fraction of aerosol Nfy released as ammonia should be simply 0.5
(NH3/NH4).  However, as shown in Figure 4, at no operating temperature did the
ammonia fraction (NH3/NH4) cluster about this value.  At higher operating tem-
peratures, some loss of sulfate was observed in the sodium chloride thermode-
nuder tube, indicating that the aerosol had decomposed to form sulfuric acid
vapor.  The acid fraction was determined from the neutralized sulfate which
passed through the thermodenuder  (Sn) and the total sulfate (S^).  Simple mass
conservation should require that the ammonia fraction (NH3/NH4) be at least as
great as the acid fraction (1 - Sn/$t).  However, the experimental data failed
to show this.  Acid fractions of 0.4 and greater were associated with ammonia
fractions of less than 0.4 (NH3/NH4).  These are seen in Figure 5 as the points
which fall below the minimum line.
     The experimental data clearly do not fit the simple mechanism given above
for the thermal deammoniation of ammonium sulfate.  As an alternative, a ther-
modynamic model comprised of three equilibrium expressions was examined:
                         (NH4)2S04(S) «=b±NH4HS04(s) + NH3(g)
                          IMH4HS04(S) i^=±H2S04{s) + NH3(g)
                            H2S04(s) ,  K* »H2S04(g)

-------
The thermodynamic quantities necessary to estimate the equilibrium constants
have recently been reported by Scott and Cattell (12).  Employing their values,
two nomograms were constructed that together describe the extent of decomposi-
tion of ammonium sulfate at equilibrium as a function of temperature.  The
first nomogram, Figures 6, gives the equilibrium vapor pressure of ammonia,
expressed as a mixing ratio, over aerosols of increasing acidity, expressed in
terms of the aerosol bulk ratio (Nfy/SCty).  The second nomogram, Figure 7,
gives the vapor pressure of sulfuric acid, also expressed as a mixing ratio, in
equilibrium with ammonia.  When heated, an ammonium sulfate aerosol  will  decom-
pose, releasing ammonia and sulfuric acid vapor, until the vapor pressure of
ammonia rises to its equilibrium value, as indicated in Figure 6, and the
equilibrium partial pressure of sulfuric acid is reached, as indicated in
Figure 7.
     Applying the thermodynamic model  to the experimental system, it can  be
shown that heteromolecular condensation will occur downstream of the oven.
Thus ammonia will recombine with sulfuric acid vapor and condense to form an
aerosol  which passes through the tunsten oxide denuder tube, rather than  dif-
fusing to the wall  and being collected.  The onset of condensation is highly
sensitive to the rate of temperature drop and the rate of ammonia adsorption in
the denuder, which  in turn control  the vapor pressures of NH3 and H2S04-   This
seems to explain why in the experimental  data the ammonia fraction was often
less than the acid  fraction.  Sulfuric acid had been removed by the thermode-
nuder in the upper  manifold of Figure  1 but not in the lower manifold.   Here,
the acid vapor had  apparently scavenged much of the ammonia released from the
ammonium sulfate aerosol  in the oven.   This in turn suggests that the measured
ammonia  fraction had some dependence on the time of sampling.   Adsorption sites
on the warmer upstream surfaces of  the tungsten oxide tube were occupied  first,
increasing the importance of condensation later on  during the sampling interval.
                                       7

-------
     Presumably, condensation could be avoided by removing the sulfuric acid
vapor in situ, within the oven.  However, the extent of aerosol  decomposition,
and therefore the measured ammonia fraction (NH3/NH4), will  depend on the
aerosol concentration.  According to the thermodynamic model, a  smaller frac-
tion of the aerosol will decompose to release ammonia at higher  aerosol concen-
trations.  At high enough temperatures, it should be possible to completely
decompose the aerosol, thereby avoiding this effect.  This hypothesis was
tested by raising the oven temperature to 225°C and replacing the glass heater
tube in the lower manifold of Figure 1 with a sodium chloride thermodenuder to
remove sulfuric acid vapor.  Measured ammonia fractions were greater than 0.9,
indicating good recovery of aerosol  Nlty, well  within experimental errors.  At
these temperatures, the NaCl  thermodenuder in the upper manifold served as an
in situ zero reference for the sulfur analyzer.


                          Summary and Conclusions

     Thermodynamic analysis and our  experimental  data lead us to conclude that
thermal deammoniation with collection of ammonia  is not suitable as a technique
for the differential, quantitative measurement of ammonium sulfate.  This is
caused by the difficulty of defining a unique set of conditions  under which
ammonium sulfate decomposes to form  ammonium hydrogen sulfate.   However,  diffu-
sion denuder tubes do appear to be a feasible approach for the measurement of
the aerosol bulk ratio, NH4/S04.   This requires modification of  the experimen-
tal technique to fully decompose the aerosol at high temperatures and to  remove
sulfuric acid in situ to avoid condensation.

-------
                                References


 1.   Huntzicker,  J.J.,  Hoffman, R.S., and Ling, C.S.  Continuous measurement
     and speciation  of  sulfur-containing aerosols by flame photometry.  Atmos.
     Environ.   12: 83,  1978.

 2.   Cobourn,  W.G.,  Husar,  R.B., and Hu^ar, J.D.  Continuous in situ monitoring
     of ambient particulate sulfur usir  flame photometry andThermal analysis.
     Atmos.  Environ.  12: 89,  1978.

 3.   Tanner, R.L.  D'Ottavio,  T., Garber, R., and Newman, L.  Determination of
     ambient aerosol sulfur using a continuous flame photometric detection
     system.  I.  Sampling system for aerosol sulfate and sulfuric acid.  Atmos.
     Environ.   14: 121,  1980.

 4.   Slanina,  J.,  Lamoen-Doornenbal, L.v., Lingerak, W.A., Meilof, W., Klockow,
     D., and Niebner, R.  Application of thermo-denuder analyzer to the deter-
     mination  of  H2S04,  HN03,  and NH3 in air.  Intern. J. Environ. Anal. Chem.
     9: 59,  1981.

 5.   Kiyoura,  R.  and Urano, K.  Mechanism, kinetics, and equilibrium of thermal
     decomposition of ammonium sulfate.  Ind. Engng. Chem. Process Des. Develop.
     9: 489, 1970.

 6.   Tu, K.W.  and Kanapilly, G.M.  Generation and characterization of submicron
     ammonium  sulfate and ammonium hydrogen sulfate aerosols.  Atmos. Environ.
     12: 1623, 1978.

 7.   Larson, T.V., Ahlquist, N.C., Weiss, R.E., Covert, D.S. and Waggoner, A.P.
     Chemical  speciation of H2S04-(NH4)2S04 particles using temperature and
     humidity  controlled nephelometry.  Atmos. Envi ron.  16: 1587, 1982.

 8.   Durham, J.L., Wilson,  W.E., and Bailey, E.B.  Application of an S02-
     denuder for  continuous measurement of sulfur in submicrometric aerosols.
     Atmos.  Envi ron.  12: 883-1978.

 9.   Braman, R.S., Shelley, T.J., and McClenny, W.A.  Tungstic acid for precon-
     centration and  determination of gaseous and parti cul ate ammonia and nitric
     acid in ambient air.   Anal. Chem.  54: 358, 1982.

10.   McClenny, W.A., Galley, P.C., Braman, R.S., and Shelly, T.J.  Tungstic
     acid technique  for monitoring nitric acid and ammonia in ambient air.
     Anal. Chem.   54: 365,  1982.

11.   Fox, D.L., Sickles, J.E., Kuhlman, M.R., Reist, P.C., and Wilson, W.E.
     Design  and operating parameters for a large ambient aerosol chamber.  J_.
     Ai r Poll. Control  Assoc.  25: 1049, 1975.

12.   Scott,  W.D.  and Cattell,  F.C.R.  Vapor pressure of ammonium sulfates.
     Atmos.  Environ.  13: 307, 1979.

-------
     inlet
        make-up
          air
                   vent
       Figure 1.  Diffusion denuder tube experimental apparatus
             i
              o"
              X n
                                                     O
           A.60ng NIH3
           & 20 ng NH3
C. lOngNH,
Figure  2.   Tungsten(VI)  oxide denuder tube thermal  desorption traces.
          ooo


          500



          200


           100


           50



           20
Tungsten Oxide Tube
                  2     51020     50100200500   1000
                                  Ammonia (ng)


      Figure 3.  Tungsten(VI) oxide  denuder tube  response curve.

                                     10

-------
      OS
    ~ 0-6
    g
    y
    ,e a4
      Q2
           NH
                      »o
          120      130
140       150

  Temperature (°c)
160       170      180
Figure  4.   Measured ammonia fraction  versus oven temperature.
          0.6
          Q4
          0.2
                0.1   02  0.3   Q4  AS  Q6   a?  0,6  09   10


                            Acid Fraction (I- -^—)
 Figure  5.   Measured ammonia  fraction  versus acid fraction.
                                  11

-------
2.0
             0.01
0.1           IX)



  Ammonia (ppb)
10
     Figure  6.   Predicted solid-vapor phase equilibria.
                                                       1000
                            Ammonia  (ppb)
         Figure 7.   Predicted vapor phase equilibria,
                              12

-------
                A NOVEL NITROGEN DIOXIDE DETECTOR

                          D.H. Stadman
                   Department of Chemistry and
                 Atmospheric and Oceanic Science
                     University of Michigan
                   Ann Arbor, Michigan  48109

                  8.J. Mendel and C.A. Cantrell
                     Department of Chemistry
                     University of Michigan
                    Ann Arbor, Michigan 48109

                           L. Damrauer
                     Department of Chemistry
                 University of Colorado, Denver
                     Denverr, Colorado 80025
Bbstract

    A  new NO._ monitoring system is described which is capable of
continuous measurement of ambient NO2 from sub ppb to ppm  levels
using  gas/surface  chemi luminescence  with a  supported  luminol
solution.   Response times of a few seconds were  obtained.   Two
converters were tested on the system for conversion of NO to NO-.
The  CrO., trap was useful above 1-2 ppb but exhibited significant
        .,
       "
 memory"  effects  in cleaner air.   A reaction vessel  in  which
ozone  oxidized  the NO proved a simple and  reliable  technique.
Inter compari son  with a laboratory NO  meter and results of  some
field measurements are presented.
                                13

-------
                A NOVEL NITROGEN DIOXIDE DETECTOR

                          D.H. Stedman
                   Department of Chemistry and
                 Atmospheric and Oceanic Science
                     University of Michigan
                       Ann Arbor, MI 48109

                  6.J. Mendel and C.A. Cantrell
                     Department o-f Chemi stry
                     University o-f Michigan
                       Ann Arbor, MI 48109

                           L.Damrauer
                     Department o-f Chemistry
                 University of Colorado, Denver

                        Denver, CO 80025


     In a recent issue of "Environmental Science and Technology",

Hauser et al of the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency noted!

          "With  current methods of continuously  monitoring

     for  nitrogen dioxide,  atmospheric concentrations  are

     found   by  a  difference  measurement  - a   procedure

     suffering  from  inherent  variability.   A  continuous

     monitor  that measures nitrogen dioxide directly and is

     suitable   for   routine   monitoring   situations   is

     needed."(1)

     The most common method of NO- monitoring is based  upon  the

chemi1uminescent reaction between NO and O_<2,3).  NO2 is reduced

to  NO  by several methods including hot  molybdenum(4),  ferrous

sulfate, and photolytic reduction(5).  The detection of NO- based

upon  its  absorption of infra-red radiation  has  been  reported

recently  using a tunable diode laser as the light source for the

absorption measurement(6).

    An  NO- detector based upon the chemi1uminescent reaction  of

NO2 with luminol <5-amino-2,3-dihydro-l,4-phthalazine dione)  has

-------
recently  been described by Maeda et al(7).   The luminol  system
has  been  under  study since 1928(8) and has been used  for  the
detection  of  metal ions in solution in the presence  of  excess
H2O2(9).  The detection of »2°2. *rom biol°9ical systems(10,11) as
well  as  ambient  air samples(12,13) is  accomplished  with  the
addition of a metal ion catalyst.  A detector of NO2,  O3 and SO2
based upon the catalysed luminol-H202 reaction has been described
by Anderson et al(14,15) .   In the present work, the development
of a direct, continuous N02 detector not using H2O2 or a catalyst
is  described.   The  detector  exhibits  a  10  ppt  (parts-per-
trillion) detection limit and a 2Hz response speed.
                          Experimental.
     The apparatus has been discussed in detail elsewhere(16) and
will therefore be described only briefly here. Figure one shows a
schematic  diagram  of the instrument.   The key feature  of  the
instrument is the detector cell.    In the original design used by
Maeda et al(7),  the detector cell  consisted of a pool of luminol
solution   over   which   the  air   sample   was   drawn.    The
chemiluminescence occured at the surface of the pool and a photo-
multiplier  tube above the pool collected the emitted light.  The
pool cell was affected by noise when it was jarred and had to be

leveled for optimum operation.  Our new design is shown  in figure
two.    A  sheet of cellulose fiber  filter  paper  is  held  in  front
of  the  photomultiplier tube and the luminol solution is   supplied
at  the  top of the filter paper and  runs down the surface. The air
sample  is  drawn over the filter paper where the chemiluminescent
reaction occures.   Both the air sample and luminol solution are

                                 15

-------
Figure  1.   Block  diagram  of  luminol NOx  detector.  
-------
         toP1
                     RCA

                    1P28
                    Luminol
                   Reservoir
                                               Sample
                                               Input
 1 'imlnol
  put


^.Filter
  Paper
                                     toP3
Figure 2.   Schematic  drawing of luminol detector  cell  showing
            the  relative positioning of the 1P28 photomultiplier
            tube and the filter paper support.

from  O,  which also produces a chemi1uminescent signal with  the
       O

luminol.   As was found by Maeda et al(7), a Na2SO3 concentration

of 1X10   was found to give the best selectivity for NO2-   It has

been  found  in our work with the luminol  system  that  methanol

further  enhances the selectivity of the system for N02 over  O.j.

A  methanol  concentration  of  0.05% was  found  to  double  the

selectivity for NCU relative to D.J.   With these additions  to the

luminol  solution,  the  detector exhibits a sensitivity for  NO2

which  is thirty times greater than that for  O^.   Nevertheless,

since  O3  is  typically 50 ppb and NO2 is  typically  5-50 ppb,

further 03 removal is necessary.
                                 17

-------
    The minimum concentration of NO2 detectable by this technique



has  been tested in the laboratory and found to be 10 ppt with  a



signal to noise ratio of 2.    In the field,  with the inlet system



in place,  the detection limit has been measured as 30 ppt.   The



filter paper cell has exhibited a response speed which is greater



than that measured for the pool cell.   The detector, without any



inlet system, has a response speed of 2 Hz,  a speed which is fast



enough  for N02 flux measurements employing the eddy  correlation



technique if another obstacle can be overcome.   The challenge is



to  develop an inlet system which will remove O.» from the  sample



air without removing NO2 or reducing the response speed.   In the



past,  an  03 removal trap filled with glass wool treated with  a



light  coating of poly-unsaturated hydrocarbons has been used  to



remove the 0-j.   While this method is effective, it decreases the



response speed to below 0.02 Hz. We are currently testing a 90 cm



length  of 1/4 inch stainless steel tubing heated to 100°C  which



in  preliminary  tests  does  not alter the  response  speed  but



removes 0...



     The luminol detector has been adapted to measure NO as  well



as  NO2-  NO  was  measured  by the  luminol  detector  by  first



converting it to NO» by two different methods.   The first method



was oxidation by CrO3<17>.  A trap filled with CrO3 on Silica Bel



was  introduced  into the air stream.   The trap passed  NO»  but



converted NO to NO- and the NO was measured by difference.  While



this  scheme worked well in air containing NO2 greater than a few



parts-per-bi11 ion,  memory  effects and zeroing  problems  became



overwhelming in clean air.  An alternative method was to pass the
                                18

-------
sample  air  through a large dark volume where  the  NO  can  react

with  either  ambient or added 03 to -form NO2 upstream of  the  O?

removal trap.   This method was found to be  cleaner than the Cr03

method and easier to zero.
     The   luminol  NO-  detector  has   been   tested  against   a

conventional  NO  +  0_ chemi 1 umi nescence  detector  in  b0th  the

laboratory and in ambient air.   Figure  three is a graph  showing

NO_ concentrations measured  in  ambient air in Ann Arbor, Michigan

from  April 20,  1983 to April  28,   1983 by the luminol   detector

versus  NO,,  measured by the NO + O_ chemi luminescence  detector.
          2                        o

The NO- was reduced to NO for measurement  by  the NO + O_ detector
      f.                                                 »*

by  FeSO4  in this experiment.   As  the  figure  shows,   the  two
                 Luminol Detector vs. NO+03 Detector
                                  for N02
            I
            o.

            N
            O
             o
             .2
                                                «o
                             NO+03 D«Uctor N02 (ppbv)
                   0 Un« of b«t m           *  D«t. PolaU
Figure  3.
NO-  concentrations measured by the luminol   detector
versus  NO-  concentrations measured by  the NO   •«•  O_
chemiluminescence  detector in  Ann  Arbor,   Michigan
from April 20,  1983 to April 28,  1983.  (slope-  0.99,
intercept" -1.54 ppb, r» 0.99).

                    19

-------
detectors  are  in  excellent agreement.    The 1.5  ppb  negative

intercept of the line of best fit  falls within the standard error

of  estimate.  The  detector has been  operated in the  field  for

extended periods of measurements.  NO  and  NO2 were measured on  a

continuous  basis for four weeks in  late summer and two weeks  in

the  winter  in Bermuda.   Figure  four shows the average  diurnal

variation  of NO2 over a twenty-four hour  period for each of  the

two   measurement   periods.    In  August,    the   average   N02

concentration  was  on  the  order of   525  ppt  with  a  diurnal

variation of +100 ppt.  In the winter  study,  however, the average

was  1.2  ppb with a variation of  ±0.5 ppb.    This difference  is

attributed to the fact that the air  sampled has traveled over the
        a
        a.
        o.
        N
        O
        2
                  NO2 Average  Day in Bermuda
                          Augu.t.lB82 and February. 1983
            1.5 -
             1 -
            0.5 -
                                    D D
                                       O D Q D ° O
                    D D
                                                  D D
                        D O O O
              0*8


                 O AUfUBt. 1882
   1Z
          IB
—I	1	
 20      24
Tim* of Day
    t  February. 10 83
Figure 4.   Average  NO2  concentrations versus time for  several
            days in eacR of  two time periods (August 7,  1982 to
            August  27,1982 and February 2,1983 to  February  16,
            1983)
                                 20

-------
ocean  from the vast coast of the United  State*.  During  winter

months,  there  is  an increased source of NO and NO2  from  home

heating (18) and it is also estimated that the atmospheric removal

rate is slower.  The larger variability of the data in the winter

months may be due to the shorter sampling period of that study.
     The  work  which has been presented in this paper has  shown

that a direct,  continuous NO- detector is now available  meeting

the needs of routine ambient monitoring as percieved by Hauser et

aid).   The detector described is sensitive enough for clean air

measurements  and  fast enough to measure NO2 flux rates  by  the

eddy correlation method.   In add it on,  the detector is small and

lightweight,  making  it  ideal for most ambient  air  monitoring

situations.

     The work described in this paper was not funded by the  U.S.

Environmental Protection Agency and therefore the contents do not

necessarily  reflect  the  views of the Agency  and  no  official

endorsement should be inferred.

                        Acknowledgments

     We  would like to thank General Motors Research Laboratories

for supporting the field trips to Bermuda.
 1.   Mauser,    T.R.,    Scott,    D.R.,     Midgett,    M.R.    Air
     Moni tor ing: Research Needs Environ..  Sci..   and  Tech.  17:  86a,
     1983.

 2.   Fontijn,  A., Sabadell, A.J., Ronco, R.J.  Homogeneous Chemi-
     luminescence Measurement of NO With O_  Anal.-.   02892.  42:  975,
     1970.
                                 21

-------
3.   Ridlvy,  B.A.  M«a»urMMnt  of  Minor  Constituent*  in  th»
     8tratosph»r»  by Ch»»ilu»in»»c»nc*  Atno»p.h.   T«£h&  9:  27,
     1978.
                                 22

-------
   THE  USE  OF A TUNABLE DIODE LASER ABSORPTION SPECTROMETER




         FOR MEASURING TRACE GASES IN TROPOSPHERIC AIR









                  H.I. SCHIFF AND G.I. MACKAY









                  Unisearch Associates Inc.,




       222  Snidercroft, Concord, Ontario, Canada L4K 1B5









    The need for accurate measurements of trace gases in




tropospheric air is well recognized.  An instrumental system




ideally suited for such measurements should have the following




characteristics: 1. Universality; it should be applicable  to a




wide variety of gases. 2. Specificity; it should provide




positive identification of the target gas. 3. Freedom of




interferences from other constituents. 4. Rapid response of




one minute or less, permitting real-time measurements.  5.  High




sensitivity of less than 1 ppbv.




     Infrared absorption affords an opportunity of meeting




most of these criteria. It is a passive  technique, well




adapted to "in situ",  real time measurements. While virtually




every minor and trace  constituent absorbs in  this spectral




region, the major gases, N£  and Q£ are almost transparent.




In fact, the absorption spectra for the  trace gases are  so




rich that resolution  of a few miliwavenumbers is required  to




avoid mutual interferences.




     Such resolution  can be  obtained with FTIR spectroscopy.




But because of its low sensitivity, path lengths of several




                               2}

-------
kms are required  to  detect constituents at  the  ppbv level.

     Recently,  tunable  diode lasers have  become available

which provide a wavelength-tunable source with  linewidths much

narrower than Doppler  linewidths. These diodes  also have very

fast response times  which permit their frequencies  to be

scanned rapidly over the spectral range of  interest.

     We have recently  developed a tunable diode laser

absorption spectrometer (1)  for tropospheric  trace  gas

measurements. A White  cell provides the long  path needed to

achieve the desired  sensitivity. We have  used this  system to

measure NO, NC>2 and  HN03 in  polluted and  regional air .

     A schematic  of  the spectrometer is shown in Figure  1.
Figure 1.  A schematic of the laboratory tunable diode laser system.
LI and L2 are the lenses used to focus the beam onto the White cell
entrance and the detector, respectively and PMI-5 are gold coated
plane  mirrors for beam alignment.


 The frequency  at  which  a diode will lase depends  on its

temperature and  the  current passed through  it. The appropriate

temperature for  a  particular diode will  be  in  the  20 to 60 K

range. A helium  refrigerator and a small heater maintain this

                                2k

-------
temperature to a millidegree.  The  frequency can be scanned

over a range of about  1 wavenumber by changing the current

through the diode.

     The strongest absorption  features of the three nitrogen

compounds lie more than 1 wavenuraber apart and therefore a

separate diode laser is required  for each. Up to four diodes

can be accomodated in  the assembly,  but since each will

operate at its own temperature only  one can be used at a time.

It takes about 20 minutes for  temperature stability to be

achieved when switching from one  laser to another.

     The laser beam is focussed into the White cell. A 10 cm

cell containing the target  gas at  high concentration can be

placed in the beam for initial identification  and selection

of the best line and to optimize  the optical system. The beam

is finally focussed on a HgCdTe detector. The He-Ne laser is

used for initial optical alignment.

     The spectrometer  can be

operated either in an

amplitude (AM) or frequency

modulated (FM) mode. In the AM

mode the beam is chopped

mechanically and the

transmitted power detected  at

the chopping frequency. Figure

2 shows the AM spectrum

obtained for HN03 and

illustrates the high

                               25
      mints    rrtt.oooo  ntJStt
       FREQUENCY / cm'1
Figure 2.  The HN03 absorp-
tion spectrum in the 1722
cm-1 region using the 11 cm
cell.

-------
resolution available from the spectrometer.




     However, since the absorption features represent




differences between two large power signals this method is




limited to absorptions of about 1%.




     To overcome this limitation frequency modulation is used.




In the FM mode a 2 kHz sine wave is applied to the laser




current which provides a frequency-modulated laser output.




Detection is made at twice the applied frequency and is called




2f or second harmonic detection.




     Only changes in laser power are detected and this




eliminates a great deal of the noise. Absorptions as low as




10~5 are detectable which, for a 22 m path length




corresponds to detection limits of about 0.5 ppbv. for the




three nitrogen compounds.  However, since information of the




initial power is lost with this procedure, calibration is




required to relate the signal to concentration.




     Figure 3 compares the AM and FM spectra obtained for




N02 and Figure 4 shows a repetitive scan of a single HN03




absorption line at 1720.000 cm"*. Measurements are shown at




two different concentrations. The magnitude of the signal is




proportional to the mixing ratio. The scan time is about 10




sec. and the detection limit is about 0.5 ppbv. For  NO and




N0£ the reponse time is about  10 sec. For HNC>3 about 5




min. is required for this gas  to reach steady state  with the




cell.
                              26

-------

                                               5   IO   15
                                                 TIME/mm
                                   Figure 4.  Repetitive scan of the
                                   2f  signal for a 25 ppb sample of
                                   N02 in the White cell.
Figure 3.
      Figure 5  shows a  schematic  of the  field instrument.  The

air  first passes  through a Teflon filter  to remove particles

and  then through  an all  Teflon  inlet line  to the  White cell.
                                             Figure 5.  A schematic
                                             of  the field instrument:
                                             MV  motorized valve
                                             LSA - laser head assembly
                                             D-HgTeCd detector
                                             x - capillary
                                             PM  - permeation tube
                                             FM  - mass flow meters
                                             v  - 3 way valve
                                             N  — teflon needle valve
                                             R  - rotameter flowmeters
                                             P  - Baratron Pressure
                                                 gauge
                                 27

-------
A restriction  in  the  inlet  and a servo valve  in  the  outlet

maintains a constant  flow through and a pressure  of  25 Torr in

the White cell. The  reduced pressure reduces  pressure

broadening of  the  absorption line which might  lead  to

interferences  from other  species. The residence  time in the

cell is about  4 sees.

     Calibration  gases  are  added in known concentrations at

the sampling inlet.  Any losses that may occur  in  the sample

line or in the White  cell are thereby accounted  for  since they

should occur equally  for  the sampled air and  for  the same air

to which the calibration  gas is added. For NO  calibration,

standard cylinder  gases were used. Permeation  tube  sources

were used for  NC>2  and HN(>3  which were calibrated  by

titration techniques.

     Figure 6  shows  the signals obtained as a  function of the

NO calibration gas concentration. Similar linear  plots were

obtained for the  other  two  gases.
     2.0
           25
SO    75   tOO  125
   MIXING RATIO/ppDv
                                 ISO
                           Figure 6.  The observed
                           variation of the 2f sig-
                           nal versus NO mixing
                           ratios obtained by added
                           flows of bottled 4.00
                           ppm NO in N» to measured
                           flows of bottled air.
                               28

-------
      The  field instrument was used  in  the  autumn of 1981 in

Los  Angeles  as part of a captive air experiment. Figure 7

shows  typical NO data obtained from the  roof  of the

Gerontology  building at the University of  Southern California,

The  scatter  is real, since the precision of  the measurements

is better than 0.3 ppb. It shows the non-uniformity of NO in

ambient  urban air.  These variations are much smaller in the

captive  air  measurements.
            -IS
            1
            tr
            2 •
                           OCTOBER 2', 1981

                            AMBIENT
             ~«  9  10  II   12  13  14  IS  16  17  18  19  20 21

                          TIME (POT)
Figure 7.  NO measurements taken in ambient Los Angeles air.
      Figure 8 shows some N0£ ambient  air  measurements. The

 N02  increases until about 13.00 hrs after which it decreases

 and  the  scatter increases. This scatter  appears to correlate

 with  the wind velocity which increased in the afternoon. The

 chemiluminescence measurements made by the University of

 Michigan group are higher than ours which can be attributed to

 PAN  and  possibly organonit rat es which the chemiluminescence

 method  cannot distinguish from

-------
HNC>3 data obtained during  the  12  day mission. The

concentration peaked about  4:00  p.m. and then decreased rather

rapidly. Comparisons were  made between our measurements,

filter measurements by  the  A.E.S.  and the tungstic oxide

method of Braman and coworkers (2).  The results of this

comparison will be published shortly.

               to,—.—.—.—.—.—.—•—.—.—.—.—.—.—.-
             I 4
   I  '      •' i*  v
t  fil\  \ A flfi'1
ft Jl? ,*• K.|f  '!•
                                       ,
                                       *" ',
                                      £1   j,
               31  I  234  567 8  9  IO II 12  13 14 15
                            DATE MAY/JUNE 1982
Figure 10.  HN03 measurements  taken in rural air in South-western
Ontario.
     These results demonstrated  that  the tunable diode laser

spectrometer system is suitable  for  real time measurements in

the field of NO, N02 and  HN03.

     We are currently developing  procedures  to extend this

technique for measurements of  H202,  HCHO and  NH3.

    Two other improvements in  the  instrumentation has recently

been completed. The first is  the  use  of  two  laser heads to

permit measurement of more than  one  species  at a time. With

this arrangement two beams can be  passed through the White

cell, essentially simultaneously.  Each  laser  head can hold 4

laser diodes permitting at least  two  species  to be measured at
                               30

-------

-------
one time.

    The other modification involves automation of the system

for computer operation and data processing. The computer

control will permit the system to operate for long periods of

time unattended. The data processing system presents a number

of advantages. First, it affords a method for averaging and

subtracting background noise and therefore provides an

improved detection limit. Second, it readily permits us to

exchange sensitivity for meaurement time, with further

improvement in detection limit. Finally it provides a

permanent  record which can be further processed at a later

time .

     Although the instrument has been demonstrated to operate

satisfactorily under field conditions it is too expensive to

be used widely in monitoring networks. Its main applications

appears to provide unequivocal, fast, in situ measurements of

a wide variety of tropospheric species in regional air

experiments. It should also be useful in acting as a standard

against which less expensive, but also less definitive methods

can be compared.

                          REFERENCES:

1.  Hastie, D.R.,  Mackay, G.I., Iguchi, T.,  Ridley, B.A. and
Schiff, H.I. The use of tunable diode laser systems for
measuring trace gases in tropospheric air and the sampling and
calibration procedures for NO, N0#2* and HNO#3*.  Environ.
Science and Tech. (in press).

2.  Braman, R.S., Shelly, T.J. and McClenny, W.A. Tungstic
acid for preconcentrat ion and determination of gaseous and
particulate ammonia and nitric acid in ambiant air. Anal.
Chem.  54: 358,  1982.
                               32

-------
      SESSION II




PARTICULATE POLLUTANTS
           33

-------
            CALIBRATION AND TESTING OF  INUALABLE PARTICLE SAMPLERS

                       Walter  John and  Stephen M. Wall
                     Air & Industrial Hygiene Laboratory
                   California  Department of Health Services
                            Berkeley,  CA  94704

                                  Abstract
      The  Environmental  Protection Agency has been preparing a new inhalable

particle  standard for  the  past  several years.  New size-selective samplers

have been developed to  support  the standard.  In the course of testing these

new samplers in the laboratory, test methodology has been evolving.  Since the

drafts of the  new standard  call  for the acceptance of samplers according to

performance criteria,  it  is necessary to specify testing protocols.  Progress

thus far  has provided a  basis for a uniform approach to sampler testing, but

some problems remain to be resolved.

      The  sampling effectiveness of an inlet is determined in a wind tunnel

equipped  with an aerosol generator.  Liquid aerosol is used to calibrate the

particle size cutoffs and  to measure wall losses with the aid of a fluorescent

tracer.  It is also necessary to test samplers with solid particles to deter-

mine the  amount of  excess penetration to the after filter resulting from

particle  bounce and reentrainment.  Methods for these measurements currently

used by  several laboratories are similar, but there are some significant

differences.  The current state-of-the-art is reviewed and remaining problems

discussed.

      This paper has  been reviewed in accordance with the U-.S. Environmental

Protection Agency's peer and administrative review policies and approved for

presentation and publication.

-------
INTRODUCTION




      A number  of  new  samplers (1-4) have been developed  recently to support




the  proposed new  EPA  particulate standard (5).   These  samplers are not only




size-selective  but are designed to minimize wind speed  dependence.  Design




criterea  include low internal particle losses and absence of particle bounce




and reentrainment.  The  degree to which each of the new samplers satisfies the




requirements must be  determined by rigorous laboratory testing.  Furthermore,




the  EPA plans  to  approve samplers according to performance criterea.  This




implies a specified  testing protocol.




      During the last  few years, the development of  samplers has been accom-




panied by improvements and innovations in aerosol testing techniques (6,7).




Since these are  based on current aerosol technology,  there is some uniformity




in the methods  practiced in  the various laboratories,  but there are some




significant differences.  In fact, some difficulty is  experienced in obtaining




agreement  between measurements made in different  laboratories.  The status of




aerosol techniques  for inlet testing in a wind  tunnel  and static testing of




the rest of the sampler  will be reviewed here.









GENERATION  AND SIZING  OF LIQUID PARTICLES




      Liquid particles are used for measurements of sampler efficiency because




aerosols  of liquid particles  can be generated with  higher uniformity and




reproducibility than in the case of solid particles.  Wall losses are also




measured  with  liquid particles because they adhere to  surfaces contacted,




giving upper limits  to loss estimates.   All of the  laboratories in the EPA




sampler program  are using the vibrating orifice aerosol  generator (8) because




of its outstanding performance characteristics.   In  this  generator, a jet of




liquid is  broken  up  by  a vibrating piezoelectric  crystal.  Each vibration
                                      35

-------
produces a droplet, hence they are of  uniform size and the rate of  production




is  constant.  Furthermore, the absolute  droplet volume can be calculated by




dividing the liquid flow rate by the vibrating frequency.  Normally,  particles




smaller than the primary droplet are generated by using a solution of oil in a




volatile  solvent  such  as alcohol.  For the oil, food-grade oleic acid is




preferred  to dioctyl phthalate (DOP)  because the latter has been found to be




an animal carcinogen (9).




      From  particle  settling velocity measurements, John and Wall 10) have




shown that the uncertainty  of  the particle diameter calculated from the




vibrating  orifice  generator parameters  can be < 0.3%.  Therefore, particle




diameters  should  be based on the generator parameters.  However,  since the




generator  is subject to  various malfunctions, it is necessary to have




auxiliary determinations of the particle size and monodispersity. This can be




accomplished with an optical particle counter which provides real time data on




particle size, monodispersity and concentration.  These data are indispensable




fur  quality assurance  of the  test aerosol.  The optical counter can be




calibrated with aerosols generated from successive dilutions of a concentrated




solution.




      Another technique for particle sizing consists of depositing the par-




ticles  on  a slide for optical microscopy.  The slide is coated with an oil-




phobic fluorocarbon to minimize spreading.  The particle diameter is obtained




from the  apparent  diameter by multiplying by the flattening factor. Olan-




Figueroa,  et al., (11) have published flattening factors for oleic acid and




DOP on a coating of fluorocarbon (3M Company FC 721).  Their results have been




confirmed  by John  and  Wall  (12).  The  slide method is useful only for oc-




casional  checking  because  the measurement accuracy is less than for the

-------
methods  discussed above.  Moreover, because it is time-consuming,  the method




is usually limited by statistical error.




      A summary of the sizing  techniques for liquid particles which  are recom-




mended by the authors is  presented in Table 1.









SAMPLER EFFECTIVENESS AND WALL LOSS MEASUREMENTS




      The  sampler effectiveness for a given wind speed and particle size  is




determined in a wind tunnel from the ratio of the amount of aerosol deposited




on  the  sampler's after filter to  that deposited on an isokinetic filter




sampler.   Static testing may be conducted in a chamber to investigate frac-




tionating stages and internal wall losses.  Aerosol deposits are quantitated




from the fluorescence of a dye tracer, uranine (sodium fluorescein),  added  to




the oleic acid solution used in the aerosol generator.




      There are considerable  variations in the extraction methods used by the




different laboratories.    We  have  devised procedures which are sensitive




and reproducible.   Teflon filters are immersed in a small amount  of solvent




and placed in an ultrasonic bath for 10 minutes.  The extraction efficiency  is




99%.   Glass fiber filters are more difficult to extract and are avoided where




possible.  A highly efficient  extraction can be achieved by placing  the filter




and solvent in a blender for a few minutes, followed by vacuum filtration  to




remove  the fibers.   This technique addresses the need to separate  the fibers




so  that  the  deposited  material can be extracted from within the filter mat.




Wall losses are recovered by washing the inside surfaces of the sampler with




solvent,  using a squeeze bottle.  Typical extraction efficiencies for oleic




acid-uranine on aluminum  are 90% for one wash and 99% for two washes.




      An  example of  effectiveness measurements is shown in Figure 1 for the




Size-Selective Inlet.  Fairly good agreement is evident between our results
                                      37

-------
(12)  for  a static  test using DOP and the results  of Wedding (13) as well as




McFarland and Ortiz  (14) at  2 km/hr in wind tunnels using oleic acid. An




example of wall  loss measurements (12) is given in Figure 3 for the parts of




the dichotomous  sampler  identified in Figure 2.









MEASUREMENTS WITH  SPRAY-DRIED, SOLID PARTICLES




      In order to compare the sampling efficiencies  for solid particles to




those for liquid particles, particularly near the sampler's cutpoint, it is




necessary to employ  monodisperse, solid particles.   These may be generated




conveniently by  spray-drying solutions from the  same vibrating orifice aerosol




generator  used  for liquid particles.  Furthermore,  the  unique characteristics




of  this generator  afford a method for the determination of the aerodynamic




particle  diameter.   Such a determination is necessary because spray-dried




particles do not,  in  general, dry to bulk density.




      As previously pointed out, the volume  of  the  droplet produced by the




vibrating orifice  generator is given by the liquid flow rate divided by the




vibrating frequency.   Since  the concentration of the solute is known, the mass




of  the  dried particle  can  be calculated from the volume.  The geometric par-




ticle diameter  can be measured with an optical  microscope.  From the mass and




geometric diameter, the  aerodynamic diameter is  readily  calculated.




     A direct determination  of the aerodynamic diameter  can be made by measur-




ing the particle settling velocity.  We have  developed a Laser Settling




Velocimeter (10) for  this purpose.  In Figure 4,  three ways of relating the




aerodynamic diameter to  the geometric diameter are  compared for solid par-




ticles of potassium biphthalate.  The assumption of  bulk density clearly leads




to  an unacceptably large  error.  Sizing based on optical microscopy and the
                                      38

-------
particle mass is reasonably  close  to the direct measurements.  The difference




is probably due to residual moisture in the particles.




      Application of  the spray-drying technique to the measurement of sampling




effectiveness (12) is illustrated  in Figure 1.  The solid, potassium biphtha-




late particles show somewhat higher penetration to the after filter than  do




liquid particles.









TESTING WITH AEROSOLIZED BULK PARTICIPATE MATERIALS




     For investigation of possible  excess penetration of particles much larger




than the  sampler cutpoint,  the  requirement of particle monodispersity may  be




relaxed.  However, the size distribution of the particles must be truncated  at




the  small end  where  the  normal sampling efficiency is appreciable.  Large




particle  aerosols  of dry, elastic materials can be produced by suspending




bulk particulate materials such  as glass beads, pollen, etc.  The necessary




deagglomeration of  the particles is efficiently accomplished in a fluidized




bed.  We have developed a novel  Sonic Fluidized Bed (12) wherein the fluidiz-




ing  action is  augmented  by  sonic energy.   This aerosol generator has the




advantages of requiring less than  one gram of  bed particles and less than 0.5




g of test particles for  a measurement.




      In Figure 5, measured (12)  penetrations of the Size-Selective Inlet  by




glass beads and A/C  test  dust  ("Arizona  Road Dust") are shown.  The high




value for bQ/jm A/C test dust may be due to breakup of the particles which are




friable.   For  this reason we  do not regard A/C test dust as a suitable




material for this work.
                                      39

-------
ASSESSMENT OF PROGRESS  AND  UNSOLVED PROBLEMS




     Aerosol techniques for the measurement of sampling effectiveness  and  wall




loss are  well-developed.  However, measurements in wind tunnels  have large




variances, requiring  a large number of replications.  A high fraction of the




time is devoted to characterization of the aerosol cloud.  This suggests  that




more use  should be  made of rapid monitoring methods as afforded  by optical




counters.  Laser beams  would have an obvious application here.  Such beams are




used in many wind tunnels to measure fluid flow.




      Techniques for  solid particle tests are not as advanced because of in-




herent difficulties.   The  search for better materials is still underway.   For




wind tunnel work the choice is further restricted by the requirement  that the




material be non-toxic and non-hygroscopic.  A number of questions remain to be




answered,  including what  materials best simulate ambient particles?   Or, how




can measurements with test particles be related to ambient particles?   How




much excess penetration by  solid  particles is acceptable in a practical




sampler?  Answers to these  questions will be needed in the near future.

-------
TABLE 1.  METHODS FOR SIZING OF LIQUID PARTICLES
        Method
        Computation
  Remarks
Calculation from parameters
of vibrating orifice
aerosol generator
Optical counter
Optical microscopy
on coated slide
     *
    D =
       Q = Liquid flowrate
       C = Vol. cone, of oil
       f = vibrating frequency

    From calibration curve,
    based on successive
    dilutions of concentrated
    solution
        apparent dia.
        X flattening factor
Best absolute
measure
Necessary for
real-time
monitoring of
particle size
and monodisper-
sity

For occasional
checking; low
accuracy
*Geometric particle diameter.  The aerodynamic diameter is obtained  from
  aero
                   where
is the particle density•

-------
REFERENCES




 1.  Dzubay,  T.  G.,  Stevens,  R.  K.  and Peterson, C. M.   Application of the




     dichotomous sampler to the characterization of ambient aerosols.  In;  X-




     ray Fluorescence Analysis  of  Environmental Samples (Edited  by Dzubay,




     T.G.)  p.  95.  Ann Arbor Science,  Ann Arbor, MI., 1977.









 2.  Loo,  B.  W.,  Jaklevic, J.  M.  and Goulding, F. S.  Dichotomous virtual




     impactors for large scale monitoring of airborne particulate  matter.  In:




     Fine  Particles, B.  Y. H.  Liu,  ed., Academic Press,  New York,  1976.  p.




     311.









 3.  McFarland,  A.  R. ,  Ortiz,  C.  A. and Bertch, R. W., Jr.  (1979) Atmos.




     Environ.:  13, 761.









 4.  Wedding,  J. B.  Environ. Sci.  and Technol.: 16,  154, 1982.









 5.  Miller, F.  J., Gardner, D. E., Graham, J. A., Lee, R.  E., Jr.,  Wilson, W.




     E. and Bachman, J. D.  Size considerations for establishing  a standard




     for inhalable particles.  J. Air  Poll.  Control  Assoc.  29:   610,  1979.








 6.  Wedding,  J.  B., McFarland, A.  R.  and  Cermak, J. E.  Environ.  Sci.




     Technol.:  11, 387, 1979.









7.   John, W., Reischl, G. P. and  Wesolowski, J.  J.  (1978)  Size-Selective




     Monitoring Techniques for Particulate Matter in  California Air,  AIHL/SP-




     12, Air  and Industrial  Hygiene Laboratory, California Department of




     Health Services,  Berkeley, CA.

-------
 8.   Berglund,  R.  N.  and Liu, B. Y. H.   Environ. Sci. and Technol.:  7,  147,




     1973.








 9   National  Toxicology  Program.  Technical Report on the Carcinogenesis




     Bioassay  of Di (2-e thylhexl )phthalate.  U. S. Department of  Health and




     Human  Services,  National Institutes of Health, National  Toxicology




     Program,  Research Triangle Park, N.C.,  1982, DHHS Publication No.  (NIH)




     80-1768.









10.   Wall,  S. M., John, W. and Rodgers, D. (1982) Laser Settling Velocimeter,




     Paper  No.  14c,  First  Annual Conference  of the American Association for




     Aerosol Research,  Santa  Monica, CA.,  Feb.  17-19.









11.   Olan-Figueroa,  E., McFarland,  A. R.  and Ortiz, C. A.  Am. Ind. Hyg.




     Assoc.  J.:  43, 395, 1982.








12.   John,  W.,  Wall,  S. M.  and Wesolowski, J. J.  Validation of Samplers for




     inhaled  particulate  matter.   EPA-600/4-83-010, U.S. Environmental




     Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC, 1983.  ]%_ pp.  (Available




     from  the National  Technical Information Service, Report No. PB83-191395).









13.   Wedding, J. B.    Unpublished progress report, Colorado State University,




     Ft. Collins, Colorado, 1981.









14.   McFarland, A. R. and C.  A.  Ortiz.   Progress Report — Aerosol




     Characterization of  Ambient Particulate Samplers Used in Experimental



     Monitoring Studies. Texas A & M University Research Foundation,  College




     Station, Texas,  October  1979.

-------
                    s
                    a.
                   o

                   o
                      20
                      18
                      16
                      14
                      12
                           • CALCULATED FROM BULK DENSITY

                           ALSV MEASUREMENTS OF SETTLING VELOCITIES

                           0 BASED ON OPTICAL MICROSCOPY



                            Potassium Biphthalate
                      10
                        8       10     12     14      16      18


                                     GEOMETRIC DIAMETER, jjm
                                                                 20
   Figure  k.  Comparison of three ways to obtain aerodynamic diameters  of

      solid particles produced by the  vibrating orifice aerosol  generator.
                    10
                     8 -
                     4 -
                     2 -
1 1 1 T 	 1 	 1—
S GLASS BEADS
X A/C TEST DUST
,T I ,
^r i '
	 1 	 ill i
	 1 	

i
                                20         40         60

                                  AERODYNAMIC DIAMETER, (Urn
80
Figure 5.   Penetration of  the size-selective hi-vol by solid test particles,

-------
                                                                                                         EFFECTIVENESS,
-e-
VJl
H-
CKl co
H- £ S
f> /T> *n
g, <» g
o ro
L
c PL§
W CD
0. &
8 H.
n
i

— r
U
                         H O
                         l*^




                         I?
                            O*
                         et- O
                         W  i-b
                                                                                          o <&•

                                                                                          >o

                                                                                          § O)

                                                                                          o
                                                                                          C <*>
                                                                                                                                         D
                                                                                                                                         e-,
                                                                                                                                      •§•
     «3

e?§
o  4 o>


Is-v
O  P>

°  3. *•
go,g

01  5
e  HH
F3    Q

)—'  fi> 09
(D  R  O"

^  ^^g,
   ro !=• fl)

     SJ?
                                                                                                                    \V
                                                                                                                    e
 rf" P
 cr 4
 fl>  (D

 09  H
 H' •
 N
 (D
 i   at


   Ji
. (1)  H


 H-OT

 (D  (D

 cr H)
 H- n>
 i   o
 •^  cf-


 ^

 g  S
 "   CD
    ca

 ^O
 (D  ^
 P-

-------
                  PARTICULATE SAMPLING EFFICIENCY DEPENDENCE ON

                      INLET ORIENTATION AND FLOW VELOCITIES


              Klaus Willeke, Pal X. Tufto* and Lauren H. Silverman

                           Aerosol Research Laboratory
                       Department of Environmental Health
                            University of Cincinnati
                             Cincinnati, Ohio 45267


    New standards on particulate air sampling for the protection of human health

will have upper particle size cutoffs specified.  This creates a demand for

extensive testing of particulate sampling inlets.  A wind tunnel has been designed

and built that incorporates a new method for determining sampling efficiencies.

The inlet under study is integrated into a modified optical single particle

counter which records the aerosol concentration penetrated through the inlet.

The penetrated aerosol concentration is thus measured dynamically and quickly

for various particle sizes, sampling velocities, wind velocities and sampling

angles.  Extensive measurements of the overall sampling efficiency of a thin-

walled sampling tube were performed at wind velocities of 250 to 1000 cm/sec,

inlet velocities of 125 to 1000 cm/sec and angles of 0 to +90°.   The sampling

efficiency was found to be significantly reduced when sampling was performed

at an angle to the flow.   When the sampling velocity in the inlet differed from

the ambient wind velocity, the sampling efficiency was increased or decreased.

Solid particles with sufficient inertia bounced through the inlet and were

sampled with higher efficiency than liquid particles.
*
 Current address:  Division of Organization and Work Science,  Norwegian

 Institute of Technology,  University of Trondheim,  Trondheim,  Norway.

-------
 Introduction
     When aerosols are  sampled from ambient or  industrial environments,  air con-


 taining particles is drawn through an inlet opening to a filter or  into a direct-


 reading instrument.  Most of the theoretical and  experimental studies on aerosol


 sampling have focused  on  the aspiration efficiency which considers  sampling from


 the air environment to the face of the inlet  (1-3). In addition to the particle


 loss or gain up to the face of the inlet, deposition of particles may occur on


 the inner wall of the  inlet.   The representativeness of the aerosol sample is


 thus not only dependent on the aspiration of particles to the face of the inlet,


 but also on particle deposition in the sampling tube upstream of the point of


 measurement.


     In this study (4-6) we have made a thorough experimental investigation of


 one specific inlet in  order to gain a better understanding of the dependence


 of  overall sampling efficiency on air movements near the sampler.


                   Dry. Clean                   H
                   Compreeeed
                   Alf-j
                         Air PreMure
             Flow Senior*
                              Te«t Section/
                             (30cm > 30cm,
                              PlenlgleM)
                         -Mixing Fan
                       - HEPA Flltere
                      -Premiers
                            OPC Senior
                           Senoor Section
                           (00cm x 60cm.
                            Pteiigles)
                                              Silencer
                                                            Centrifuge) Fen
                                                            with Inlet Demper
-Nolee Enclosure
      Figure 1.
Wind tunnel  for sampling efficiency  studies:  OPC = optical
particle counter;  PSA = pulse shaping  amplifier; MCA = multi-
channel analyzer;  DMM = digital multimeter.
Experimental  Methods

    We designed a special wind tunnel  for sampling efficiency studies (4,7).

The schematic representation of Figure 1  displays the essential  elements.

Laboratory air is drawn through four HEPA filters into the mixing  chamber  of

-------
the wind tunnel.  The air is accelerated through  a  tapered section which results


in a constant velocity profile throughout most of the  30  cm x 30 cm test section,


as measured by a thermal anemometer probe.


                                    AEROSCLM
                          TEST WLET-
                          SHEATH-AIR  	,
                          WLET 	-y V77

                          CLEAN—«•
                          AIR
                      FROM
                      LAMP
                                    FLOW OUT

          Figure 2.  Schematic of test inlet integrated  into  a modified

                     single-particle optical counter.


    Test aerosols are injected into the mixing chamber through an  aerosol gener-


ator whose design is based on the vibrating orifice principle (8).   In our design


the Krypton-85 charge-neutralizer section is fixed, and  the vibrating-orifice


section is removable as a small unit (7).  The aerosol is distributed in the


mixing chamber by a large disc fan as used for window exhausting in homes.   This


results in well-mixed aerosol concentrations in the core of the test section.


The turbulence level in the wind tunnel can be varied from 3% to 8% by adjustments


in the speed of the mixing fan.


    The inlet under study samples from the aerosol flow  in the test section of


the wind tunnel.  As shown schematically in Figure 2, the inlet under study is


integrated into a modified single-particle counter which records the aerosol


concentration that penetrates through the inlet tube.  The aerosol  consisted of

-------
                          0.02
                          0.01
                            0.03    0.1         1
                                   STOKES NUMBER, Stk
                                5     10   16 20 26 30 40
                             PARTICLE AERODYNAMIC DIAMETER, Dae.pm
      Figure 3.  Sampling  efficiency of  a thin-walled inlet tube for upward
                 vs. downward  sampling.   Test  aerosol:  Monodisperse liquid
                 oleic acid.   Inlet  dimensions:  L =  20 cm; I.D. = 0.565 cm;
                 O.D. = 0.635  cm  (1/4 inch).   A:  Upward sampling at 6 = -15°.
                 B: Downward sampling at 6 = +15°.

liquid oleic acid and solid potassium hydrogen phthalate particles ranging in

aerodynamic diameter from  5 to 40  ym.  The wind velocity was varied from 250 to

1000 cm/s, and the inlet velocity  from 125 to  1000 cm/s.  Within these ranges

of particle size and air velocity, the inlet was tested isoaxial to the wind

(6=0°) and at angles 15, 30, 60 and  90°  upward and downward from the horizontal

wind direction.

    The penetrated aerosol concentration was measured with the optical single-

particle counter for the various combinations  of particle size, sampling velocity,

wind velocity and sampling angle.  All measurements  were related to the sampled

aerosol concentration at isokinetic,  isoaxial  conditions, for which the aerosol

depositions on the inlet's inner wall were determined fluorometrically using

-------
                                PARTCLEAi
     Figure 4.  Sampling efficiency of a thin-walled inlet tube at constant
                wind velocity and different angles.  Test aerosol: Monodisperse
                liquid oleic acid.  Inlet dimensions: L = 20 cm; I.D. = 0.565 cm;
                O.D. = 0.635 cm (1/4 inch).  A: 6 = 0°.  B: 6 = +30°.  C: 6 =
                +60°.  D:  6 «= +90°.
uranine-tagged particles as the test aerosol.  The aerosol concentration upstream

of the inlet was thus known for all the tested sampling conditions.  The ratio of

the particle concentration exiting from the inlet to the true particle concentra-

tion outside the sampler, defined as sampling efficiency, could thus be determined

for the various sampling conditions.  The particle concentration exiting from the

inlet at non-isokinetic conditions relative to isokinetic conditions is termed

relative sampling efficiency.  The latter does not consider the particle losses

inside the inlet.

    In order to evaluate the distribution of particle deposition inside the

sampling tube, sectional wash-offswere performed for some experiments with

fluorescence-tagged aerosol.

Results and Discussions

    A few sampling efficiency results obtained for the specific inlet tube tested

are highlighted through Figures 3  to 5.
                                       50

-------
2.
*0>
UJ 1.0
^
^T
U
2! *
UJ
O

uT
U. n '
UJ

O
a i
«| W« 1
OL

!•••
UJ
§.02
UJ
.01
-
•fc-^
- dH^T^N^ X^V^S,
^ts*?^5~~^^NV^/^'/l»*>^\. POTASSIUM
^^^^^ '^»*'^^^r/^^^*^^^^^^O^ HYDROGEN
^^Vi^i.** *^r~^*^fc^^*^ *~"^^9 PMTHAI ATF
" \ \ ^._ *
\ \ \\x
\ V x
\ V * \
\ «* « .
n Uwlnd x x * *b
- K"U Intel \\ \
D \ % *
J5. , \ \ OLEIC ACID 	
. 4 > t b
• \ 1
.2 , t
A 1 * \
9 0.6 \ h
1
\
\
"0"™o° i
Uwlnd- 500cm/S
, 1
0.1 0.2 0.6 1.0 2.0 3.0


STOKES NUMBER, Stk
it tit
                                10     IS   20    30
                         PARTICLE AERODYNAMIC DIAMETER. Dae./Wi
     Figure 5.  Relative sampling  efficiency  of the Figure 3 inlet tested at
                6 = -30° with  liquid  oleic acid vs.  solid potassium hydrogen
                phthalate particles.   The relative  sampling efficiency is the
                aerosol concentration penetrating the inlet at non-isokinetic
                relative to  isokinetic conditions.

    As seen in Figure 3 differences in sampling efficiency were found for parti-

cles above 10 urn in diameter when  the aerosol was sampled 15° upward vs.  15°

downward from the horizontal,  downward sampling giving the higher sampling

efficiency.  The difference  between upward and downward sampling was found to

decrease as the wind velocity  increased.  In  all cases,  the difference between

upward and downward sampling was found to increase  with increasing particle size.

A difference in sampling efficiency between upward  and downward sampling  was also

found at 8 = 30° for particle  sizes above 10  urn, although the effect was  not as

pronounced as for 6 = 15°.   At 6 = 60°,  the sampling efficiency for upward

sampling was found to be only  slightly lower  than for downward sampling.  At

8 = 90 ,  no difference was found between upward  and  downward  sampling.
                                       51

-------
                             e-o°
                           0M«0 to 40 (»
                              B
                                     LOWER E.

                                     (ASPMATMO
                             0-0°
                           DH>2Ott>40»m
                                                   LOWER E.

                                                    (GRAVITY)
                            $-30°
                            6-60°

                            8tk>0.1
                                                       LOWER E,
                                                       (MPACTOW
             Figure 6.  Dominant mechanisms  for particle losses when

                        sampling through  a thin-walled inlet tube.



    It is unlikely that the observed difference between upward and downward



sampling is caused by differences in aspiration efficiency.   Gravitational


settling along the inside wall of the  inlet  tube  should not  be much different



either.  We propose that the differences  are due  to particle impaction onto the


inside wall near the inlet face.  When sampling downward,  impaction occurs on


the upper inside wall of the inlet tube and  gravity pulls  away from the impaction


surface.  When sampling upward, impaction occurs  on the lower inside wall of the


inlet tube and gravity pulls towards the  impaction  surface.   Gravitational



settling therefore increases impaction in upward  sampling  but decreases impaction



in downward sampling.  As the sampling angle approaches 90°  to the  horizontal,



the component of gravitational settling velocity  perpendicular to the tube wall



becomes zero and no difference is observed between  upward  and downward sampling.



However, since the magnitude of sampling  efficiency decreases with  increase in



angle, and no particles were sampled above 10 ym  for a wind  velocity of 500 cm/s

-------
 and angles  of  +90 ,  gravity becomes  less  important with increase in angle.



     Figure  4 shows the sampling  efficiency as  a function of particle size for



 various  angles to the  horizontal wind  velocity of 500 cm/s.   The data are plotted



 for different  sampling ratios, R,  defined as the ratio of wind velocity to the



 average  air velocity in the inlet.   At isoaxial sampling (8 = 0°)  the curves for



 different R-values cross over  each other  at a  particle size of about 30 ym due to



 the dominating effect  of gravitational settling on large particles  at low inlet



 velocities.  At an angle of 60°,  a different cross-over  occurs  at a  much smaller


 particle size.   It appears  that  impaction onto the inner wall increases as  the



 angle  between  inside wall and wind direction increases.   When impaction dominates,



 losses are  greatest for conditions of  U.  ..  
-------
the dominant removal mechanism for large particles (Figure 6B).  Aspiration-




dominated sampling results in undersampling (i.e., lower sampling efficiencies)




when the inlet velocity is higher than the wind velocity.  As the orientation of




the inlet is tilted away from the wind vector, particle loss due to lack of




aspiration increases, but impaction onto the inside wall near the inlet face also




increases.  Sectional wash-off experiments indicate that most of the particles




lost inside the tube are deposited just past the inlet face.  At 8 « 30^ both




effects appear to be important, as illustrated in Figure 6C.  At 6 « 60° and high-




er, impaction to the inner surface appears to dominate (see Figure 6D).



Acknowledgments




   Ihe initial phases of this research were supported by the U.S. National In-




stitute for Occupational Safety and Health under Grant No. OH 00774.   The latter




phases were supported by the U.S. National Science Foundation under Grant No.




CPE-82 13269.  One of the authors  (p|*l A. Tufto) was supported by the Norwegian




Institute of Technology and the Royal Norwegian Council for Scientific and




Industrial Research.  The work described in this paper was not funded by the U.S.




Environmental Protection Agency and therefore the contents do not necessarily




reflect the views of the Agency and no official endorsement should be inferred.



References




1.  Davies, C.N. The Entry of Aerosols into Sampling Tubes and Heads.   Staub



    Reinhalt. Luft (English) 28:1, 1968.




2.  Belyaev, S.P., and Levin, L.M.  Techniques for Collection of Representative




    Aerosol Samples.  J. Aerosol Sci. 5:325, 1974.




3.  Durham, M.D., and Lundgren, D.A.  Evaluation of Aspiration Efficiency as a




    Function of Stokes Number, Velocity Ratio and Nozzle Angle.   J. Aerosol Sci.



    11:179, 1980.

-------
 4.  Tufto, P.R., and Willeke, K.  Dynamic Evaluation of Aerosol Sampling Inlets.


     Environ. Sci. Techno!.  16:607, 1982.


 5.  Tufto, P.A*. , and Willeke, K.  Dependence of Particulate Sampling Efficiency


     on Inlet Orientation and Flow Velocities.  Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J. 43:436,


     1982.


 6.  Willeke, K., and Tufto,  P.A.  Sampling Efficiency Determination of Aerosol


     Sampling Inlets.  In: V.A. Marple and B.Y.H. Liu (eds.), Aerosols in the


     Mining and Industrial Work Environments.  Vol. I.  Ann Arbor Science -


     The Butterworth Group,  Ann Arbor, Michigan, 1983.  p. 321.

              o
 7.  Tufto, P.A.  Sampling Efficiencies of Particulate Sampling Inlets.  Ph.D.


     Thesis, Department of Environmental Health, University of Cincinnati,


     Cincinnati, Ohio,  1981.   268 pp.


 8.  Berglund, R.N.,  and Liu,  B.Y.H.  Generation of Monodisperse Aerosol Standards.


     Environ. Sci. Technol.  7:147, 1973.


 9.  Silverman,  L.H.   Sampling Efficiencies of Solid Particles through Thin-


     edged Inlets.  M.S. Thesis,  Department of Environmental Health,  University


     of Cincinnati,  Cincinnati, Ohio  1983.  108 pp.


10.  Rao,  A.K.,  and Whitby,  K.T.   Non-ideal Collection Characteristics of Inertial


     Impactors I.   Single Stage Impactors and Solid Particles.   J.  Aerosol  Sci.


     9:77, 1978.
                                       55

-------
             SESSION III





GENERAL AND SOURCE ORIENTED MONITORING
                 57

-------
          METAL  FOIL  COLLECTION/FLASH VAPORIZATION/FLAME PHOTOMETRY
          AS APPLIED TO AMBIENT AIR MONITORING OF TOTAL GASEOUS SULFUR
                        R. A. Kagel  and S. 0. Farwell
                           Department of Chemistry
                             University of Idaho
                              Moscow, ID  83843

     The  analysis of  gaseous samples for low part-per-million (ppm) and part-
per-billion (ppb) levels of sulfur-containing vapors (HzS, C^SH, SO?,
•
CH3SCH3,  COS, CS2, CH3SSCH3, etc.) can often be accomplished with good
accuracy  using a number of commercially-available instruments. In many cases,
however,  sample  sulfur concentrations of more than one or two ppb are rarely
encountered; e.g., typical concentrations in these situations range from one
part-per-trillion (ppt) to around five hundred ppt.  These areas of interest
include:  ambient air-monitoring of rural atmospheres (1,2) and measurement of
biogenic  sulfur  emission fluxes using enclosure sampling (3), plus such
applications as, natural gas leak detection (i .e., via sulfur-containing
taggants) and clean room air monitoring (e.g., integrated circuit manufactur-
ing).  For example, best estimates place the concentration of total sulfur-
containing vapors in  rural, ambient tropospheric air to be between 250 pptS
and 900 pptS (W/W) (4). Nevertheless, the state of the art in sulfur-selective
ambient air monitoring systems allows a practical detection limit of no better
than 10 ppbS (W/W). Preconcentration schemes have been reported which do pro-
vide sub-ppb detectability; however, these previous methods have typically
included  such drawbacks as poor overall  precision, long sampling times (i .e.,
no real time monitoring capability), and/or poor field sampling compatability.
     Silver nitrate-impregnated filters (5) as well as metal-coated glass
beads  (6) and metallic foils (7) have been shown to collect, via ambient
temperature chemisorption, a number of gaseous sulfur-containing compounds
                                      58

-------
present at low and sub-ppb levels in air.  Recently, the collection of vola-
tile sulfur species on a metallic foil followed by resistively-heated flash
desorption has proven to be analytically useful when coupled to a flame photo-
metric sulfur-selective detector.
     This latter technique, termed metal foil collection/flash vaporization/
flame photometric detection (MFC/FV/FPD), can be used to yield a total gaseous
sulfur response since certain foils show nearly identical collection efficien-
cies and response curves toward the sulfur gases of major interest.  This
system has distinct advantages in terms of sensitivity, repeatability, ease of
 automation, and sample throughput over methods which use relatively slow,
conductive thermal desorption of metallic collectors.  The response of the
flame photometric sulfur-selective detector is mass-flow rate dependent;
therefore, a large detectability enhancement is realized by flash injection of
the sample (i.e., less than 100 millisecond desorption duration). A precisely-
controlled (± 0.01 V) constant voltage capacitive discharge system allows
extremely repeatable desorption (± 1% of response).  Since the metallic foil
collector returns to its original collection characteristics after "flashing,"
sampling cells can be flash analyzed and prepared for the next sampling event
in less than ten seconds.
     The MFC/FV/FPD approach to ultratrace airborne sulfur measurements has
been incorporated into a "quasi-continuous" air monitoring system capable of
time-programmed sampling periods and flash desorption events via an onboard
microcomputer.  The programmable flash desorption system when coupled, as an
inlet manifold, to a commercially available FPD sulfur monitor allows un-
attended operation.   In this particular configuration, a pump in the FPD
sulfur monitor draws the air sample through the collection cell at 200
mL/minute.  Data points can be taken automatically every minute (for sample
concentrations ranging from 25 ppb to 0.75 ppb [Wtotal-S/^airD» every five
                                      59

-------
minutes (for levels from 10 ppb to 150 ppt), or every fifteen minutes (for
levels from 2.5 ppb to 50 ppt).  For remote field sampling application,  the
sampling flow rate is increased to 5 L/minute and sampling cells can be
sealed, transported to the laboratory, and "flash analyzed" several  weeks
later.  These conditions provide a detection limit of 10 ppt DMDS (V/V)  for a
five-minute sampling period.  The precision of these measurements is approxi-
mately ± 2% over the entire LDR of 103.
     Figure 1 illustrates the increased  response obtained with the MFC/FV/FPD
when compared to the response from only  the FPD.   The left hand portion  of
Figure 1 shows the response from a Meloy Labs SA-285 continuous sulfur monitor
(Columbia Scientific Industries Corp., Austin, TX) to 500 ppt (V/V)  of I^S gas
in air.  Even under these ideal laboratory conditions and over this  relatively
short (about five minutes) duration, the FPD response is clearly at  the  detec-
tion limit.  The right hand portion of Figure 1  demonstrates the significant
increase in signal-to-noise response when the metal  foil preconcentrator/flash
vaporizer system is used with the FPD.  As shown, first  a 5 minute sample of
zero air was passed through the collection cell  (i.e. containing the metal
foil) at 5 L/minute and the sulfur present in the zero air (and collected on
the foil) was flash desorbed into the same FPD monitor.   Next, a 1 minute
sample of the 500 ppt ^S sample was drawn through the collection cell at 5
L/minute.  The corresponding MFC/FV/FPD  response to this sample gave a
signal-to-noise 20 times that obtained with the FPD alone.  The small flash
responses following the large peak are due to subsequent "clean-up"  flash
desorptions, illustrating that approximately 90% of the  adsorbed sulfur  is
removed during the first flash and that  the collection cell can be readied for
further sampling after two cleaning flashes.  Figure 2 shows triplicate
                                      60

-------
   FPD-Continuous  Mode
                               FPD- Preconcentrator
   Zero
    Air
500 ppt I  Zero
  H2S  '   Air
5  minute
 Collection
  Zero Air
 I minute
 Collection
500 ppt H2S
Figure 1   Meloy SA-285 sulfur monitor system response to zero air
          and 500 ppt H2S  (V/V) with (right) and without (left)
          MFC/FV preconcentrator.
                               61

-------
MFC/FV/FPD response results for a 30 second, a 1  minute, and a 2 minute
sampling of a 500 ppt (V/V) HgS standard sample.   The measurement precision is
typically ± 2% of the response.
     Palladium foil has been found to exhibit non-selective collection (i.e.,
within the precision of the standards) of all the sulfur-containing compounds
tested (i.e., those compounds listed above with samples containing 0.3 ng S to
15 ng S).  In Figure 3, the seven different sulfur gas standards were used
separately to prepare various standard concentrations ranging from 800 pptS to
10 ppbS (W/W) (i.e., approximately 1 ngS/L to 10 ngS/L).  Three concentrations
from each species were sampled at 1 L/minute for 1 minute and the data com-
bined to form the plot in Figure 3.  The scatter about the regression line is
well within the precision available from the calibration standards.  The
collection efficiency of the metal foil collector system at a sampling flow
rate of 1 L/minute was determined to be approximately 40% using two different
approaches.  One method of estimating the collection efficiency is to compare
the slopes of the standard curves (i.e., response versus ngS/sample) obtained
using gaseous sulfur standards and liquid sulfur standards.  The liquid
standard is simply aqueous ^$04 at the appropriate concentration, which is
applied to the foil (e.g.. in a 0.5 u.L volume) and allowed to dry before
flashing into the FPD.  The collection efficiency of the liquid standards is
placed at 100% and lesser response slopes obtained using gaseous standards
attributed to less than 100% collection.  These liquid standards also serve as
a convenient standard for checking FPD response sensitivity.  An alternate
method of estimating the collection efficiency is to place two collection
cells in tandem thereby, observing the "scrubbing efficiency" of the first
cell by monitoring the reduced response in the second cell.
                                      62

-------
         500 ppt
H2S
             Lu J
ULj
U	I
UL  J
  30  Second
   Collection
    I  Minute
    Collection
                  2  Minute
                  Collection
Figure 2   MFC/FV/FPD system response versus collection time of
          500 ppt H2S (V/V) with triplicate determinations shown.
                            63

-------
     Table 1 shows the collection efficiencies of various metal foils for the
sulfur gases of interest over a concentration of 1  ppb and 10 ppb.  Figure 4
illustrates the calibration curve for dimethyl disulfide over the concentra-
tion range of 52 ppt to 500 ppt.  This figure demonstrates the sensitivity of
this system and also its extreme degree of repeatability.  For example, the
duplicate measurements shown at each point are far  more precise than the
precision available between further or less diluted samples on the linear
dilution curve.
     To discuss potential interferences is rather meaningless without refer-
ence to a particular application or sample type.  However, in the general area
of air monitoring, the most common possible interferences (i.e., humidity,
temperature, NOX, and 03) have been tested and showed no significant effect on
the MFC/FV/FPD responses to known samples of the sulfur gas standards.  The
only significant interferent was condensing humidity, which occurs  when the
collector foil is below the dew point temperature of the sample.  In this
event the collection efficiency drops severely.  The use of a Nafion sample
drier or the use of a sampling cell which is heated above the sample dew point
are two methods which can be used to circumvent condensation  when dealing with
humid, above-ambient temperature samples.  Sample storage studies have been
performed in which collection cells are sampled with sulfur standards or zero
air and subsequently stored for a set duration before flash analysis. The
results of these studies demonstrate that sample cells can be stored for
periods up to several weeks without significant loss or increase in sulfur
response.
     Extremely high sensitivity and selectivity, field portability, rugged-
ness, ease of operation and calibration, and low cost make the MFC/FV/FPD
system a new tool with highly desirable characteristics for numerous real
world applications.  The ability to make precise measurements of sulfur con-
                                      64

-------
Table 1.  Percent Collection Efficiency for Various Metal  Foils Toward Sulfur
          Gas Standards*

S-Compound
H2S
CHaSH
CH3SCH3
CH3SSCH3
S02
COS
CS2
Pt
41
36
26
39
36
7
2
Pd
40
36
40
38
36
30
39
Ag
38
36
30
36
36
1
3
W
4
0
0
0
12
0
0
Ni
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rh
0
0
0
0
8
0
0
*Within the variance of the calibration  standards  (±  20%)

-------
      10,.
       a..
Ul J>
w *
       6 ..
a -§
a  b
t  I
  IT
       4 ..
                   CM
                                        CD
                                                   CD
                                                              C3
                                PPB-S

                                (W/VO
Figure  3   MFC/FV/FPD system response  versus concentration using

           palladium foil and H2S,  CH^SH,  DMS, DMDS, COS, CS2  and

           S02.
                                66

-------
                                    RESPONSE  UNITS
n
O
  n
(D *Tl
O <
rr ^^
(D ^
13 CO
H rt
(U (D
  H
  CD
  CD
Hi O
o »
H- en
t-» n>

CD <
M en
  e
r1 w

9~ o
H- o

g S
rt 0)
fD 3
  rt
l-h i-<
O IB
H rr
  H-
Hi O
H.S

ro o
  HI

H- o

c o
rt a>
fD
W
~D
"0
H
 I
a
z:
a
CO
\

-------
centrations below 500 ppt in air will surely aid investigations into atmos-

pheric processes involving sulfur-containing compounds.

     The work described in this paper was not funded by the U.S. Environmental

Protection Agency and therefore the contents do not necessarily reflect the

views of the Agency and no official endorsement should be inferred.



References

1.   Maroulis, P. J. and Bandy, A.  R. Estimate of contribution of biologically
     produced dimethyl sulfide to the global sulfur cycle.   Science 196: 647,
     1977.                                                  	

2.   Harst, P. [_.; Spiller, L. L.;  Watts, D. M.; Spence,  W.; and Miller, M. F.
     Infrared measurements of fluorocarbons, carbon tetrachloride, carbonyl
     sulfide, and other atmospheric trace gases.  JAPCA 25: 1220, 1975.

3.   Adams, D. F.; Farwell, S. 0.;  Pack, M. R. and Bamesberger, W. L.
     Preliminary measurements of biogenic sulfur-containing gas emissions from
     soils.  JAPCA 29: 380, 1979.

4.   Aneja, V. P.; Aneja, A. P. and Adams, D. F.  Biogenic  sulfur compounds
     and the global  sulfur cycle.  JAPCA 32: 803, 1982.

5.   Natusch, D. F.  S.; Klonis, H.  B.; Axelrod, H. D.; Teck, R. J. and Lodge,
     J. P.  Sensitive Method for Measurement of atmospheric hydrogen sulfide.
     Anal. Chem. 44: 2067, 1972.

6.   Braman, R.  S.;  Ammons, J. M. and Bricker, J. L.  Preconcentration and
     determination of hydrogen sulfide in air by flame photometric detection.
     Anal. Chem. 50:  992, 1978.

7.   Pierce, R.  W.  The detection and estimation of airborne sulfur-containing
     compounds by means of a novel, dry, ultra-rapid,  and extremely sensitive
     method.  ISA Transactions.  13:  291, 1974.
                                      68

-------
              MEASUREMENT OF MERCURY EMISSIONS FROM A
                   MODIFIED IN-SITU OIL SHALE RETORT
                     Martin J. Pollard, Alfred T. Hodgson and
                                Nancy J. Brown
                        Energy and Environment Division
                         Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory
                             University of California
                           Berkeley, California 94720
    Abstract --Commercial oil shale production has the potential to release
significant amounts of mercury to the atmosphere.  Two techniques to measure mer-
cury in oil shale retort offgas, Zeernan atomic absorption spectroscopy and gold bead
amalgamation collection and analysis, are discussed and compared. A technique for
speciating between organic and atomic forms of Hg is also discussed.  The measured
mercury emission rates and speciation results are presented.
    This study was supported by the Assistant Secretary for Fossil Energy; Office of Oil
Shale; Oil, Gas and Shale Technology Division and by the Assistant Secretary for
Environment, Office of Environmental Compliance  and Overview, Environmental Control
Technology Division of the United States Department of Energy under Contract No.
DE-AC03-76SF00098.  This work was also supported by the Office of Research and
Development, Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory, Energy Pollution Control
Division of the United States Environmental Protection Agency under Contract No.
AD-89-F-0-062-0.

-------
    Mercury is the most volatile of the toxic trace elements commonly found in oil
shale.  Various simulated retorting experiments have shown that most, if not all of the
mercury present in the shale will be volatilized and released at typical retorting tem-
peratures of 500 —1000°C.  Mercury concentrations in oil shale are only on the order of
several hundred nanograms per gram. Mercury emissions from projected commercial
production could be significant since  an enormous mass of shale will be processed.
Consequently interest in assessing potential Hg emissions prompted the development
of a continuous real-time mercury monitor which was developed and tested  on  a
laboratory scale retort to measure mercury emissions in a retorting environmental)
The burning of a semi-commercial size modified in-situ (MIS)  retort by the Rio  Blanco
                                O
Oil Shale Company (18 x 18 x 122 m ) between June and December 1981 provided an
opportunity to test the continuous mercury monitor and to make extensive  mercury
concentration measurements in the offgas under actual retorting conditions.
    The continuous monitoring technique is based on Zeeman atomic absorption
spectroscopy (ZAA). The fundamental basis of the  ZAA technique is atomic absorption
spectroscopy with a unique method of background correction (2). The major
difference between this technique and conventional atomic absorption spectroscopy
techniques is the means by which  the background  correcting  signal is generated.  By
placing a mercury lamp in a magnetic field  («15 Kg) the atomic energy levels are split
according to the Zeeman effect.  Figure 1 shows the emission spectrum of the   S   ->
q
"P, transition corresponding to the 253.7 nm Hg line in a direction of observation per-
pendicular to the magnetic field.  The urishifted component is designated TT and the
two shifted components are designated a+ and a~.  The separation of the n and  a com-
ponents is proportional to  the magnetic field strength.
    The relative transmission of the n and a components through gaseous mercury is
also shown on Figure 1. Both the  n and a components are equally absorbed  and scat-
tered by background components  in the offgas such as water, oil mist, and particu-
lates, but the n  component is more strongly absorbed since it is  at the resonant fre-
quency with the Hg absorption transitions in the sample gas.  By observing the
difference between the rr and a transmission through the offgas we eliminate the back-
ground components of absorption and obtain  a signal that corresponds only to
absorption due atomic mercury.
    The ZAA spectrometer is fitted with a corrosion resistant  furnace-absorption
tube.  The sample gas flows into the furnace section of the tube, which is maintained
at 800-900° C, then into a 5 cm path length absorption chamber with gas tight quartz
glass windows. The total flow rate  of the gas sampled through the ZAA is maintained by

                                        70

-------
 an electronic flow controller which is continuously calibrated by a wet test meter and
 a Hewlett-Packard 85 computer and an Hewlett-Packard model 3054 Data Logger.
 Mercury calibration gas is generated by a device similar to the system described by
 Nelson (3) and is injected into the offgas line before the furnace.
     A discrete sampling technique, based on mercury amalgamation on gold beads (4),
 was  used along with the continuous mercury monitor to validate our measurements.
 Mercury is collected by inserting a quartz glass tube, with a 25 mm section of gold
 beads, into the offgas sample line for a measured flow rate and time period.  The
 column is analyzed in the thermal desorption system shown in Figure 2. The sample
 collection tube,  or transfer column, is quickly heated to 400°C in N? carrier gas; the
 mercury is desorbed and transferred to the analytical column downstream. The Hg is
 similarly desorbed from the  analytical column and then analyzed by passing it into the
 ZAA  spectrometer for detection. Calibrations are obtained by injecting gaseous Hg
 though the septum onto the analytical column followed by thermal desorption. Two
 stage desorption of samples  is used since analytical response varies from column to
 column.
     Speciation measurements of atomic and organic mercury were made using a the
 method adapted fromTrujillo and Campbell (5). A quartz  tube containing Carbosieve B
 is placed in front of the gold bead sampling column in the offgas sampling  line. After
 sample collection, the atomic mercury remaining on the Carbosieve is transferred  to
 the gold bead column by purging the Carbosieve with 10 liters of N? at room tempera-
 ture. The organic mercury is retained on the Carbosieve B. Both the  Carbosieve B and
 gold bead columns are analyzed in the same manner. No attempt was made to
 separate and identify the organic species.
     A schematic of the Rio Blanco Oil Shale Company facility is shown in Figure 3.  The
 MIS retort is an underground rubblized column of shale. The retort is burned from
 top to bottom with air and steam injected as shown.  Shale oil is  collected at the bot-
 tom  of the retort and the offgas is directed to the ground  surface through the offgas
 pipe. The primary sampling point is located in this pipe at the ground surface. The
 secondary sampling point is located in the offgas stack after the incinerator and
 desulfurization unit.
     The sample offgas for the ZAA spectrometer and the discrete sampling columns
were pulled from the center of the offgas pipe through a 0.63 cm Teflon tube sup-
ported by an outer stainless  steel tube. It was then passed through a  condenser, the
sample line, the analytical instrumentation, and a peristaltic pump.
                                        71

-------
     The Zeeman technique can quantitatively detect Hg in the untreated offgas and
 correct for background absorption due to the water vapor, oil mist, and participates.
 However, sample line problems prevented the addition of mercury calibration gas in
 the presence of water vapor.  The resistance heated stainless steel sample line (150°C)
 passed the water in the gas phase but condensation at the unheated fittings to the
 furnace-absorption tube interfered with the addition of calibration gas. The erratic
 addition of mercury calibration gas resulted in an extremely "noisy" calibration signal.
 Since we were unable to solve this problem under field conditions the offgas to the ZAA
 monitor was passed through a condenser.  The condenser consisted of a glass bubbler
 packed with glass wool.  It was immersed in an ice bath. This was sufficient to remove
 most of the water in the offgas which varied from 24 to 70% of the total offgas volume.
     The stainless steel sample line was heated to prevent Hg condensation. An
 ambient temperature Teflon line was  run in parallel to the heated stainless steel line.
 A comparison of the Hg  signals from these sample lines showed that there were losses
 to the  stainless steel line despite laboratory tests that showed that temperatures
 >100°C were sufficient to pass atomic mercury vapor with no losses to the  line.  The Hg
 signals for the Teflon and stainless steel sample  lines are shown in Figure 4.  The Np
 base line represents gas with no mercury vapor.  When the offgas was sampled through
 the heated stainless steel line there was a  20-30% drop in the absorption signal rela-
 tive to the Teflon line indicating loss of mercury to  the stainless steel line. Since a
 condenser was being used to remove water, a heated line was no longer necessary.
 Consequently ,the Teflon sample line was used for the remaining mercury measure-
 ments.
     Figure 5 shows the results of the ZAA monitor mercury measurements at the pri-
 mary sampling point. The current emission rates, in g day" , were obtained by multi-
 plying  the Hg concentration in the offgas times the  dry offgas flow rates from the
 retort. The vertical bars represent the range of emission rates obtained throughout
 each day. The horizontal bars are the weighted mean average emission rate for each
 day.  The rates are highly variable within each day and between days.  There is no
 correlation between the emission rates and the air  and stearn input to the retort.
Laboratory experiments indicate that Hg emissions should increase  toward the end of
the retort burn (6,7) yet no long-term trends to the emissions rates were seen during
the period of this investigation. It should  be noted  that the measurement  period
extended over 35 days during the latter part of the retort burn and that the measure-
ments were stopped prior to termination of the burning of the retort.
                                        72

-------
     Au-bead amalgamation samples were taken on one day at the secondary sampling
 point. After experiencing losses to our stainless steel sampling line and from experi-
 ence with the laboratory retorting experiments it was expected that a significant por-
 tion of the mercury in the offgas would be lost to the surface plumbing of the retort-
 ing facility.  Only an estimate of the offgas flow rate at the secondary sample point was
 available but qualitative results indicate that no mercury was lost to the  retort plumb-
 ing.
     Gold-amalgamation samples were taken on seven days. Figure 6 shows a com-
 parison between Mercury concentrations measured by analysis of the amalgamation
 columns and the ZAA mercury monitor. The sample measurements used for com-
 parison in Figure 6 were taken within one hour of each other. The error bars are two
 standard deviations from the measured value.  The variations may be due to the non-
 concurrent  times at which the samples were collected.  Never-the-less there is/gen-
 erally good agreement between the two methods, and neither technique gives con-
 sistently high or low results.
     The results of the speciation sample, taken on four days with the Carbosieve B
 columns, are shown in Table 1. The total Hg concentrations agreed well with the  con-
 centrations measured with the ZAA Hg monitor on the same days. Of the  total Hg in
 the offgas, 52-82% of the Hg is in  the form of organic compounds.

                                      Summary

     There is very good agreement between the two techniques, Zeeman atomic
 absorption spectroscopy and Au-bead amalgamation, for the measurement of mercury
 concentrations in oil shale offgas but there are a number of differences that point to
 the ZAA technique to be superior to Au-amalgamation columns. The primary advan-
 tage of the ZAA monitor is the ability measure Hg directly in the  untreated offgas. We
 were unable to do this because of sample line problems that interfered with our cali-
 brations but those problems can  be solved. Au-amalgamation  requires that water be
 removed before sampling and this water must be analyzed at  a later time. Background
 correction is an intrinsic feature of the ZAA technique.  A background correcting
 spectrometer should be use for the analysis of the Au-amalgamation columns.  Also,
 successful use of the amalgamation columns requires some prior knowledge  of the Hg
 concentration in the offgas so as  not to collect too small a sample nor to exceed the
 breakthrough volume of the column. This is not a problem with the ZAA Hg monitor
which has a large  analytical range.  The continuous measurement capability  of the
                                        73

-------
ZAA mercury monitor makes it a superior technique for reliable measurements of daily
mercury emissions rates and a superior research instrument to follow mercury emis-
sions with the process control of the retort.  In addition the technique is easily adapt-
able to the measurement of other atoms and some molecules.
    Acknowledgements  --The authors extend their appreciation to J.S. Fruchter, D.C.
Girvin, and D. Sklarew of Battelle Pacific Northwest Laboratories for providing field
facilities arid for helpful discussions of this manuscript. Appreciation is also extended
to K.L. Berry, R.L. Hutson, and J.S. Sterret of the Rio Blanco Oil Shale Company for
their generous hospitality and assistance.
    This study was supported by the Assistant Secretary for Fossil Energy; Office of Oil
Shale; Oil, Gas and Shale Technology Division and by the Assistant Secretary for
Environment, Office of Environmental Compliance and Overview, Environmental Control
Technology Division of the United States Department of Energy under Contract No.
DE-AC03-76SF00098.  This work was also supported  by the Office  of Research and
Development, Industrial  Environmental Research Laboratory, Energy Pollution Control
Division of the United States Environmental Protection Agency under Contract No.
AD-89-F-0-062-0.

-------
                                  REFERENCES

1. Girvin D. C. and Fox J. P. (1980)  "On-line Zeeman Atomic
       Absorption Spectroscopy for Mercury Analysis in Oil Shale Gases."
       U.S. Environmental Protection Agency report EPA-600/7-80-130.

2. Hadeishi T. (1972)  "Isotope-shift Zeeman Effect  for  Trace-
       Element Detection:  An Application of Atomic
       Physics to Environmental Problems. Appl. Phys. Lett. 21,438-440.

3. Nelson G. 0. (1970) "Simplified Method for Generating Known
       Concentrations of Mercury Vapor in Air." Rev. Sci. Instrum. 41,
       776-777.

4. Fitzgerald W. E.  and Gill  G. A. (1979) "Subnanogram Determination
       of Mercury by Two-Stage Gold Amalgamation  and Gas Phase Detection
       Applied to Atmospheric Analysis." Anal.  Chem. 51, 1714-1720.

5. Trujillo P. E. and Campbell E. E. (1975) "Development of a
       Multistage Air Sampler for Mercury." Anal. Chem. 47, 1629-1634.

6. Hodgson A. T., Pollard M. J., Harris G. J., Girvin D. C.,
       Fox J. P. and Brown N. J. (1982) "Mercury Mass Distribution During
       Laboratory and Simulated In-Situ Oil Shale Retorting." Lawrence
       Berkeley Laboratory report LBL-12908.

7. Fox J. P. (1980)  The "Partitioning of Major, Minor, and Trace
       Elements During Simulated In-Situ Oil Shale  Retorting." Ph.D.
       Dissertation, Dept. of Civil Engineering,  University of
       California, Berkeley.
                                  75

-------
I
fi
(0
M


I.
M
C/Q



I
        p
        b
X  £*>
        o
        no
               o
         P
         o
         -si
         CD
         0
              i
              O
              b
              CD
                   Transmission ratio
                       of Hg in
                          o
                    "f
                                b

-------
              Blower
 Transfer-
  column

 He-^=
gas
     a
         transformer
                            Analytical MiYinn
                            rnh imn    Mlxin9
                         253.7 nm
                                      chamber
                              Absorbtion
                               tube-cold
                              vapor A AS
Figure 2. The two-stage thermal desorption system for the analysis

of the Au-amalgamation columns.
                    77

-------
            Primary
            sampling
             point
                                 Secondary
Ajr Steam
•retorte
&°^°C? ?
 Separator
  Air/
  fuel'
\
^
I
*
c
                        Stack
                           Incinerator  Scrubber
V
                       Knockout
                             H20
                              Oil
         Figure 3. Schematic of the Rio Blanco Retort facility.
                         78

-------

                       time	>•
Figure 4. Typical ZAA spectrometer signal for Hg-free Ng and
for Hg in Retort 1 offgas. Standard addition calibration points
and the effect of sample line material are shown.

-------
\\J\J
o* 80
£ 60
"5
| 40
UJ 20
r\
1 " 1
—
—

—




1
1 -
1 1 1 1




—



* t
—

—
" +
i V
270  274    290    294   298   302    306

                Calendar  day

Figure 5. Mean daily Hg mass emission rates and daily
mass emission rate ranges.
                     80

-------
r»;
\ 210
CP
-—
O
"o
c 130
CD
0
c.
O
0 90
iF
CO
o 50
O>
H—
1 "

1
~

1 1 1 ' 1 '
• Au- am alga mat ion -
°ZAA Hg monitor
' T
o

—


[

—
*A ^
I

^ ) 	
D
• 1
3 h
\ T
1 0
1
A
— T —
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
    293      297       300       306
         294      298       304

                 Calendar day
Figure 6. Comparison of Au-amalg amation and ZAA monitor

mercury measurements.
                     81

-------
                Table 1.  Speciation of Hg in retort oflgas.
                          Hg Concentration
Day       n       Atomic      Organic       Total       Organic Hg
                     rrf3)       (Mg rrf3)                       (%)
297
298
304
306
2
2
3
3
93.5
30.0
39.9
31.3
102
138
94.9
66.2
196
168
135
97.5
52
82
70
68
                                  82

-------
                                    ABSTRACT

                      COMPARISON OF TEM AND SEM TECHNIQUES
                  FOR MEASUREMENT OF AIRBORNE ASBESTOS FIBERS
                                   Dan Baxter

                          (Science Applications, Inc.)
                               La Jolla, CA 92038
         Electron microscopy has  become  the accepted technique  for  determina-
tion of asbestos  in  air.   Although the  transmission  electron microscope (TEM)
is the preferred  instrument  for measuring airborne ambient  asbestos,  analysis
of  "workspace"  environments may  be accomplished  using the  scanning  electron
microscope (SEM).

         Selection of  any analytical   method  must consider  the  sample  matrix
that is being  tested.   Ambient  air and  "workspace"  environments are  commonly
sampled and tested for  asbestos.  Asbestos fibers found in the ambient  environ-
ment are too small  for positive  identification  using  the  SEM.   Limitations of
the scanning electron microscope  analysis,  when  compared  to  transmission elec-
tron microscopy, include lower spatial  resolution and image contrast.

         In lieu  of  these apparent shortcomings, the  SEM  has potential  advan-
tages  over  the  TEM  for analysis  of air  samples  containing  a large  concentra-
tion of fibers  in  the  "occupational"  (>5.0 urn) size  range.   In  addition, sam-
ple preparation  for  SEM  is  not  as complex or time consuming as that  required
for TEM.

         In order to evaluate the advantages  and limitations of fiber  measure-
ment using  the  SEM,  airborne asbestos samples were  collected  for analyses by
                                       83

-------
both  SEM and  TEM.   Fibers  were  counted  using  the  Environmental  Protection
Agency's  "Provisional  Methodology  for Airborne  Asbestos"   (EPA-600/2-77-178).
Over 95% of  the  particulate  emissions  collected in these samples were asbestos
fibers,  thus minimizing  any  potential  matrix effects  from  other fibrous mate-
rials normally present in air.

         Differences  in  fiber  count  and  dimensions  using both  SEM and  TEM
instruments were  evaluated  using  the following criteria:   total  fiber concen-
tration,  fiber  dimensions  (length  and  diameter)  and calculated  mass.   The
results of these  analyses  and a discussion  of  the limitations of both instru-
ments are presented.

-------
         Although  the  Transmission Electron Microscope  (TEM)  is the  currently
accepted instrument  for analysis of  airborne  asbestos  fibers in the  'ambient'
environment,  the Scanning  Electron  Microscope  (SEM)  has potential  advantages
in monitoring  locations where asbestos fiber concentrations are expected  to  be
elevated.   Due  to  limitations  in spatial  and  dispersive  X-ray resolution  of
the SEM, fibers  with diameters below  0.05  vm cannot  routinely  be identified.

         In  order  to compare the  SEM and  TEM  preparation  and  analysis  tech-
niques  for counting  and sizing  fibers,  two  samples were  collected  from the
clean  side of an  asbestos  mill  baghouse.   The two  samples are typical  of  a
workspace  environment  where  the  mean fiber  sizes  and  relative  fiber  concen-
trations (fibers/m3) are  highly  elevated.   Essentially 99% of all   fibers  found
in the  two analyzed samples were  asbestos.   These  conditions were optimal for
comparison of  size  and  mass differences due to  sample  preparation  and  imaging
between  the  SEM and TEM.   The samples  were analyzed on  a  model   ISI IIIA SEM
(resolution  of 70 A°)  and  a model  Hitachi  H-500  STEM  (Scanning   Transmission
Electron Microscope) operated in the  TEM mode  (resolution of  1.4 A°).

Sample  Preparation

         The first major  difference  between  the  SEM and  TEM is sample prepara-
tion.   The SEM filter  sample is  mounted  on a  specimen stub and placed directly
into the instrument for analysis.  Because this  filter  section can  be as  large
as the  size  of  the  specimen mount  (10-15 mm),  the  field of  view  observed  in
the microscope does not  have any aritifical  boundary  limitations.    In con-
trast,  the TEM  filter  sample  is  transferred  to a  3 mm  diameter   200-300 mesh
copper  grid using  a modified  Oaffe-Wick  washing  method.   The  field of view  is
limited  by the size of  the grid hole.   Figure  1 presents a  diagram  of a 300
mesh 'grid' with examples of fibers   crossing  outside the field of view.   The
maximum  fiber  length  that can be measured  is  limited by the  size  of the grid
opening which in this case  is approximately  50 urn.   In  situations -where fibers
cross  the grid opening, accurate  fiber length  measurement is not possible.   In
the ambient environment  concentrations of fibers are low and  fiber  sizes are
small,   therefore,  the  accuracy  of ST nng  fibers  is  probably not impacted.   In
environments   where  the  fiber concentrations  are  highly  elevated  and   large
                                       85

-------
                  \
                                                 50pm
                                                                GRID HOLE
                                                                •GRID BAR
                  \

FIGURE  1.   Diagrammatic  representation of large Fibers on a 300
           mesh TEM grid
                                    86

-------
fibers are present,  significant  errors in the  reporting  of  mean fiber lengths
could occur.  Since mass  (ng/m3)  (according  to EPA  protocol)  is calculated by
the length within the field of view, it is not affected.

Imaging Differences

         The mode  of sample  imaging  is  responsible for  the  higher resolution
of the  TEM  and  shorter time  spans  required to  survey  a given  area of a sample
filter.   Figure 2  is  a  diagramatic  representation  of the  TEM column.   The
electron beam  is 'transmitted1  through  the  sample with  an  image generated on
the phosphor screen at the  base  of the instrument.  The  image  is similar  to a
medical X-ray in that  internal structures  of  the  sample can be viewed. Because
the image is generated directly on  a  'fast' phosphor screen,  the sample can be
moved  rapidly about without  any  'image recovery time'.   Image recovery time is
a major draw-back  in  using the SEM.   The image  in  the SEM is  generated  in a
reflected mode  (Figure 3) by collecting electrons  reflected  off the specimen
to a  scintillation disc.   The resultant photons  are  collected  through a light
pipe  and  photomultiplier  tube and the amplified  image is displayed on a tele-
vision screen.   Unfortunately, the  highest resolution  obtained by the SEM uses
the  slowest  video  line  scan rate  on  the instrument  (approximately  10 scans/
minute).  This means that each time a  new  field  is searched,  the image must be
allowed to stabilize before analysis.  Samples that have very low fiber concen-
trations  may  require  proportionally  much higher analysis  time than  by  TEM.
This  is  due to  the  proportionally large  number  of  fields  that  must  be  ana-
lyzed.

Counting Procedures

         The  samples  analyzed by  TEM  (A-9 and  A-10)  follow  the EPA protocol
outlined  in  the  Provisional  Methodology  (EPA-600/2-77-178).    Fibers  which
cross  the field  of view (grid  bar)  are  counted  as  'half  fibers'   and  are
assigned  length values  double  the measured  length  observed  within  the  grid
hole.   As explained  earlier, the  maximum fiber length  which  can be accurately
                                       87

-------
           ELECTRON GUN ASSEMBLY
           CONDENSER LENS NO.  1
           CONDENSER LENS NO.  2
           SPECIMEN CHAMBER
           OBJECTIVE LENS
           INTERMEDIATE LENS
           PROJECTOR LENS
           FLUORESCENT SCREEN
FIGURE 20  Components of the Transmission Electron Microscope
                          88

-------
                            HIGH  VOLTAGE
PM TUBE
                                   -GUN  CARTRIDGE
                                     FILAMENT
                                    -ANODE
                                    .CONDENSER APERTURE
                                    APERTURE
                                    -OBJECTIVE LENS APERTURE
                                     AMPLE  STUB
                          IAS GRID
                          CINTILLATOR
                          IGHT PIPE
FIGURE 3.   Components of the Scanning Electron Microscope
                             89

-------
sized  is  artificially limited  by the  dimensions of  the grid  hole or  mesh.
Both samples (A-9 and A-10) analyzed by  SEM  were  counted  according  to the same
EPA  protocol  with  one exception.   If  the fiber  extended beyond the  field  of
view,  the  fiber  was still  counted  as  a  'half  fiber  for numerical  purposes,
but  the true  length  of the fiber was actually  recorded.   Therefore, the sizes
of  large   fibers  are  accurate  in  the  SEM  analysis.    For  the   purpose  of
calculating mass,  only the length  of  the fi'ber  within  the  original  field  of
view was used in  the calculation.

Comparative Results

         Table 1 gives  the comparatives  SEM and TEM  results  of analysis  for
total  fibers/m3, fibers  greater than 5.0  ym, mean length,  mean  diameter,  and
                       o
mean mass  (nanograms/m )  in  sample A-9.    The  results  are expressed  at  the
bottom of  the  table  as a ratio of the SEM value  divided  by  the  TEM value.   As
can  be  observed,   the  total   fibers/m3 are  essentially   the  same  (610,000
        o                               o
fibers/m   for  SEM  and  600,000 fibers/m  TEM)  with  a comparative  ratio (SEM/
TEM) of approximately one.  The  ratio  of fibers with  lengths  greater than  5.0
urn is 6.5 times higher in the  SEM analysis than the TEM analysis.  This differ-
ence is also  reflected in  the  mean  fiber lengths which are  15.5  ym  and  2.6 ym
respectively.   The  SEM  mean   length  is  6.0 times greater  than the  TEM mean
length.  The  fiber diameter in the SEM  analysis  is  2.5 times higher (0.38 urn
versus  0.15  ym)  than the  TEM  mean  diameter.   The calculated mass  (ng/m )  is
surprisingly  18.5  times greater  in  the  SEM analysis  (3102 ng/m   verses  168
ng/m3).   The  analysis  of  sample  A-10  (Table  2) gave  similar   results.   The
ratio  of  SEM/TEM  total   fiber  concentration  is  1.18  (574,000 and  490,000
        O                                          O
fibers/m   respectively).    The  number  of fibers/m   with lengths greater than
5.0  ym is  5,8 times higher in  the  SEM  analysis (116,000 versus  20,000).   The
mean length  for  the SEM analysis is 4  times higher than the  TEM analysis  9.1
ym verses  2.3  ym).   The  mean  diameter  is 2.7 times higher in  the SEM analysis
(0.3 ym verses  0.13  ym)  and the mass is  19.1  times  higher  in  the SEM analysis
(3730  ng/m  verses  195ng/m ).   As  observed   in both  samples, the difference in
mass levels  is very high.  Because  mass is  independent  of  the  field limiting
                                       90

-------
                     TABLE 10  Fiber size and mass results for Sample A-9
                                   SAMPLE A-9 ANALYSIS
    SEM
    TEM
                 FIBERS /m
TOTAL
610,000
600,000
>5.0ym
330,000
51,000
MEAN LENGTH
(um)
15.5
2.6
MEAN DIAMETER
(ym)
.38
.15
3
ng/m
3102
168
  RATIO
(SEM/TEM)
1.02
6.5
6.0
2.5
18.5

-------
                    TABLE 2.  Fiber size and mass results for Sample A-10
                                  SAMPLE A-10 ANALYSIS
                FIBERS/m3)
                                    MEAN LENGTH     MEAN DIAMETER          3
             TOTAL       >5.0ym          (ym)        	(ym)          ng/m

    SEM     574,000      116,000         9.1              .35            3730
    TEM     490,000       20,000         2.3              .13             195
  RATIO      1.18          5.8          4.0            2.7              19.1

(SEM/TEM)

-------
problems encountered  in  the  TEM analysis (Figure  1),  the  lower  mass  and fiber
counts  (>5.0  urn)  might  be   due  to  the  loss  of  large  fibers  (length  and
diameter) in the TEM preparation procedures.

         Samples A-9 and A-10 were  also  analyzed  by size  distribution.  Figure
                                                                           o
4  gives  the  size  distribution of  A-9  and  A-10  normalized  to fibers/mm   of
filter area.   Below  2.0 urn   (both  samples)  the  SEM  counts  fewer  fibers,  and
above 2.0 urn  the SEM  counts  considerably more  fibers.  In both samples the TEM
analysis failed to show any fibers longer than 16 urn.

Conclusions

         Comparison of  the two  samples  indicate  that  the SEM  favorably  com-
pares with  the TEM in the counting of  'total1 fibers  in  a  workspace environ-
ment.  Most  importantly, a transition area  is observed where  SEM performance
improves and  TEM performance  declines.   This  is  due  to preparation procedures
rather than instrumental  resolution.  The differences  in  mean  fiber length and
diameter can  be  accounted for  by the  positive  skewing  toward  larger  fiber
lengths in the SEM analysis  (Figure 4).   What  is more  difficult to  explain  is
the difference in fibers greater than  5.0  vm in  length which are approximately
6  times  higher  in  SEM analysis than TEM analysis and also the  mass  differen-
tial (approximately 19 times  higher in SEM  analysis than  TEM analysis).  These
parameters can only be explained by an actual  loss  of fibers  in  the TEM prepa-
ration process.  Further investigation into  the  selective  loss of  large fibers
(length  and  diameter)  is  necessary to  evaluate  the upper  limits of  the  TEM
method as well as the  lower limits of  the SEM.

         The work described in this paper  was  not  funded  by the  U.S. Environ-
mental  Protection Agency and  therefore the  contents do not necessarily reflect
the views of the Agency and no official  endorsement should be inferred.
                                       93

-------
                          80HPLS A-9
  CM
400



300


200


100



   0
              0.5  1    2    4    8   16   31  62

                     SIZE RANGE (ym)
        308T
             0.5   1
                         8    16   31   62
                      SIZE  RANGE  (pm)
FIGURE 4.   Size distribution of Fiber lengths normalized to
          Fibers/square millimeter

-------
         A PILL FOR THE ASSESSMENT OF POLLUTION MEASUREMENT METHODS
                             R.  K.  M.  Jayanty
                        Research Triangle Institute
                  Research Triangle Park, North Carolina
                                    and
               R.  G.  Fuerst, T.  J.  Logan, and M.  R. Midgett
                   U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency
                  Research Triangle Park, North Carolina

     A simple, inexpensive, and accurate method for evaluating and/or
auditing sampling and analytical phases of the EPA Source Reference
Method 6 was developed.  The method uses a known amount of a chemical
compound in the form of a tablet or pill (or placed in a capsule) to
generate sulfur dioxide (S02) quantitatively by reaction with an acid.   The
reaction takes place in a compact glass impinger system that can be taken
to the field.   The S02 generated in test runs was collected and analyzed
using the Method 6 procedure.  The S02 generation was quantitative and
recoveries were found to be 94 ± 5 percent.   The time to complete the reac-
tion was less than 15 minutes at a flow rate of 1 L/min, but the recommended
sampling time was 45 minutes.  The tablets prepared gravimetrically were
found to be stable over a 3-month period.  The interlaboratory results
obtained showed close agreement with the expected concentrations based on
calculations from the stoichiometric reaction.   The estimates of repeat-
ability (or within-laboratory precision), expressed as a percent of the
overall average for S02, was 5.'5 percent.  The reproducibility (or between-
laboratory precision estimate) for S02 was 13.9 percent.  The overall
accuracy for the method was within 0.3 percent.
     This paper has been reviewed in accordance with the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency's peer and administrative review policies and approved
for presentation and publication.
                                      95

-------
INTRODUCTION
     The U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) is interested in devel-
oping audit materials for all EPA Source Reference Methods.  These audit
materials are used to conduct performance audits during stationary source
measurements.  EPA is currently providing liquid sulfate standards as audit
materials for EPA Source Reference Method 6.  EPA Method 6 is used to
determine S02 emissions from stationary sources.  These liquid sulfate
audit standards, however are useful only for evaluating the analytical
phase of Method 6.   At present, sampling phase procedures are evaluated
only by a systems audit; i.e., someone observing the sampling procedures in
the field.  Hence,  there is a need for a method or device that can be used
as an audit material for the evaluation of both the sampling and analytical
phases of the source reference methods.
     Recently, Research Triangle Institute (RTI) was contracted by the
Quality Assurance Division of EPA's Environmental Monitoring Systems Lab-
oratory, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina, to develop a simple method
or device for evaluating/auditing both the sampling and analytical phases
of various source reference methods in the field.  The main objectives of
this study were to develop a simple method or device for auditing both the
sampling and analytical phases of EPA Method 6 and to establish the accu-
racy, precision, and stability for the developed method or device.  Accord-
ingly, a new audit method that is simple and inexpensive was developed for
evaluating both the sampling and analytical  phases of EPA Method 6.   The
method uses a known amount of a chemical compound (sodium bisulfite or
sodium sulfite) mixed with an inert binder (polyvinyl pyrollidine) and made
in the form of a tablet or pill to generate S02 quantitatively by reaction
with sulfuric acid.   The S02 generated in test runs was collected and
analyzed using the Method 6 procedure as published in the Federal Register.1
The audit method developed was also evaluated at two concentration levels
by six different laboratories to determine its repeatability, reproduc-
ibility, and accuracy.   The various activities performed during the study
and the results obtained are discussed in this paper.
                                     96

-------
                           AUDIT  METHOD  SELECTION
      beveral  methods  are  currently  available  fo   .^trn-r?iion  of standard
 atmospheres  of  S02.   These include:
           Use of  commercially  available gas cylinders  cnmaining  known
           blends  of S02  in an  inert balance gas
           Use of  permeation tube devices  containing  S(\.
           Use of  solid materials known  to generate 50^  upon  thermal  decom-
           position.
           Use of  chemical  reactions  to  generate S02  quantitatively.
 The  advantages  and disadvantages of  each  method for  use  as an  audit  method
 in the  field  are  discussed in  a  separate  report.2  II  appears  the', out  of
 the  four possible audit systems,  the use  of chemical reactions  to generate
 S02  quantitatively is the  simplest  and  least  exoensive,  especially in terms
 of field audit  applications.   Basically,  the  technique  requires only a
 three-way, round-bottomed  flask  or  an impinger, 3ilute  ?':!!;TJC ncid, and a
 known amount,  of solid material tnat  is  stable ai  room  temperature and
 produces S02  quantitatively upon chemical  reaction.  The  chemical reaction

 well-known technique, was  evaluated  in  the laboratory  for use  as a field
 audit method  for  EPA Method 6.
 EXPERIMENTAL  PROCEDURES
     The preliminary experiments  to  generate S02 from the chemical reaction
 of sodium bisulfite and sulfuric  acid were conducted using the experimental
 system shown  in Figure 1.   Initially, a known amount of  sodium bisulfite
 was placed in a three-way,  stoppered, round-bottomed flask and dilute
 sulfuric acid (10 percent)  was added slowly from a burette.  Dry nitrogen
 or air was bubbled through  the solution at a flow rate of 1  L/min to sweep
 the released S02 into a glass manifold.   Glass wool was used to remove  the
 aerosol  vapors.   The generated S02 was monitored continuously with a S02
 source analyzer (TECO Model 40 fluorescent analyzer) to determine the time
of completion of the reaction.   Within 10 minutes the reaction was completed.
 In later experiments,  the S02 gas generated from the chemical reaction  was
collected into an evacuated Tedlar bag.   After 30 minutes of gas flow into
                                     97

-------
                                                    H2S04
                                                    Burette
oo
                  Pressure Gauge
                                         3-Way Round-
                                         Bottomed Flask
Connected to an
Evacuated Tedlar
   Bag or SO2
 Monitor Intake
                                     Figure 1.  Preliminary SC>2 generation system.

-------
the bag, the contents of the bag were further diluted with zero air and
analyzed for S02 using the source analyzer.   The analyzer was calibrated
with a cylinder gas of S02 referenced to NBS-SRMs.   The experiments were
repeated using various amounts of sodium bisulfite and different concentra-
tions of sulfuric acid.
     The primary objective of this study was to develop a simple method or
device for evaluating the sampling and analytical phases of EPA Method 6.
Hence, further experiments were performed using Method 6 procedures as
published in the Federal Register.1  The sampling train component parts,
except for the S02 gas generator, were the same as those in the EPA Method 6
train.  The sampling probe was not required and hence not included in the
train.  A modified midget impinger (Ace Glass, Inc., Model #7544-35) was
used as an S02 generator in place of a test-site stack sample to generate a
gas sample (S02) from the chemical reaction (Figure 2).  While the S02 gas
was being generated, it was drawn through the sampling train according to
Method 6 specifications and procedures.  The preparation of tablets and S02
generation, analysis, and collaborative testing procedures are as follows.
                          PREPARATION OF TABLETS
     Because the amount of sodium bisulfite or sodium sulfite required to
generate source concentrations of S02 (~400- to 1,000-ppm levels) is so
small, an inert binder (polyvinyl pyrollidine, PVP) was used for mixing.
The mixture was made in the form of a tablet or pill.   The tablets or pills
were made using either a KBr die (which is commonly used to make KBr pellets
for infrared spectrophotometric studies) or a tablet press.   The tablets or
pills are made by adding to the die a layer of binder, a weighed amount of
sodium bisulfite, and then another layer of binder.  Several hundred pounds
of pressure are applied using a hydraulic press to form the tablet.  The
PVP binder was found to be inert and water-Soluble and, because the chemical
compound is contained between the two layers of binder, the tablets can be
handled safely.  The binder also helps reduce the rate of reaction of S02
generation.   Tablets were made with varying amounts of sodium bisulfite to
generate different concentrations of S02.
                                     99

-------
                                                                                 THERMOMETER
o
o
                         SCREW CAP
         S02 GENERATOR
MIDGET BUBBLER
                 AMBIENT

                   AIR


             1 LITER/MINUTE
                                     GLASS WOOL

                                            \
           10% SULFUR 1C ACID

              SOLUTION
                                  ICE BATH
                                THERMOMETER
                 MIDGET IMPINGERS
SILICA GEL

DRYING TUBE
                                                                          SURGE TANK


                                       Figure 2.  Sampling train with SO2 generator.

-------
                 SAMPLE GENERATION AND ANALYSIS PROCEDURES
     The sampling train for the generation and collection of S02 is shown
 in Figure 2.  Fifteen milliliters of 50 percent isopropanol was measured
 into the midget bubbler and 15 mL of 3 percent hydrogen peroxide into each
 of the first two midget impingers.  The final midget impinger was kept dry.
 A leak check was performed without adding acid to the generator prior to
 sample generation using the leak check procedure described in EPA Method 6.
 After the leak check, 10 mL of 10 percent sulfuric acid solution was pipeted
 into the modified midget impinger (S02 generator).  The S02 generator screw
 cap was held in one hand, the metal bellows pump was started, and the flow
 rate (1 L/min), which is the same as EPA Method 6, was maintained.  The
 tablet was then dropped into the sulfuric acid solution while the pump was
 still running.   The screw cap was replaced immediately (within a few seconds)
 and tightened securely.   The sample collection procedure was followed as
 described in EPA Method 6 except for the following modifications.   The gas
 sample was drawn through the S02 generator for 45 minutes.  The tablet
 generally took 25 minutes to dissolve completely; however, the sample
 collection was continued for an additional 20 minutes.   Since ambient air
 was used to draw the sample from the generator, a blank run (without a
 tablet) was performed for 45 minutes and impinger solutions were analyzed.
     The impinger solutions were analyzed after each run for sulfate (con-
 verted form of S02 collected) by ion chromatography instead of barium
 perchlorate-thorin colorimetric titration as described in EPA Method 6.
 However,  it was established initially that both analytical procedures gave
 identical  results.
                     COLLABORATIVE TESTING PROCEDURES
     Another objective of this study was to determine the accuracy and
precision  of the developed method.   The reliability of a method is best
 determined by collaborative testing, the traditional  means used by EPA to
establish  within-  and between-laboratory precision of a test method.   The
accuracy  of results  obtained by a collaborative study is often more diffi-
cult to determine  than the precision.   In this study, however, the expected
S02  concentrations from  the stoichiometric reaction were compared  to the
average of measured  S02  concentrations.
                                     101

-------
                         COLLABORATIVE TEST DESIGN
     From those laboratories having contracts with EPA, six were selected
for the collaborative study based on their past experience in source testing.
They were Engineering-Science, Inc., Entropy Environmentalists,  Inc., PEDCo
Environmental, Inc., Radian Corporation, TRC-Environmental Consultants,
Inc., and TRW-Environmental Engineering Division.  Seven tablets repre-
senting two concentration levels were shipped to each of the six labora-
tories for analyses to evaluate the feasibility of using the described
method for auditing EPA Source Method 6 in the field.  Of the seven tablets,
three were low concentration (60 mg S02) and four were high concentration
(120 mg S02).   The true concentrations of the tablets were based on theoret-
ical concentrations calculated from gravimetric preparations and stoichio-
metric chemical reaction.  A S02 generator (modified midget impinger),
general instructions to perform the experiments, and a data sheet for
reporting the results were also sent to each laboratory.  Each laboratory
was provided with the true concentration for one tablet and was  asked to
analyze the true concentration tablet first, then if the measured value was
within ±10 percent, to analyze the remaining six tablets.  The trial run
was thought necessary because most laboratories had not used this method
before and needed to become familiar with it.  The laboratories  were informed
that these samples were not for an audit but only for an evaluation of the
developed method.  Also, the types of compounds in the tablets were not
disclosed.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
     The measured S02 concentrations from the preliminary Tedlar bag exper-
iments and the corresponding expected concentrations from the stoichiometric
chemical reaction are shown in Table I.  The results show that the percent
difference obtained ranged from 20 to 25 percent low between the concentra-
tion of S02 measured and the expected S02 concentration from the stoichio-
metric reaction for various amounts of sodium bisulfite.  The S02 genera-
tion was also found to be independent of flow rate (varied 0.1-1.4 L/min)
and the amount of sulfuric acid.  The sulfuric acid must be slightly in
excess of the amount actually required for completion of the reaction.  The
                                      102

-------
                            Table I.  Bag results.
Amount of
NaHS03
(mg)
102.6
199.9
200.5
200.6
202.9
201.4
207.5
202.3
202.5
401.9
Amount of S02
expected
(ppm)
650
804
863
801
869
799
1003
842
739
944
Amount of S02
measured
(ppm)
507
646
660
604
676
652
794
712
593
721
Percent .
difference
-21.9
-19.7
-23.5
-24.5
-22.2
-18.4
-20.8
-15.4
-19.8
-23.6
 Calculated from stoichiometric chemical reaction.


bPercent difference = 100 x Measured SO, concentrate - Expected SO, concentrate
                                          Expected S02 concentrate
                                      103

-------
lower measured S02 concentrations were probably due to the combination of
loss of S02 in the bag plus loss of wet S02 on the glass system, but the
actual reasons are neither known nor were they determined.  However, the
percent difference was constant within experimental error for various
amounts of sodium bisulfite.
     The results obtained for different amounts of sodium bisulfite (rang-
ing from 10 to 800 mg) using the described method are shown in Table II.  As
the results indicate, the percent difference between the measured concen-
tration and the expected concentration ranged from 2 to 7 percent; i.e.,
S02 recoveries obtained were between 93 and 98 percent.  Lower S02 recov-
eries were obtained for small amounts of sodium bisulfite (10- to 40-mg
range).   Similar results were obtained for sodium sulfite.  However, the
S02 recoveries were found to be poor for sodium metabisulfite.  Since
ambient air was used to draw the sample from the generator, a blank run
(without a tablet) was performed to test the ambient air.  Analysis results
showed a negligible amount of S02.   The S02 generated from the material was
found to be independent of flow rate and total volume of sample collection.
     A study was also performed to determine the storage stability of the
prepared tablets over a 3-month period at room temperature.  The prepared
tablets were analyzed periodically.  The results of this study are shown in
Table III.   These results demonstrate that the tablets are stable within
experimental error over the 3-month period.  The stability study is still
in progress.
                        COLLABORATIVE TEST RESULTS
     The results of the analyses of the samples by the different labora-
tories and the expected concentrations are shown in Table IV.   The analysis
results, in general, showed close agreement between the expected values.
For example, results of analyses of the low concentration tablets ranged
from -4 to +7 percent different from the expected value.  Likewise, the
results of analyses of the high concentration tablets ranged from -5 to
+8 percent different from the expected value.   Two values reported from two
laboratories were discarded during the statistical analysis because the
laboratories identified problems during the S02 generation.  Blank values
reported by the laboratories were also negligible.

-------
     Table II.   Results of S02 generated from the prepared tablets.
                                                                   a b
Weight of
NaHS03
(mg)
12.9
40.1
50.6
100.4
101.6
102.9
202.9
401.9
802.3
114.4?
204. 3T
Amount of S02
expected
(mg)c
7.9
24.6
31.1
61.8
62.5
63.3
124.9
247.3
493.7
38.5
103.8
Amount of S02
measured
(mg)
5.2
21.9
31.3
57.6
61.5
59.6
120.3
235.1
464.4
23.9
105.1

Percent .
difference
-34.2
-11.0
+0.6
-6.8
-2.0
-5.8
-3.7
-2.0
-5.9
-37.9
+1.3
 Flow rate 1 L/min for 45 minutes.
J3 to 5 mL of 10 percent H2S04 added.
"Calculated from stoichiometric chemical  reaction.
 Percent difference = 100 x
                            Amount of S0g measured - Amount of SO., expected
'Sodium metabisulfite was used.
 Sodium sulfite was  used.
                                      Amount of S02 expected
                                     105

-------
Table III.  Stability study results.
No. of
days
0
15
29
48
68
94
Porrpnt Hi
Amount of S02
expected
(mg)
122.7
123.1
123.0
123.2
121.7
122.1
ffn^nro = inn * Amount
Amount of S02
measured
(mg)
121.9
125.5
124.9
126.8
124.4
126.5
of S02 measured -
Percent
difference
-0.65
+1.95
+1.54
+2.90
+2.20
+3.55
Amount of SO? expected
                     Amount of S02 expected
                106

-------
                  Table IV.  Interlaboratory  results  (mg).

Lab 1
RV
EV
Lab 2
RV
EV
Lab 3
RV
EV
Lab 4
RV
EV
Lab 5
RV
EV
Lab 6
RV
EV
Known
119.7
121.8
126.5
122.2
114.2
122.2
123.2
122.7
116.1
121.8
116
122.4

1
59.9
60.3
64.5
60.3
a
63.0
60.5
60.1
59.9
58.3
60.9
Low
2
59.1
60.4
61.5
60.2
58.2
60.7
62.3
60.4
60.7
60.0
a

3
60.4
60.3
57.9
60.4
68.1
60.7
61.9
60.5
62.0
60.3
60.2
60.8

1
119.0
122.2
129.4
122.0
118.7
121.9
128.4
122.4
116.7
122.1
117
122.4
High
2
119.9
122.3
128.0
121.8
115.8
122.1
124.9
122.6
119.6
122.1
118
122.3

3
122.6
122.1
131.7
121.9
115.6
122.0
125.6
122.5
120.5
122.2
118
122.3
RV = Report value.
EV = Expected valui
 Values discarded.
                                     107

-------
                           STATISTICAL ANALYSIS
     The primary objective of the statistical  analysis was to estimate the
repeatability (or within-laboratory precision) and reproducibility (or
between-laboratory precision) of the audit method developed for measuring
S02.   The reproducibility of a method is a measure of the variability
between measurements made in different laboratories on the same material.
It takes into account the repeatability as well as the effects of differ-
ences between laboratories and the effect of those laboratory differences
changing from sample to sample.   These results were derived from the fol-
lowing variance model:
                        V(Y) = V(L) + V(ML) + V(E),
where
     V(Y)   =  The total variance of a S02 (mg) measurement classified
               according to two criteria, laboratories and materials levels
     V(L)   =  The variance of laboratory effects
     V(ML)  =  The variance of the materials x laboratory interaction
               effect
     V(E)   =  The replication error variance component.
The interaction term is included in the reproducibility estimate to allow
for the difference between laboratories changing from level to level.  For
a two-level case where the linear line fits perfectly, a significant inter-
action is equivalent to nonparallel laboratory steps.  The estimates of
repeatability, reproducibility, and accuracy are summarized in Table V.
The reproducibility of the method is also a standard deviation with the
best estimate at 95 percent confidence and was calculated based on the
equation:
                  Reproducibility = V(L) + V(ML) + V(E) .
The mean concentrations of the expected and reported values for the low,
high, and overall values are included in Table V.  The results indicate
that the method can repeat measurements in a laboratory within ±4.99 mg
about 95 percent of the time regardless of the concentration level.  Also,
                                    108

-------
                    Table V.  Statistical results (mg).a

Reported
Expected
Repeatability3
(within laboratories)
Reproducibility3
(between laboratories)
Precision
(within laboratories)
Precision
(between laboratories)
Accuracy
Low
60.5
60.4
±5.2
±5.9
60.5 ± 1.6
60.5 ± 2.0
0.1
High
121.6
122.2
±5.4
±23.8
121.6 ±1.8
121.6 ±5.4
0.6
Overall
91.1
91.3
±5.0
±12.7
91.1 ± 1.
91.1 ± 4.
0.2





7
2

At 95 percent confidence limits.
                                   109

-------
the method can reproduce measurements in different laboratories that lie
within ±5.92 mg at the low concentration level or within ±23.8 mg at the
high concentration level about 95 percent of the time.   The method is not
significantly biased when compared to expected values.   The accuracy of the
method was found to be less than 0.3 percent by comparison with the expected
concentrations.
CONCLUSIONS
     A new audit method that is simple and inexpensive was developed for
evaluating both the sampling and analytical phases of EPA Method 6 in the
field.  The S02 generation was found to be quantitative and the recoveries
were found to be 94 ± 5 percent over the 40- to 800-mg range of sodium
bisulfite.  The method was also evaluated at two concentration levels with
six different laboratories to determine it's repeatability, reproducibility,
and accuracy.  The inter!aboratory results obtained showed close agreement
with the expected concentrations based on calculation from the stoichio-
metric reaction.  The repeatability within a laboratory was found to be
within ±4.99 mg 95 percent of the time for the two concentration levels
tested.  The reproducibility between laboratories was within ±5.9 mg at the
low range and ±23.8 mg at the high range about 95 percent of the time.  The
overall accuracy of the method was within 0.3 percent by comparison with
the expected concentrations.  The S02 generation from the material was
found to be independent of flow rate and total volume, and the prepared
tablets were stable at room temperature over a 3-month period.  It is
recommended that a performance audit using this new audit method for EPA
Method 6 be used during future source S02 emissions analyses as a routine
quality assurance procedure.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
     This project was conducted by the Research Triangle Institute, Research
Triangle Park, North Carolina, under Contract No. 68-02-3767 for the Quality
Assurance Division, Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory of the U.S.
Environmental  Protection Agency.  Special acknowledgment is made to Mr. Jack C.
Suggs of EPA for statistical analysis of the data and Dr. W. F. Gutknecht,
                                       no

-------
Dr. C.  Eaton, Mr. C. E. Decker, Mr. R. Shores, Mr. L. Williams,  and Ms.  Ann

Turner of Research Triangle Institute for technical advice and analytical
support.

REFERENCES

1.    Method 6--Determination of S02 Emissions from Stationary Sources,
     Federal Register. Vol. 42, No. 160, August 1977.

2.    R.  K. M. Jayanty, R. G. Fuerst, T. J. Logan, and M. R. Midgett, A
     New Audit Method for EPA Reference Method 6, Final Report,  Research
     Triangle Institute, June 1983.
                                     Ill

-------
             SAMPLING AND ANALYSIS OF INCINERATION EFFLUENTS WITH
                  THE VOLATILE ORGANIC SAMPLING TRAIN (VOST)


                 Greg Jungclaus,  Paul Gorman,  and Fred Bergman
               Midwest Research Institute,  425 Volker Boulevard
                          Kansas  City, Missouri 64110


                                   ABSTRACT

     The hazardous waste incineration regulations include the requirement that

a destruction/removal efficiency  (DRE) of ^ 99.99% must be achieved for se-

lected principal organic hazardous constituents (POHCs).  In order to calculate

meaningful DRE values, reliable sampling and analysis methods must be available.

This paper describes the sampling and analysis of incineration effluents for

volatile POHCs using the volatile organic sampling train (VOST).   The VOST was

designed for use as an alternative to integrated gas bags and bulbs.   The paper

includes information on the design and evaluation of the original VOST concept,

a description of the procedures and equipment used with the field version of

the VOST, a description of procedures adopted to minimize sample  contamination

in the field, and generalizations concerning the data generated using the VOST.

     This paper has been reviewed in accordance with the U.S. Environmental

Protection Agency's peer and administrative review policies and approved for

presentation and publication.


Introduction

     Controlled incineration has  been determined to be a very effective tech-

nique for destroying the components of hazardous waste without adversely af-

fecting the environment.  To test whether an incinerator is operating in a con-

trolled manner, the EPA has developed regulations and draft protocols to test

an incinerator's effectiveness by conducting trial burns.


                                      1 12

-------
     Midwest Research Institute (MRI) has conducted trial burns at several dif-




ferent types of hazardous waste incinerators throughout the country.  Regard-




less of the design of the incinerators, volatile principal organic hazardous




constituents (POHCs) are generally important components of the waste feed and




stack effluent.  Since these volatile compounds are important constituents of




the stack effluents, reliable sampling and analysis techniques are crucial in




determining the effectiveness of a hazardous waste incinerator.




     The traditional method for collecting stack gas samples for the analysis




of volatile organics is the integrated gas bag (1).  Tedlar seems to be the




most common bag material.  Gas bags are used with varying degrees of success by




different laboratories, but generally their use suffers from several drawbacks




including the need to position the bag in a large evacuated sample box which is




difficult to carry up to the top of the stack, leakage problems from the bag




valve after the sample is collected, loss of sample components due to adsorption




onto the walls of the bag, and low sensitivity when the components are analyzed




directly, or the need to concentrate the bag sample onto an adsorbent prior to




analysis.  However, the major drawback that MRI has experienced with bags in




the field is contamination of the bag in the hostile environment of a hazardous




waste incinerator.






VOST Configuration




     At a meeting of EPA project officers and contractors in McClean, Virginia,




in April of 1982, the basic design of the VOST was developed and vinyl chloride,




carbon tetrachloride, trichloroethylene, and chlorobenzene were selected as the




POHCs to test in a laboratory system.  The configuration of the VOST used for




the lab evaluation and in the field is shown in Figure 1.  The stack gas sample




was cooled by passing it through an ice-water condenser.  The cooled gas and
                                      113

-------
 SCHEMATIC OF VOLATILE ORGANIC SAMPLING TRAIN (VOST)
Glass Wool
Particulate
Filter
   \
 Stack
 (or Test
 System)
           Teflon
           Probe
                 Condensate
                 Trap Impinger
                                                       Vacuum
                                                       Indicator
     Tenax
     Trap
    Charcoal Backup
                                                                       to Pump
Empty   Silica Gel
      Figure 1.  Configuration of volatile organic sampling train (VOST),

-------
condensed water then passed through a front Tenax trap where most of the vola-


tile organics were adsorbed.  The water collected in an Erlenmeyer-shaped im-

pinger where it was continually 'purged by the sampled gas so that most of the
       1   ^  '
volatile compounds which pass through th- front Tenax trap are purged from the
                            \
water, passed through a second ice-water condenser and then through a back-up

adsorbent trap containing a front section 'of Tenax and a backup section of

charcoal.  The purpose of the charcoal was to adsorb very volatile compounds

which may break through both sections of Tenax', and is analogous to the char-

coal used as a backup in the analytical adsorbent trap when analyzing water

samples for volatile priority pollutants by the purge-trap-desorb GC/MS tech-

nique according to EPA Method 624 (2).  It is expected that compounds which are

volatile enough to pass through both Tenax traps are also volatile enough to be

thermally desorbed back off the charcoal when the traps are thermally desorbed

for analysis.  The original VOST concept prescribed sampling with each pair of

traps for 20 min at 1 L/min and then changing the pair of traps five additional

*-.imes with each pair of traps used to collect 20 L of sample.  This way, single

pairs of traps can be analyzed for high concentration level samples, but the

option exists to combine the contents of several pairs of traps onto one pair

of traps prior to analysis for low concentration level samples.



VOST Trap Analysis Procedure


     One thing to note about this particular sampling train is that it gener-

ates wet traps which require a special analysis technique.  The contents of the

wet traps are simply thermally desorbed into the bottom of a water column which

is the sample container for analyzing water samples for volatile organics by


purge-trap-desorb GC/MS according to EPA Method 624 (2).   The thermally desorbed
                                      115

-------
steam condenses in the water column while most of the thermally desorbed vola-




tile organics from the trap are purged out of the water and are collected on




the analytical adsorbent trap for subsequent thermal desorption into the GC/MS




system for analysis.  The thermal desorption is performed in a commercial Nutech




thermal desorption system.  The glass adsorbent tubes are first spiked with 50




ng of D4-l,2-dichloroethane, Dg-benzene,  and D^-ethyl benzene internal stan-




dards and bromofluorobenzene (BFB) to monitor the mass spectrometer tuning.




The spiking is done by flash vaporizing a methanol calibration standard solution




of the compounds onto the sample traps using a gas chromatograph injection port.




The traps are analyzed by dropping them into the heated chamber and immediately




closing the lid.  Purified nitrogen gas passes through the heated trap, trans-




ferring the contents of the trap, including the water and the adsorbed organics,




into the purge tower.  The water condenses and remains in the tower while the




volatile organics are purged into the analytical system.






Laboratory Evaluation of the VOST




     A synthetic stack gas generator was used for the lab evaluation of the




VOST (3).  The synthetic stack gas generator utilized the nitrogen vapor from a




tank of liquid nitrogen as the source of gas for the system since it provided a




large volume of organic-free gas which could not be readily obtained by any other




technique.  The nitrogen gas was then heated to about 150°C and rendered wet by




vaporizing deionized charcoal-filtered water into the nitrogen through a quartz




tube heater.  Also near the same point a syringe pump was used to spike a meth-




anolic solution of the four volatile POHCs into the hot, wet gas stream.  Four




different methanolic concentrations of the POHCs were used for the laboratory




evaluation yielding stack gas concentrations ranging from 0.1 ng/L to  100 ng/L




in increments of a factor of 10.  Three identical sampling trains were used to
                                      116

-------
collect the stack gas.   Each pair of traps in each train was sampled at 1 L/min




for 20 min.  At the end of 20 rain, the two traps were removed and placed into




screw-cap tubes.   Another pair of traps was then inserted into each train, the




traps were leak checked and the sampling was resumed.




     A large amount of data was generated during the lab evaluation.  Some of




the low level data were generated by combining the contents of several pairs of




traps onto one pair of traps prior to analysis, while at the higher levels, the




data were generated by analyzing single pairs of traps.   The amounts on the




front and back trap were simply added.




     The data from the pairs of traps were scattered at both higher and lower




values than the expected (known) value.  However, when the results from three




VOST trains were averaged (the procedure normally followed for incineration




trial burns), the observed results for all four compounds at all four levels




generally spanned the range of 50 to 150% of the expected value.  These results




were considered quite good; however, before the VOST could be used in the field,




several important changes had to be made because of:




        The difficulty in changing and leak-checking the traps under field con-




          ditions compared to the laboratory.




        The lack of ruggedness of the laboratory sampling train.




        The high potential for contamination on the outside surfaces of the




          glass adsorbent traps in the hostile environment of the hazardous




          waste incinerator and also from the handling of the traps.






Field VOST Development




     The first modification in the field VOST to simplify the changing of the




traps and to reduce the likelihood of contamination, was development of a field

-------
carrier for the traps.   Figure 2 shows the components of the field carrier for




the VOST traps.  The adsorbent tube is held within a larger glass tube with a




pair of Viton 0-rings.   The purpose of the outer glass tube is to protect the




outside of the adsorbent-containing tube from contamination.  Each of the glass




tubes butts against another pair of 0-rings in the metal end pieces.  The as-




sembly is held together by three cylindrical rods soldered into one end piece




assembly and fastened by threaded nuts to the other metal end piece.  The end




caps also are fitted with a Viton 0-ring to seal the traps.




     The Tenax and charcoal are held in the 10 cm x 1.6 cm ID glass tubes with




a fine-mesh screen supported by a C-clip, both made of stainless steel.  These




supporting materials hold the adsorbents more uniformly inside the tubes than




glass wool (used during the lab evaluation) resulting in a lower likelihood of




channeling and lower retention of water in the trap.




     Figure 3 shows a photograph of the current field version of the VOST.




Several items to note in the photograph are the following:




        Glass entrance tube attached to a Teflon® probe which is inserted into




          the stack (or quartz-lined stainless steel probe for hot stack gases).




        The front condenser.




        The front Tenax trap.




        The Erlenmeyer impinger where condensed water collects and is purged by




          the  sampled gas.




        The backup condenser.




        The backup Tenax/charcoal trap.




        The air sampling pump.




        The bottom portion of the case.   Ice water  is added which is  circulated




          by the small water pump.  The VOST folds  up in the  case when not in use.
                                       118

-------
Figure 2.   Components of field carrier for the VOST traps.
                            119

-------
Figure 3.   Photograph of field version of the VOST.
                           120

-------
Trap Preparation and Contamination-Prevention Procedures

     During development and evaluation of the field VOST, it was discovered that

the traps were sometimes severely contaminated with volatile organic compounds.

Several possible sources of contamination were identified, including the hostile

ambient environment and contaminated metal carriers, 0-rings, and adsorbents.

In order to avoid contamination, stringent trap preparation procedures were

tested and adopted which have proved very effective in eliminating the contam-

ination during field sampling with the VOST by ensuring that the traps are clean

at the time of trap preparation and by avoiding contamination of the traps at

any later time with the volatile analytes which are likely to be present in the

ambient atmosphere around the hazardous waste incinerator.

     The procedures that are used to prepare the components of the field VOST

are presented in Table 1.


            TABLE 1.  FIELD VOST TRAP COMPONENT CLEANUP PROCEDURES
    Components
              Procedures
0-rings

Tenax and charcoal


Glass tubes

Metal parts (end plugs,
C-clips, screens)
Condition at 200°C for 48 h in vacuum oven.

Thermally condition packed tubes at 250°C
for 4 h two times each.

Wash in Alconox, sonify, rinse, oven-dry.

Wash in Alconox, sonify, rinse, oven-dry.
     Once the component parts of the field carrier have been prepared, the fol-

lowing procedures are followed to check the cleanliness of the traps and pro-

tect the traps from contamination until they are analyzed:

     •  Assemble components in organic-free room.

        Log trap numbers and trap history in laboratory record book (LRB).
                                      121

-------
        Leak check traps by attaching to source of purified gas and placing




          under water.




        Connect leak-tight traps to source of purified gas (i.e., manifold),




          inside a 190°C oven.




        Check trap effluent using gas chromatography with a flame ionization




          detector.  Traps are considered to be clean when trap effluent leves




          are < 20 ppb.




     •   Store clean traps under ice water.  (The purpose of the ice water is to




          protect the traps from contaminants in the air and also to keep the




          Tenax cold to  slow the gradual aging of the Tenax which results in




          benzene and toluene being desorbed during analysis.)




        Transport traps  to field for sample collection under ice water.




     •   Return traps to  laboratory, disassemble, and analyze.




     Two different types of blank traps are generated during field incineration




tests.   One type of blank is called a trip or travel blank.  These traps remain




under ice water during transport and during the incineration test.  Another group




of blank traps are taken up on the stack, and the end caps are removed and the




traps exposed to the ambient air for just the time that it takes to change the




traps in the sampling train.  These blanks, called field blanks, may adsorb small




amounts of compounds from the air.  These data are then used to correct the re-




sults for the actual sample traps.






Sampling Parameters




     During field sampling the VOST trap pairs are generally replaced with fresh




traps at selected intervals (i.e., every 20 min or 20 L of sample) over a 2-h




sampling period.  There  are two basic reasons for changing the traps at selected




intervals:
                                      122

-------
     •  At sample volumes of greater than 20 L, some of the very volatile POHCs




          may break through both the front and backup adsorbent traps.




        The changing of the traps allows an initial analysis of one pair of




          traps.  Analysis of a single p*ir of traps lowers the possibility of




          collecting too much sample and overloading the GC/MS system.  However,




          if the POHCs are not detected or are present at low levels in the




          single pair, the option exists of combining the contents of the remain-




          ing pairs of traps onto one pair of traps with a concomitant increase




          in sensitivity.  (The need to combine the contents of traps has not




          occurred under field sampling conditions.)




     A "SLOW VOST" is also being evaluated during which only two or three pairs




of traps are used for sample collection.  The slow VOST, which generally sam-




ples only 5 L of stack gas over a 40-min sampling period, has the following




advantages:




        The slower sampling rate reduces the likelihood of breakthrough and




          serves as a check on breakthrough for the regular VOST.




     •  A more integrated sample is obtained.  This is very advantageous in




          situations where the stack gas composition changes during the incin-




          eration test.




     The main disadvantage of the slow VOST is the decreased sensitivity.






Data Considerations




     An important aspect of using the VOST is to know how good the field VOST




data are.  The lab evaluation suggested that the determined values should be in




the range of about 50 to 150% of the true value.  In the field we now have much




additional experience working for us, but also a much more complex sample matrix




working against us.  However, we can test for breakthrough loss from the traps
                                      123

-------
by sampling the stack gas at two different flow rates and comparing the concen-




trations of the collected volatiles.  Also, the distribution of the compounds




on the front and backup traps would be expected to provide some indication of



whether breakthrough is occurring.




     Table 2 shows some typical front/back trap distribution data for VOST traps




run at two different sampling rates.  The fast VOST was run at 1 L/min for 20




min.  The slow VOST was run at 0.25 L/min for the same 20 min.  The front/backup




trap distribution generally favors the front trap although it is not consistent




from run to run or compound to compound.  Table 3 shows the stack gas concentra-




tions calculated for the slow and fast VOST from the data in Table 2.  The data




agree quite well with each other although less well at the lower concentration




levels, near the detection limit of the method.






Conclusions




     The conclusions from the lab evaluation of the VOST and the field use of




the VOST for incineration trial burns thus far are the following:




     1.  The VOST concept is valid and adaptable to field use.




     2.  Stringent trap preparation and storage procedures are needed to avoid




contaminating the traps.




     3.  The front Tenax trap collects most of the mass of the volatile PHOCs.




     4.  The backup Tenax/charcoal trap is needed for very volatile compounds




and also collects more of the compounds in high level samples.




     5.  Breakthrough of volatile POHCs through both traps is generally not oc-




curring, as evidenced by the distribution of compounds on the front and back




traps and the near equivalency of concentrations using a fast and slow VOST.




     6.  In actual field incinerator sampling and analysis with the VOST, it




has never been necessary to combine the contents of several pairs of traps onto




one pair of traps to achieve requisite sensitivity for GC/MS analysis.






                                     124

-------
NJ
vn
          TABLE 2.  DISTRIBUTION OF VOLATILE POHCs ON FRONT TENAX (T) AND BACKUP TENAX/CHARCOAL (T/C) TRAPS
                                FOR FAST AND SLOW VOST AT AN INCINERATION TRIAL BURN

Amount detected,


1st
Fast"
Compound
Chloroform
Carbon tetrachloride
Trichloroethylene
Tetrachloroethylene
T
280
55
8.3
44
T/C
8.2
7.8
4.1
1.6
Pair

Slowt
T
88
18
2.2
5.4
T/C
< 1
4.6
10
< 1

3rd
Fast
T
330
47
6.3
30
T/C
8.9
4.7
1.3
< 1
Pair
ng

Slow
T
100
22
4.0
7.7
T/C
< 1
< 2
2.5
< 1

6th
Fast
T T/C
310 39
4.8 29
3.1
5.5 1.3

Pair


Slow
T
93
15
4.4
9.8
T/C
2.1
< 2
5.6
< 1
"Fast VOST collected 20 L of stack effluent over 20 min.
tSlow VOST collected 5 L of stack effluent over same 20 min.

        TABLE 3.  CONCENTRATIONS OF VOLATILE POHCs DETERMINED FROM ANALYSIS OF FAST AND SLOW VOST
                                      AT AN INCINERATION TRIAL BURN

Concentration, ng/L

Compound
Chloroform
Carbon tetrachloride
Trichloroethylene
Tetrachloroethylene
1st
Fast*
14
3.1
0.6
2.1
Pair
Slowf
17
4.5
2.4
0.3

Fast
16
2.6
0.4
1.3
3rd Pair
Slow
19
4.4
1.3
0.7
6th Pair
Fast Slow
16 18
1.7 3.0
2.0
2.6 1.2
      "Fast VOST collected 20 L of stack effluent over 20 min.
      tSlow VOST collected 5 L of stack effluent over same 20 min.

-------
     7.  The slow VOST has the advantage of yielding a more integrated sample

if run at a slower flow rate and longer time than the original fast VOST concept,

is less expensive because of the need to prepare and analyze fewer traps,  but

is slightly less sensitive.


Acknowledgement

     We wish to acknowledge the EPA Office of Solid Waste and Office of

Toxic Substances in Washington and the Industrial Environmental Research

Lab in Cincinnati for sponsoring this work.  We would also like to acknowledge

Dr. Larry Johnson of the EPA Industrial Environmental Research Laboratory at

Research Triangle Park and Mr. David Friedman of the EPA Office of Solid Waste

in Washington who served as project officers during the laboratory evaluation

of the VOST.


                                  REFERENCES
1.  Rechsteiner, C. , Harris, J.C., Thrun, K.E., Sorlin, D.J., and Grady, V.
    Sampling and analysis methods for hazardous waste incineration.
    A.D. Little, Inc., in support of Guidance Manual for Evaluating Permit
    Applications for the Operations of Hazardous Waste Incineration Units.
    EPA Contract No. 68-02-3111, EPA/IERL, Research Triangle Park, North
    Carolina.  1981.

2.  EPA Method 624 - Purgeables.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.
    Federal Register 44:69532-69539, 1979.

3.  Jungclaus, G. and Gorman, P.  Evaluation of a volatile organic sampling
    train.  Draft final report, Midwest Research Institute, EPA Contract No.
    68-01-5915, 1982.
                                      126

-------
ANALYSIS OF PCB'S BY CAPILLARY BC/ECD FOR DETOXIFICATION STUDIES




                               Bv




                        ALSTON L. SYKES




              TRW ENERGY & ENVIRONMENTAL DIVISION




                     INDUSTRIAL HYGIENE &




                  TRACE SUBSTANCES LABORATORY




                          PO BOX 13000




               RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N.C. £7709








                            ABSTRACT








     Recent efforts have been undertaken to determine the  best




practical methods for disposing of hazardous materials such  as




polyc.hlorinated biphenyls (PCB's).   Disposal in approved solid




waste landfills and incineration have been the most used and




studied methods.  Questions concerning long term problems  of




landfills have brought about a need for alternate methods  of




disposal.  One method being studied is chemical detoxification.




     One common need in all of the methods used and under  study




is documentation of the presence and amount of PCB's.  This




deterrninat ion is needed to calculate efficiencies of destruction



or combustion of the PCB compounds.   Therefore, the most




critical part of these studies is the analysis.  PCB's were




analyzed by gas chrornatograpny with electron capture detection




utilising a SE-54' fused silica capillary column for the purposes




of determining PCB detoxification efficiency.






                               127

-------
                              TEXT




    Due to the recent local and national interest in occurance




of Polychlorinated Biphenyl's (PCS ' s) in the environment, much




work has focused on identifing and quant ifing trace levels in




air,  water, soil,  and waste products.  Studies are in progress




to determine the efficiency of incineration, chemical




detoxification, and amount of leaching from waste disposal




sites.    PCB's are normally distributed as ftroclor mixtures,




which are variations of percent chlorination of biphenyl.




PCB's are normally found in capacitor oil,  transformer oil, or




hydraulic oil.  These ftroclor mixtures are composed of various




fractions of over £00 individual isorners.  The analysis of these




PCB's is very complex due to their many possible isorners, but




also due to the interferences present.  Use of packed columns




for the analyses usually requires exhaustive clean-up procedures




to remove the  interferences such as pesticides, oxyengenated and




other strongly electron capturing species.   During incineration




and detoxification of the PCB's many of these interferences are




formed,  ana the Ph~oclor patterns can be altered.  Waste PCB oils




are many times combined resulting in mixtures of the Aroclors,




which are very difficult to resolve and Quantify using packed




GC.








    The purpose of this paper is to discuss the use of fused




silica capiillary columns vs. packed columns in the analysis of




PCB's in transformer oil used to demonstrate the efficiency of




detoxification.  flcurex Waste Technologies, Inc. of Mountain
                                128

-------
View, California has develooed a process for chemically




detoxifying PCB*s in oil.  fl demonstration project was conducted




for EPfl to obtain permits for this process.  Transformer oil was




spiked with an amount of PCB's and subjected to the process.




Samples of the waste were taken before the process and after to




determine the efficiency of detoxification.  In the process the




raw RGB/transformer oil was reacted with a solution of sodium to




dechlorinate the molecule.  The reaction was stopped  in a quench




tank of water, which was later separated from the oil.  The




laboratory analysis of the samples consisted of the following:




i) washing an aliquiot of oil with organic free water to remove




any sodium salts present,




£> making appropriate dilutions of the raw waste sample to




within an ECD calibration curve,




3) injecting the samples onto a fused silica capillary column,




with electron capture detection.




4) comparing selected peaks of the samples to those of standards




for identification and quantification.








                      ftNflLYSIS CONDITIONS








    The instrument used for these these analyses was a Varian




3700 GC equiped with a Nickel 63 electron capture detector, and




data collection and plotting using a Varian Vista 401 data




system.   fin SE-54 (J & W Scientific)  fused silica capillary




column,  30 meters by 0. £5rnrn,  was used with the split flow set at




30 rnl/rnin.   The carrier gas was nitrogen,  but hydrogen can also
                               129

-------
be used to obtain faster elution.  The pressure on the column




was 15 psig,  which produced approximately one ml/mm. flow.  The




split injection proceedure was used which incorporated a  3  sec.




hot needle and solvent flush injection techniaue.  The injection




port timperature was £90 degrees C. , and the electron capture




detector temperature was 3£0 degress C.  Various oven conditions




and temperatures are available to the chrornatograoher depending




on whether or not a screening proceedure or high resolution is




needed.  For  quick screening an initial temperature of  £00




degrees C is used, then programmed to £70 degrees at 4 dgs/rnin.




Adequate resolution is acheived  in a £0 win. chrornatograrn  that




allows the chemist to determine  which ftroclors  are present and




if interferences exist.  Often it- may not be necessary to




improve resolution.   If needed,  high resolution is achieved by




starting the temperature program at 100 degrees C, and




programming to £70 at 3 dgs. /min.  for an hour chrornatograrn.   The




detection limit in either set of conditions remains  at 50




picograrns/rnicrol iter  of ftroclor  i£60. Table  1 summarizes the




analysis conditions.




     Examples of  packed column analysis of ftroclors  1£5A and




i£6® in figure 1  show resolution of about  10  peaks  in  a  30 rnin.




chrornatograrn at £00 degrees C.   This  is about the  best  on would




expect from packed columns.  Notice how the  baseline drifts in




the  1£60 run.  This baseline drift  causes many  problems  with




most integrators.   Problems such as negative  peaks,  which are




common with ECD's, will cause  a  negative  baseline  to be




established.  The integrator then  includes  this additional area
                                130

-------
in each peak,  resulting in a positive bias.  Data systems such




as The Varian Vista 401 allow the chemist to store all raw data,




substract baselne drifts,  force baseline to baseline




integration,  and replot the chrornAtograrn to see where the




baseline was drawn.  These features, coupled with the ability to




integrate capillary peaks faster than one-half sec., allow the




chrornatographer to obtain precision of injections of 3 to 5




percent.  In a mixture of Prodor 1254 and 1260 for example  the




chemist using a packed column may easily identify only 1260.




The response of 1254 is approximately one-half of the response




of 1260, due to the different isoniers present.  The chemist  that




mis-identifies an Proclor component in a mixture and reports




total PCB's could be in error as much as 50 to 100  percent.




Capillary EC's high resolution capabilities offer a much more




reliable analysis of PCB's, without loss of sensitivity. The




detection limits for Proclor 1260 is approximately  50 picograrns




per rnicroliter.  The identification of PCB isorners  is becoming




very  important in many samples because of  the problems just




mentioned.  This can reduce greatly the wide range  of errors in




reporting.  Standards of individual isorners can be  obtained  that



represent each group of tne mono to decachloro biohenyls and




average response ratios determined  for each group.  These




response ratios are then used to Quantify  isorners found  in  a




sample. The detection  limits for individual isorners vary from




approximately  10 to 20 pg/ul for the mono  to tri's  to  less  than




1 to  5  pg/ul for the tetra's to deca's.
                                131

-------
  Figure £ shows capillary chrornatograrns of ftroclor 1260  in




transformer oil ,5880 pprn (top), and the results of the




detoxification ,  less than 0.5 pprn  (bottom).  Figure 3 shows




another sample which is a mixture of ftroclor 1254 and 126® at




concentrations of 525 pprn and 170 pprn.  The bottom section of




figure 3 shows that after the detoxification process less than




0.5 pprn total ftroclors are present.   Notice that in these




examples that other compounds are formed that elute ealier.




Utilizing the longer higher resolution analysis would allow




futher investigation of those components.




  Figure 4 shows the results of the high resolution analysis.




Even with this kind of resolution there are still peaks that




interfere,  as can be seen.  The chemist can chose peaks that do




not co-elute, and achieve excellent precision and accuracy.




  Figure 5 is ftroclor 1254 and 1260 combined, which demonstrates




that careful 1 examination is still necessary for accurate




ident ificat ion.




  Figure 6 also demonstrates the necessity of high resolution




capillary chrornatography.  This is an example of a typical raw



waste that labs usually see.  This contains a mixture of  ftroclor




1254, 1260, and many components that are electron capture




responsive.




     This paper has been reviewed in accordance with the  U.S.




Environmental Protection ftgency peer and adrninstrat i ve review




policies and approved for presentation and publication.
                                132

-------
          TABLE 1.  ANALYSIS  CONDITIONS


              GC/NJ63 ECO

          •   SE-54 Fused  Silica  Capillary
                 30m  x 0.25mm


          •   Carrier:  N2 or  H2    Make-up: N2
                 split  flow:  30  mL/min.


          •   Program Temperature

                 screen:  200C  to 270C at  4/min

                 high resolution:  100C  to  270C at 3/min

          •   Detection Limit: 50pg/uL Aroclor 1260
COLUMN: 1.5% SP-22S0.1.S5X SP-2401 ON SUPaCOPORT
TEMPERATURE: 200*C.
DETECTOR: ELECTON CAPTURE
                                      COLUMN: 1.M SP-Z2SO. 1JSK SP-M01 ON SUFaCOPWT
                                      TapQunwt we
                                      OCIECTOt aECTMNCAPTUK
                      I	I	1
2     I     10     14     It    22

       RETENTION TIME-MINUTES
                                                    tt    If    a
                                                RETENTION TME4MMJTB
                                            GAS CHBCMATOOBAM OP PCB-4260
       (US CHBONATOOK1M OP PCB-1254
                 Figure  1.   Packed column analysis.

                                133

-------
O>
3
CL
A
O
Ul
                             •an i mt
                                                                                             £1
                                                                                             -s
                                                                                             ft)

                                                                                             ro
                                                                                             o
                                                                                             o

                                                                                             o
                                                                                             -s
                                                                                             ro
                                                                                             cn
                                                                                             o
                                                                                             cn
                                                                                             00
                                                                                             o
                                                                                             o

                                                                                             -a
                                                                                             -a
                                                                                             A
                                                                                             O
                                                                                             cn
                                                                                             -a
                                                                                             •a
                                                                                                            i!f.5   -
ijili.    -
•1H«    _
 U.HI
                                                                                                           'h-fh

-------
            TRW

        tMVmONMCNTM. DIVISION



        Aroclor 1260
        Aroclor 1254
  fct 5  ".- :i::r:a • = •-,
  g«  «?»gtelij3


1-J..I i  I i  i  i i  i I  i  • .* i  I  I I  I  i i  I  I I JJJL.1JLJ-J  i i  i  i i  i


  Figure  4.   High  resolution GC of Aroclor 1254 and 1260.
    Aroclor 1254 and 1260



         TRW

     ENViaONMCHTAL DIVISION
. i  i i  i i  i i  i i  i do* "  i  i i  i ..... •U
                                                                     8;. i  is'   »  t
                                            i. ........ id? i i  i i  i i  i i  i i  4 J8 1 ir „
Figure 5.  High resolution  GC  of Aroclor 1254  and 1260 combined.

                                 »35

-------
i
                                                          raw
                                                                                        ISS!
'i4s
               i  i  i i 4J.JL-UJ.JuJl i  i i  i i  i  i i  i i  449i i  i  i i  i
                Figure 6.   High resolution GC of raw waste  sample.
                                            136

-------
     SESSION IV





PERSONAL MONITORING
         137

-------
            VALIDATION  OF A PASSIVE  SAMPLER FOR DETERMINING
                  FORMALDEHYDE  IN RESIDENTIAL  INDOOR AIR

         A.T.  Hodgson,  K.L.  Geisling, J.R. Girman,  and B.  Remijn

           Building Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality Program
                      Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory
                        University of California
                        Berkeley, California 94720
                                ABSTRACT


    A passive sampling device based on the principle  of  diffusion  has

been  developed  specifically  for  the determination of formaldehyde in

residential indoor air.  The device, which is inexpensive  and  easy  to

use,  is  capable of measuring one-week time-weighted average concentra-

tions of formaldehyde from as low as 0.018  ppm  to  over  1  ppm.   The

sampler was validated by laboratory tests and a field study conducted in

occupied residences and an  office.   The  performance  of  the  passive

sampler  compared  favorably  to  that  of  the  reference  pump/bubbler

sampler.  The evaluated parameters were:   sampling rate;  quantification

Units;   relative humidity effects; chemical interferences;  storage sta-

bility;  precision;  and accuracy.


    The  x;ork described  in  this  paper  was  not  funded  by  the  U.S.

Environmental Protection Agency and therefore the contents do not  neces-

sarily reflect the  views of  the  Agency   and  no  official   endorsement

should be inferred.


INTRODUCTION
    It has recently been demonstrated that relatively low concentrations

of formaldehyde  (HCHO) in air potentially have adverse health effects1'^

In addition, it  has been shown that  significant  chronic  exposures  to
                                  138

-------
HCHO can occur in residential indoor environments.-^  Sources of HCIIO are




prevalent in the residential environment since HCHO is used  as  a  com-




ponent  of  many  construction  materials  and  consumer  goods and is a




combustion byproduct.  Reduction of  building  air  exchange  rates  for




energy conservation has the potential to result in deleterious increases




in concentrations of HCHO and other indoor-generated air pollutants.  At




present,  data on HCHO concentrations in the residential environment are




severely limited, in part, due to the lack  of  simple  and  inexpensive




methods to accurately quantify low concentrations of HCHO in air.







    Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory (LBL) has developed a passive  sampling




device based on the principle of diffusion specifically for the determi-




nation of HCHO in residential indoor air.1^  The device, which  is  inex-




pensive  and  easy  to  use,  is  capable  of accurately measuring time-




weighted average concentrations of HCHO from as low as 0.018 ppm to over




1 ppm for a period of one week.  The one-week sampling period is ideally




suited for quantification of chronic HCHO exposures since  HCHO  concen-




trations  vary  with ventilation rate, temperature, humidity, and use of




combustion appliances.  These, in turn, are largely determined by  occu-




pant activities, which typically have a 7-day cyclic pattern.







DESCRIPTION






    The HCHO passive sampler is shown in Figure 1.   It  consists  of  a




glass vial approximately 2 cm in diameter and 9.5 cm in length.  A glass




fiber filter, treated with a solution of sodium bisulfite and thoroughly




dried  under  vacuum, is positioned in the bottom of the vial.  When the




sampler is not is use, the vial is sealed with a plastic  cap.   Formal-




dehyde  is  collected  by  the  absorbent  through  the formation of the







                                   139

-------
addition product, sodium formaldehyde bisulfite.  The specificity of the




absorbent for HCHO minimizes chemical interferences.  Sample analysis is




by water desorption and the spectrophotometric  chromatropic  acid  pro-




cedure described in P&CAM No. 125.5







    The sampler is deployed in residences by taping it out of the  reach




of  small  children  with  the  open  end  down to exclude dust.  If the




attachment surface is a wall, samplers are taped so  the  mouth  of  the




sampler extends about 2 cm out from the wall.  Samplers are not attached




to suspected HCHO emitting sources.  Sampling locations near  open  win-




dows  and ventilation openings are also avoided.  Replicate samplers are




placed at each sampling location  and  are  spaced  approximately  2  cm




apart.







LABORATORY VALIDATION







    Since the diffusion coefficient of HCHO in air is not known, it  was




necessary to empirically determine sampling rate by exposing the passive




samplers to known HCHO concentrations for a period of one  week.    Test




atmospheres  at  approximately 1 atm, 25 °C and 30 to 45% relative humi-




dity were produced with a HCHO  gas  generation/dilution  system.^   The




mass  of HCHO collected by the samplers is plotted against HCHO exposure




in Figure 2.  The sampling rate  is defined by the slope  of  the  linear




regression  line.   This rate is  calculated to be 0.296 pg/ppm-h or 4 cm




per minute.







    The theoretical  detection limit of the method is defined as the HCHO




concentration  that   produces an analytical absorbance that is  statisti-




cally distinct from  the absorbance of the blank.  This limit  is  calcu-

-------
lated  to be 0.006 ppm.  Since field experience has shown that precision




is often considerably reduced at this concentration,  we  recommend  the




adoption  of  a lower quantification limit of 0.018 which is three times




the theoretical limit.







    The sampler's linearity of response  has  not  been  determined  for




exposures  in  excess  of  168  ppm-h  (1  ppm for 168 h).  However, the




sampler has a large capacity for  HCHO,  and  the  upper  quantification




limit  theoretically  could  be  extended to at least 5 ppm for 168 h by




sample dilution during analysis.







    The precision of the analytical method alone, expressed as a coeffi-




cient  of  variation,  was  determined to be 3.2% from routine replicate




analyses of aqueous HCHO standards on different days.  The most  realis-




tic estimate of overall precision is obtained from actual field samples.




For 15 determinations with 4 or 5 adjacent replicate samplers, the  mean




coefficient of variation was 6.7%.






    The mass of HCHO collected by the sampler is standardized at  1  atm




and  25  °C since the sampling rate was empirically established at these




conditions.  For kinetic theory, we know  that  in  real  gas  diffusion




processes  the  mass of a gas collected is a function of the square root




of the absolute temperature and is independent of  pressure.'  The  tem-




perature  dependence  is  small  and can be ignored for most residential




applications.






    Water vapor is one of the most difficult environmental parameters to




accommodate  in the design of a passive sampler for HCHO.  Sampling rate




was determined at 25 °C with relative humidities ranging from 30 to 45%.
                                    141

-------
Additional  one-week  tests  were performed at constant, higher relative




humidities.  Sampling rate as a function of relative humidity  is  shown




in  Figure  3.   Statistical uncertainty increases with increasing humi-




dity, hut, most importantly,  samplin^  rate  decreases  drastically  at




relative  humidities in excess of 60%.  Consequently, the sampler should




not be used in high humidity environments.  In actual practice, the  use




of  the  sampler  is only partially restricted by its humidity response.




Relative humidities in residences in most parts of the  country  do  not




usually  exceed  an  average  of  60%  in the winter months.  In western




states, this limit is usually not exceeded at any time during the year.







    The known chemical interferences for the chromatropic acid  analysis




of  bubbler samples are considered to be of minor consequence since they




are normally present in air at lower concentrations than those of HCHO.-'




The  possibility that these compounds would interfere in the analysis of




the passive sampler is even more remote since they are not  expected  to




be  collected by the sampler.  One exception is acrolein, an unsaturated




aldehyde which is a component of cigarette smoke.  However, no  signifi-




cant  difference was observed in the amount of HCHO detected in samplers




with and without acrolein spikes when acrolein  was  in  an  approximate




10:1 excess of HCHO.







    Samplers have been stored for a period of two  weeks  prior  to  use




without any effect on sampling efficiency; after samples were collected,




no HCHO was lost from  samplers  stored  at  room  temperature  for  two




weeks.     These   estimates  of  storage  stability  are  conservative.




Although the times are relatively short, they are adequate for  residen-




tial HCHO surveys.
                                    ]i\2

-------
    The laboratory tests were conducted at an apparent linear air  velo-


city  of  about 1 cm/sec which is near the lowest velocities expected to


be found in residences.  Attempts to determine if sampling  rate  varied


over  a  velocity range of 0.5 to 5 cm/sec were inconclusive.  Neverthe-


less, sampling rate should only vary slightly over this range since  the

                                         Q
sampler has a long diffusion path length.0




FIELD COMPARISON




    It is virtually impossible to adequately determine  the  effects  of


the  many  probable  combinations of environmental parameters on sampler


performance in laboratory tests.  In addition,  the  use  of  relatively


small  volume  exposure  chambers  can  impose unrealistic conditions on


these tests.  These limitations can be avoided by field testing.




    We modified the NIOSH standard method for HCHO in  air5  to  collect


one-week  long samples.  Using this technique concurrently with the col-


lection of passive samples, we were able to evaluate the performance  of


the  passive  sampler under actual field conditions.  Twenty-one indivi-


dual sampler comparisons were made over a period of three  months  in  a


variety  of buildings which included new energy-efficient houses, weath-


erized houses, urea—formaldehyde  foam  insulated  houses,  conventional


houses,  and  a  prefabricated  office.   Formaldehyde concentrations at


these locations ranged from about 0.03 to 0.15 ppm.




    Four replicate bubbler samples were collected at each  site  with  a


refrigerated  pump/bubbler  sampler."   This  device collects samples by


pulling air through two bubblers in series, each  containing  15  ml  of


water.   Sample  temperature  is maintained at approximately 5 °C.  Flow

-------
rates are controlled near 0.14 L/min by hypodermic needle critical  ori-




fices  and a vacuum pump unit.  The ability to maintain low temperatures




and constant low flow rates permits the collection of week-long samples.




Bubbler  samples  were  also  analyzed  by the chromatropic acid method.




Five passive samplers were deployed at each site.  The sample inlet tube




for  the  refrigerator  sampler was located approximately 30 cm from the




passive samplers.  Sampling periods for both  devices  were  concurrent.




Bubbler  sample flow rates were measured at the beginning and end of the




one-week sampling period.  Average flow  rates,  corrected  to  standard




conditions,  were used in the concentration calculations.  At the termi-




nation of the sampling period, passive samplers were capped and  bubbler




samples  were packed in an ice chest.  All samples were quickly returned




to the laboratory for analysis.







    The results of the field comparison are presented in Figure 4.   The




relationship  between the two variables is quantitatively defined by the




use of Bartlett's three-group method for regression.^  This  regression




technique,  rather  than  the standard linear regression, is appropriate




when both variables are subject to  measurement  error.   Inspection  of




Figure  4  shows that the fit of the data to the regression line is very




good.  The equation  for  the  regression  line  indicates  the  passive




sampler  concentrations  have  about a 15% positive bias relative to the




bubbler sampler concentrations.  A two-way analysis of  variance  demon-




strates  that  there  is  a  highly  significant  statistical difference




between the two methods.






    The bubbler sample method was carefully evaluated to determine if it




was  the  source  of the 15% discrepancy.  In laboratory exposure tests,

-------
 bubbler  sample  concentrations agreed with concentrations calculated  for




 the   test   atmosphere   from measured diffusion rates. Average concentra-




 tions  for  7 consecutive  24-h bubbler samples agreed with  concentrations




 of   concurrently  collected 7-day bubbler samples.  Bubblers spiked with




 HCHO and then bubbled with clean air for 7 days did not lose HCHO.







     Nitrates and nitrites are known  interferents  in  the  chromatropic




 acid  analysis.   They   are  produced when NC^ is bubbled through water.




 The  potential for a NC^  induced  interference  was  examined.   Possible




 error,  even  assuming   worse  case  conditions for NC^, was found to be




 positive and to be no more than about 2%.







     The weight of this evidence suggests that the bubbler sample  values




 are  correct.  We can conclude that the laboratory experimental apparatus




 does not correctly simulate the real world and  has  introduced  a  con-




 sistent  bias.   The regression equation, Y = 0.87X, can be used to con-




 vert passive sampler concentrations (X) to bubbler sample concentrations




 (Y).







 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT







     This work was supported by the Assistant Secretary for  Conservation




 and  Renewable  Energy,  Office of Building Energy Research and Develop-




ment, Building Systems Division of the U.S.  Department of  Energy  under




 Contract  No.  DE-AC03-76SF00098, and by the Bonneville Power Administra-




 tion, Portland,  Oregon 97208.

-------
REFERENCES







1.  Gunby, P., 1980,   "Fact or fiction about formaldehyde," J_.  Am.   Med.




    Assoc. 243:1697-1703.







2.  Swenberg, J.A., W.D. Kerns, R.I.  Mitchell,   E.J.   Gralla,   and   K.L.




    Parkov,  Iq80,  "Indication  of  squamous cell carcinomas  of  the rat




    nasal cavity by inhalation exposure to formaldehyde  vapor,"   Cancer




    Res. 401:3398-3402.







3.  National Research Council, 1981,  Indoor Pollutants, National  Academy




    Press, Washington, D.C.







4.  Geisling, K.L., M.K. Tashima, J.R. Girman,   R.R.   Miksch,   and   S.M.




    Rappaport,  1982, "A passive sampling device for  determining  formal-




    dehyde in indoor  air," Environ. Int. 8^:153-158.







5.  National Institute of Occupational Safety and  Health,   1977,  NIOSH




    Manual  of  Analytical  Methods,   2nd  ed., Publication No. 77-157A,




    National Institute of Occupational Safety  and Health,  Cincinnati,




    OH.






6.  Geisling, K.L., R.R. Miksch, and  S.M. Rappaport,   1982,  "Generation




    of dry formaldehyde at trace levels by the  vapor-phase  decomposition




    of trioxane," Anal. Chem. 54:140-142.







7.  Palmes, E.D., A.F. Gunnison, J.  Dillattio,   and  C.  Tomczyk,  1976,




    "Personal  sampler  for  nitrogen  dioxide," Am.  Ind. Hyg.  Assoc. J_.




    37:570-577.

-------
8.  Tompkins, E.G. and R.L. Goldsmith,  1977,  "A new  personal   dosimeter




    for  the  monitoring of industrial  pollutants," Am.  Ind. Hyg.  Assoc.




    j;. 3^:371-377.







9.  Miksch. R.R.,  D.W. Anthon,  L.Z.  Fanning,  C.D.  Hollowell, K.  Revzan,




    and  J.  Glanville,  1981,   "Modified   pararosaniline method for  the




    determination  of formaldehyde in air,"  Anal.  Chem. 53:2118-2123.







10. Sokal,  R.R.  and F.J. Rohlf,  1969, Biometry,  W.H.  Freeman  and  Com-




    pany, San Francisco, CA.

-------
                                         Glass  Vial
-C-
oo
             Removable
             Plastic  Cap
                                                                               NaHS03
                                                                               Impregnated
                                                                               Filter
                                     Figure 1.   HCHO passive sampler.

-------
    60
    50
 B  40
 o
O  20
    10
     0
      Linear regression
      Y=0.033+0.296 X
      r2= 0.996
         20
60
100
140
180
            HCHO exposure (ppm-h)
       Figure 2.  Mass of HCHO collected versus HCHO exposure.

-------
^
"E 4
ro
E
>^--* O
CD
O



E" 1
a
CO
n
I 1 1 1
| T T

\
\
\ -
y
\
"A
_ \ _
\ T
1 \o
ft -
\
1 1 1
      0     20     40     60     80    100

              Relative humidity (%)
Figure 3.  Sampling rate versus relative humidity at 25 °C and 0.25 ppm
        HCHO.
                      150

-------
      0.16
O  Q.0.12
X  Q.
_2>  oo.os
.a -t
-Q  C
 3  0)
GO  "

    00.04
         0
                 Bartlett's three-group

                 regression

                 Y= 0.001 + 0.869 X

                 n = 2l
            0.02
         0.06     0.10    0.14


           Passive sampler
0.18
     Figure 4.
      HCHO concentration (ppm)

Passive sampler versus pump/bubbler sampler  concentrations


for 21 field comparisons.

-------
            LABORATORY STUDIES OF THE TEMPERATURE DEPENDENCE
                    OF  THE PALMES  N02  PASSIVE  SAMPLER

John R. Girman, Alfred T. Hodgson, Brad K. Robison, and Gregory W. Traynor

           Building  Ventilation and  Indoor  Air Quality Program
                      Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory
                        University of California
                           Berkeley, CA 94720
ABSTRACT


    Passive samplers for air pollution measurement have been used  in  a

variety  of  applications, e.g., the assessment of personal exposures to

pollutants, the determination of area concentrations, and the comparison

of  indoor and outdoor pollutant concentrations. In some of these appli-

cations, samplers have been used under conditions for  which  they  have

been  inadequately tested.  Diffusion theory predicts only a 1.7% change

in the sampling rate with a 10°C change in temperature at 21°C;  however,

triethanolamine,  the  N02 absorbent employed in the Palmes N0~  sampler,

has a liquid-solid phase transition at 21°C.  Because this phase  change

occurs  at a typical ambient temperature, the effect of temperature upon

the performance of the sampler was investigated. During this  investiga-

tion,  the N02 concentration, exposure time, and face velocity were held

constant while the temperature of the sampled air was varied from 7°C to

38°C.   The  collection efficiency of the Palmes N02 passive sampler was

found to decrease by 15% when the temperature  decreased  from  27°C  to

15 C.   This  study illustrates the need for careful evaluations of pas-

sive samplers  under  controlled  conditions  that  closely  approximate

actual use conditions.
                                    152

-------
INTRODUCTION







    The use of passive  samplers  for  air  pollution  measurements  has




become  widespread.   Passive  samplers  have  been used in a variety of




applications, e.g., the assessment of personal exposures  to  pollutants




(1),  the determination of area concentrations (2) and the comparison of




indoor and outdoor pollutant  concentrations  (3).   In  some  of  these




applications, passive samplers have been used under conditions for which




they have been inadequately tested.







    The Building Ventilation and Indoor Air Quality  Group  at  Lawrence




Berkeley  Laboratory  has used an instrumented mobile laboratory (A), to




study indoor air pollution in a variety of  residences  (3,5-9).   These




studies provided the opportunity to compare, under field conditions, the




performance of the Palmes N02 passive  sampler  (10)  with  that  of  an




accepted  reference method, a chemiluminescent, continuous NO^ analyzer.




One anomaly became apparent during this comparison: agreement was better




between  the  two methods for indoor measurements than for outdoor meas-




urements.  One obvious difference between indoor and outdoor  conditions




was the temperature at which the measurements were taken.







    From diffusion theory, we know that temperature effects the sampling




rate  of  a  passive  sampler.  Because diffusion theory predicts only a




1.7% change in the sampling rate with a 10 °C change in  temperature  at




21  °C  (10),  temperature corrections have generally been ignored. How-




ever, the N02 absorbent employed in the sampler, triethanolamine  (TEA),




has  a  liquid-solid phase transition at 21 °C (11).  Because this phase




change occurs at a typical ambient temperature, the effect  of  tempera-




ture on the performance of the N0~ passive sampler was investigated.  We







                                  153

-------
anticipated one of two possible effects:  constant collection  efficien-




cies if the TEA phases have the same response to NC^; or a step function




centered at 21 °C, if their responses differ.







EXPERIMENTAL







    The passive sampler test facility employed in these studies is shown




schematically  in  Figure 1.  This facility allows for rapid set-up of a




wide range of experimental conditions. The gas streams are  temperature-




preconditioned  before  entry  into either of two temperature-controlled




exposure chambers, each of which can hold up  to  16  passive  samplers.




Extensive   microprocessor   control   extends  flexibility  and  allows




automatic data logging.







    For the temperature dependence tests, experimental  conditions  were




as  follows:  Nf^ concentrations were either 0.301 ppm or 0.349 ppm at 2




Lpm depending on which of two N02 permeation tubes were used; face velo-




^ity  was  0.25 cm/s; relative humidity was less than 20%; exposure time




was 24 h; and temperature was varied from 7 to 38 °C.






    For each series of tests, a lot of samplers was prepared.  Groups of




16  samplers  were  exposed to the NC>2 test atmosphere at different tem-




peratures until all samplers from a lot were exposed.  All samplers from




a lot were analyzed together.







    For reasons explained below, an additional  test  to  determine  the




effect  of  face  velocity was conducted under the following conditions:




NC>2 concentration was 0.151 ppm; relative humidity was  less  than  20%;




exposure time was 48 h; temperature was 21 °C; and flow rate through the




chamber was varied from 0.25 to 4.5 Lpm to produce apparent linear  face

-------
velocities  from 0.03 to 0.6 cm/s.  Calculated velocities were confirmed




by visually timing the progress of injections of  "smoke"  from  Draeger




smokesticks.   When  velocities  were  below 0.1 cm/s, the flow was well




described as plug flow; when velocities  were  greater  than  0.1  cm/s,




there  was  some turbulence and a correspondingly greater uncertainty in




face velocities.







RESULTS AND DISCUSSION







    The results of the temperature dependence study are  illustrated  in




Figure  2.   Each  data  point  represents  the  mean  value of 14 to 16




samplers with a relative standard deviation of the mean of approximately




1%.   Each  symbol  type represents a different lot of samplers with the




exception of the open circles and  triangles  which  represent  samplers




from  the  same  lot. All collection efficiencies were corrected for the




temperature effect calculated from diffusion theory.







    The NO- passive samplers have a storage stability of several months.




Nevertheless,  we were concerned that differences in the pre—exposure or




post-exposure storage time (a single series of tests lasted up to twelve




days)  could  introduce a small systematic bias which might diminish our




ability to detect temperature effects.






    To check for this bias, 16 samplers from a lot, represented  by  the




open triangles in Figure 2, were exposed at successive temperatures from




7 °C to 38 °C. Next, 16 samplers from the same lot, represented by  open




circles, were exposed to successively decreasing temperatures from 38 °C




to 7 °C.  This same ordering was maintained during analysis.  As is evi-




dent  in  Figure  2, no bias with respect to order of either exposure or
                                   155

-------
analysis was found.







    While the data shows some scatter and  some  minor  variation  among




sampler  lots, the collection efficiency is fairly constant below 15 °C,




averaging  82%, and then gradually rises to approximately  96%  at  tem-




peratures above 27 °C.  The overall change in collection efficiency from




15 to 27 °C is approximately 15% or 1% per degree C.







    The temperature response occurred gradually over a  larger  tempera-




ture  range than anticipated. TEA as actually used in the sampler, i.e.,




contaminated with residual acetone tised as a solvent in sampler prepara-




tion,  was  found  to melt over a wide range, 16 to 21 °C.  This may, in




part, account for the range of the sampler's temperature response.  How-




ever, since TEA is hydroscopic, in humid atmospheres the liquid range of




TEA may be extended, diminishing any temperature effects.







    (The cause of the variation in collection efficiency with  phase  is




unknown.   If  it  is due to the kinetics of absorption, the possibility




exists that the sampling rate is concentration dependent at low tempera-




tures. )






    The measured collection efficiency at 21 °C, 87%, is lower than  the




efficiencies,  92  to  95%,  reported  or  calculated from data in other




reports (12-14). Since precision in our study was typically better  than




1%,  possible  systematic causes for the discrepancy in collection effi-




ciency were examined. The mass-flow  controlled,  permeation  tube  oven




which  serves as the NC>2 source was calibrated by an independent labora-




tory; the measured NO^ permeation rate agreed  with  the  manufacturer's




rate  to  within  1%.  Sampler  preparation was checked by preparing and
                                    156

-------
 sending samplers to researchers at the Agricultural  University,  Wagen-




 ingen,  the  Netherlands.  They exposed our samplers simultaneously with




 samplers they had prepared. Agreement was better than 4% between the two




 sets of samplers (15).  Using our facility, we exposed samplers prepared




 by Columbia University and then returned half of the  samplers  to  them




 for analysis.  Collection efficiency of these samplers was 88% (16).






    Having eliminated the NO" source, sampler preparation  and  analysis




 as  causes  of  the discrepancy, we next examined the effect of low face




 velocities.  When face velocities are low, convective transport  in  the




 volume just external to the sampler opening is no longer very large with




 respect to diffusive transport.  In effect  the  concentration  in  this




 volume  becomes depleted of the pollutant being sampled and is no longer




 representative of the larger volume to be  characterized.   This  condi-




 tion,  sampler  starvation,  was  examined theoretically by Tompkins and




 Goldsmith (17).






    The results of our preliminary study of  the  effects  of  low  face




 velocity  are  illustrated  in  Figure  3.   Each  of  the  four  points




 represents the mean of 16 samplers.  The solid line is the  solution  of




 the  Tompkins and Goldsmith equation for the NO^ passive sampler.  While




 the results do not definitively prove the theory, they tend  to  support




 it, especially for plug flow conditions.






    Because adequate instrumentation for measuring low air velocities is




 presently  lacking,  these  velocities in residences are not well known.




However, typical air velocities in residences are expected to be smaller




 than  velocities  encountered in industrial or outdoor environments. Air




velocities were measured in 20 houses by Oak Ridge  National  Laboratory






                                   157

-------
 (18).   All  houses were closed and the air conditioner fans were turned




 on to circulate air without cooling.  Measurements were made  by  timing




 the movement of puffs of "smoke" from Draeger smokesticks.  Most veloci-




 ties were between 5 and 10 cm/s, though extremes of 1 cra/s and  20  cm/s




 were  not infrequent. Since these measurements were made with mechanical




 fans circulating the air, it is possible that even lower air  velocities




 often occur in house interiors.







    Using Tompkins and Goldsmith's equation, correction for the theoret-




 ical  sampling  efficiencies  caused  by  the low face velocities can be




 applied to the results of the temperature dependence study to obtain the




 results shown in Figure 4.  When this correction is applied, the collec-




 tion efficiency at 21 °C is 95%, in  agreement  with  results  of  other




 researchers.   At temperatures about 27 °C, the collection efficiency is




 greater than 100%.  Possible causes of this  could  include  the  uncer-




 tainty  in the theoretically-derived diffusion coefficient of N0~ in air




 used to calculate the sampling rate (10) or a  systematic  bias  of  the




 experiment.






 CONCLUSIONS







    This study illustrates that even  simple  devices  such  as  passive




 samplers  have  the  potential for error if not adequately evaluated for




actual use conditions. We have measured a temperature dependence of  the




Palmes NC^ passive sampler of 1% per °C over the temperature range of 15




to 27 °C.  The overall variation of 15% is not large for a  device  with




an accuracy of approximately 10%.   However depending upon the resolution




of the study,  corrections for the  variation with respect to  temperature




should  be  taken  into  account  when  comparing indoor and outdoor N0«






                                   158

-------
concentrations and, in certain cases, when comparing  concentrations  in




different rooms of the same house, since e.g., bedrooms and kitchens are




often at different temperatures.  Because people have  elevated  surface




temperatures relative to their surroundings, temperature corrections may




also be warranted in comparisons of personal and area concentrations.







    One factor for which we cannot establish appropriate test conditions




is  face  velocity.   At present we do not know the range of typical air




velocities in  residential  environments.  Without  this  knowledge  the




potential  exists  for deploying passive samplers, especially industrial




hygiene samplers  with  high  sampling  rates,  under  conditions  where




sampler starvation can occur.







ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS







    The work described in this paper was not funded by the U.S. Environ-




mental Protection Agency and, therefore, the contents do not necessarily




ieflect the views of the Agency and no official  endorsement  should  be




inferred.   This  work was supported by the Assistant Secretary for Con-




servation and Renewable Energy, Office of Building Energy  Research  and




Development,  Building Systems Division of the U.S. Department of Energy




under Contract No. DE-AC03-76SF00098.  We also acknowledge the contribu-




tions of J.R. Allen and P. Persoff.







REFERENCES







1.  Dockery, D.W., Spengler, J.D., Reed, M.P., and Ware,  J.   Relation-




    ships among personal, indoor and outdoor N02 measurements.  Environ.




    Int.5:101, 1981.
                                   159

-------
2.  Melia, R.J.W.,  du V.  Flores,  C. ,   Darby,   S.C.,   Palmes,  E.D.,   and




    Goldstein,  B.D.    Differences in NC^ levels  in  kitchens with  gas or




    electric cookers.  Atmos.  Environ.12:1279,  1978.







3.  Offermann, F.J.,  Hollowell,  C.D., Nazaroff, W.W.,  Roseme, G.D.,   and




    Rizzuto,  J.E.    Low infiltration housing  in  Rochester, New York:  a




    study of air-exchange rates  and  indoor air  quality.   Environ.   Int.




    8:435, 1982.







4.  Berk, J.V., Hollowell, C.D.,  Lin, C., and Pepper,  J.H.  Design of  a




    mobile  laboratory  for ventilation studies and  indoor air pollution




    monitoring.  LBL-7817 Rev.  Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory,  Berkeley,




    CA, 1978.







5.  Berk, J.V., Hollowell, C.D.,  Lin., C., and Young.  R.A-.   Indoor   air




    quality  measurements  in  energy  efficient buildings.  LBL-8894  Rev.




    Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, Berkeley, CA, 1980.






6.  Berk, J.V., Hollowell, C.D.,  Pepper,  J.H.,   and   Young.  R.A.    The




    impact  of  reduced ventilation  on indoor air quality  on residential




    buildings.  LBL-10527.  Lawrence  Berkeley Laboratory,  Berkeley,   CA,




    1980.






7.  Berk, J.V., Young, R.A., Brown,  S.R., and Hollowell, C.D.  Impact of




    energy-conserving  retrofits   on   indoor  air quality  in residential




    housing.  LBL-12189.   Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory,   Berkeley,   CA,




    1981.







8.  Berk, J.V., Breen, M., Brown, S.,  Ko, I.,   Koonce,   J.,  Loo,   B.,




    Pepper,  J.,  Robb, A., Strong,  P., Turiel, I.,  and Young, R.  Field
                                   160

-------
    monitoring of indoor air quality.  In; Energy and Environment  Divi-
    sion  Annual  Report  1980, LBL-11985, Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory,
    Berkeley, CA, 1981.

9.  Young, R.A., Berk. J.V., Brown. S.R., and Hollowell,  C.D.   Energy-
    conserving  retrofits and indoor air quality in residential housing.
    LBL-12847.  Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory, Berkeley, CA,  1982.

10. Palmes, E.D., Gunnison, A.F., Di Mattio, J., and Tomczyk,   C.   Per-
    sonal sampler for nitrogen dioxide.  Am. Ind. Hyg.  Assoc.  J_* 37:570,
    1976.

11. Weast, R.C. (ed.) Handbook of  Chemistry  and  Physics.    55th  Ed.,
    Chemical Rubber Co., Cleveland, Ohio,  1974,  p. C-104.

12. Cadoff, B.C., Knox, S.F.,  and  Hodgeson, J.A.   Personal  exposure
    samplers for nitrogen dioxide.  NBS Draft Report to the  EPA on FY-79
    Activities, Washington, D.C., 1979.

13. McMahon, R.,  Klingner,  T.,  Ferber,  B.,  and   Schnakenberg,  G.   New
    technology  for  personal  sampling  of NO and NO  in  the  workplace.
                                                     X
    MDA-M-FS-4.  MDA Scientific,  Glenview, IL, 1980.

14. Woebkenberg,  M.L.  A comparison of  three passive personal  sampling
    methods for N02.   Am.  Ind.  Hyg. Assoc. J.3:l_553, 1982.

15. Boleij, J.S.M.,  Department  of  Environmental  Science,   Agricultural
    University,   Wageningen,   the  Netherlands,   personal  communication,
    January 1983.
                                    161

-------
16.  Andrews,  L.R.,  School  of  Public   Health,   Columbia  University,   New




    York,  NY, personal  communication, March 1983.






17.  Tompkins, Jr.,  F.C., and  Goldsmith,  R.L.  A  new  personal   dosimeter




    for  the   monitoring of industrial pollutants.   Am.  Ind. Hyg.  Assoc.




    J_.38:371, 1977.






18.  Gammage,  R.B.,   Health and  Safety   Research   Division,   Oak  Ridge




    National   Laboratory,  Oak  Ridge, TN,  personal communication, April




    1983.
                                    162

-------
   Clean
    air
generator
Permeation
 tube oven
     +
 0-5 LPM
   MFC
6
   Gas
 cylinders
   Figure 1
      0-20LPM
       0-2 LPM
      0-0.2 LPM
         MFC
        Mixing
       chambers
       Humidity
        control
                                            Temperature
                                                o
  In line
  heat
exchanger
                                      o
                                                          -«-Vent
                                                  \
      Thermostated
       water bath
                       Continuous
                          gas
                        analyzer
                                           -3L
                                            exposure
                                            chamber
                                    Input Q-
                                   Control®-
                       Computer
                          data
                       acquisition
                          and
                         control
The passive sampler test facility  is  composed  of  modular

components  which are connected with teflon tubing and quick-

disconnect couplings.                     (XBL 834-1567)

-------
     .0
£  0.8
o
   0.6
 c
 o
 o
,o> 0.4

 o
o
   0.2
     0
                   •fr
 A

.0-
                                            O
                                                                        D
                                                       6    -
       0
10
           Figure 2.
                                                                        35
             15       20       25      30


                   Temperature (°C)


Measured  collection efficiencies of the  Palmes  N0~  passive


sampler  versus temperature.  Efficiencies are corrected for


theoretical temperature dependence. See  text for explanation


of symbols and experimental conditions.      (XBL 828-1078)
40

-------
   100
g  80


o
c
0)

".y  eo
H-
«*—
o>


c

"o.  40


o
CO


    20
     0
    0.01
    O.I
       1.0

Velocity (cm/s)
10
100
        Figure  3.   Theoretical and measured  sampling efficiency of   the  Palmes
                   NO
2  passive  sampler  versus  face  velocity.   See text for
                   explanation  of  symbols and experimental conditions.
                                                       (XBL  834-1569)

-------
                                                 991
                                                    Collection  efficiency
x
w
r1

00
c

ro

a.
ro
X)
ro

a.
ro
3
O
ro
      en
      ro
      ID
      ID
      X
      ft
      X
      •a
      o
      o*
      o
o
M-
ro




v>

ta

ro

a>
t->
tn
O

n
o
           ro
           n
           n
           a.
           (D
           o
           o
           9>
          T3
           ft)
en
en
                en
                0>
                3
               •a
m
n

n
o
                ro
                o
o
3
0>
o
ro


n>
          ^

          ro
          M>
          Mi
          ro
          n
          r»
          cn
                    (TO
                     c
     ro

     *-
     ro
     o
o
3


ro
Hh
M(
M.

O
H-
ro

a
o
H-

ro
cn
     cn
     C
     cn
ro

•o
ro
H
0)
rr
C
•-(
ro

o
                     rr
                     ro
                     ro
                     cn
                     O
                    N3
                              C71
                   CD

                   3
                   T3   ro
                   CD   O

                   Q
"  ^
m  ^3
                         O
                              po
                              01
                              OJ
                              o
              OJ
              m
                                            p
                                            ho
                                         p
                                                p
                                                O)
                                                                            p
                                                                            CD
                                                                              O
                                                                          n

-------
      Title:  NIOSH-DEVELOPED SYSTEMS FOR MONITORING EQUIPMENT EVALUATIONS
      Authors:  Mary Lynn Woebkenberg and W. James Woodfin
           National institute for Occupational Safety and Health
               Division of Physical Sciences and Engineering
                           4676 Columbia Parkway
                          Cincinnati, Ohio  45226
The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH)  has an
active program in the evaluation of workplace monitoring devices and
personnel exposure monitors.  In addition, NIOSH frequently writes
evaluation criteria, performance specifications and testing protocols for
instruments and monitors.  Specialized systems are sometimes needed to
carry out the exacting experimentation required for both the evaluations
and to demonstrate the efficacy of developed specifications and protocols.
This paper will describe a specialized system consisting of a gas and vapor
generation system with programmed automatic cyclic output, a recirculating
exposure chamber and a multiple, variable sampler.  The generation system
can use vapor pressure, syringe injection, permeation/diffusion tubes or
gas cylinders as the contaminant source while automatically repeating a
preprogrammed generation cycle over a time period from a few minutes to
several days.  The exposure chamber, with a 1 M  internal volume, can
house portable instruments as well as personal monitors (e.g. sorbent tubes
and passive monitors) for evaluations.  Six paired samplers allow up to
twelve samples of equal or variable time and contaminant loading to be
obtained on the multi-sampler.  This total system can be used for the
generation and sampling of complex atmospheres down to the sub-parts-per-
million range.
                                     167

-------
Introduction

The National Institute for Occupational safety and Health (NIOSH) has an
active program in the evaluation of workplace monitoring devices and
personnel exposure devices.  In addition, NIOSH frequently writes
evaluation criteria, performance specifications, and testing protocols for
instruments and monitors.  Specialized systems are sometimes needed to
carry out the exacting experimentation required for both the evaluations
and to demonstrate the efficacy of developed specifications and protocols.
One of these specialized systems consists of a programmable automatic
cyclic output controller for gas and vapor generation systems, a
recirculating exposure chamber and a multiple, variable sampler.  This
paper will discuss the three components of this system and show data
obtained from this system.

Programmable Automatic Cyclic Output Controller (PACOC)

The programmable automatic cyclic output controller system (Figure 1)
consists of a dynamic generation system  (e.g. vapor pressure, syringe
injection, permeation tube or cylinder dilution) generating at a constant
rate.  The generation system is coupled with a modified mass flow
controller (Teledyne, Hastings-Raydist) and interfaced with a time-based
programmable signal generator (Data-Trak Model 5310).  The final output of
the generation system can be controlled over a range of concentrations with
the concentration versus time profile being reproduced at preset intervals
(from 1 minute to 6 days) assuming constant temperature and pressure.

In actual practice, the operator must know both the needed amount and the
desired concentrations of the contaminant of interest.  From this
information, the operator chooses an appropriate generation system.  The
PACOC has mass flow controllers (identical except for the flow rate of the
meters) on both the contaminant stream and the dilution air stream allowing
the operator to vary the flow of either stream.  Variation of the stream is
accomplished by by-passing one flow meter potentiometer and substituting
                                     168

-------
                Meter
              Controller
                Valve
                Sensor
                Contaminant
                  Stream
                            Card Programmer
                                           -
-------
CD
w

o


O


ct
O


1


t
O

ct


O


TO

O
O

S
ct
CD
ct
O
•8
g
H-
9
          E
CO
O
     H


     0>
O)
o
       01
               Concentration PPM, Toluene
              ro
              o
              o
            A
            o
            o
0>
o
o
CD
o
o
o
o
o
to
o
o
  -F"
                                         CD
ct


If


I
                                         t-H
                                         3
                                         o
                                         CD
                                         O
                                         o

                                         o

                                         ci
                                         ct
                                         O
                                         8
                                         Concentration PPM Toluene
                                                     O
                                                     O
03
o
o
ro
8
                                             H  A
                                             3  w
                                                                      CD
                                                                     CO
                                                                     H
                                                                     CD

                                                                     O
                                                                     O
                                                              O
                                                              O
                                                              CD
                                                              M
                                                                                                60   70 '  80  90  100

-------
Recirculating Exposure Chamber (REG)

For evaluations of instruments or evaluations of large numbers of monitors,
the effluent from the PACOC can be directed into a recirculating exposure
chamber, as shown in Figure 5.  The chamber has an internal exposure volume
of 1 m  and features:
    * a recirculating stream to reduce required quantities of reagents
     necessary to establish and maintain desired contaminant concentrations.

    * turbulence barriers to insure homogeneous mixing of exposure
      atmosphere components.

    * "honeycomb" flow straighteners.

    * glove-ports to allow access to on-going experimentation without
      perturbing the exposure system.
    * access points for measuring individual face velocities or the complete
      Pitot tube traverse.

    * continuous monitoring of exposure chamber temperature and relative
      humidity.

    * access ports for external instrumental monitoring of chamber
      contaminant concentration.

    * variable mounts for exposure devices: a multi-holed flatbed plate for
      instruments or a removable grid-design drawer for passive monitors,
      sorbent tubes and  impingers.  Sample pump connections may be made
      internally or external  to the chamber.

    * a dampered blower  system to allow variation  in  the overall  flowrate.

The Division of Physical Sciences and Engineering now has three such
chambers;  the one shown in this presentation, an externally insulated
chamber  for performance of non-ambient temperature experimentation and a
Teflon /Teflon-coated chamber for experimentation with highly reactive
species such as formaldehyde.
                                      171

-------
     Figure j.  Schematic drawing of Recirculating Eixposure Chamber
Multiple Variable Sampler (MVS)
The third component of this system, serving to complement the PACOC and the
REC is a multiple, variable sampler.  The MVS consists of six pairs of
sampling ports all pulled by a single vaccuum pump.  This allows the
operator to take 12 identical samples, up to six pairs of samples or a
variety of concurrent, different time duration samples.  Each member of the
pair in a given sampling port consists of the sample holder/inlet, a needle
valve, an access for measuring pressure drop and an on/off toggle valve.
The samples are paired by matching the impedence across the samples through
the use of the needle valve. Needle valves were chosen over critical
orifices to allow for portability of the MVS and render it useful for field
work.  The true utility of the MVS is seen in the following example:
Assume three charcoal tube samples of the same atmosphere are to be taken
concurrently but for different total time durations: 15 minutes, 30
minutes, and 60 minutes.  Sample pairs 1, 2, and 3, as depicted in Figure
6, can be used.  The charcoal tubes can be placed in port A of pair 1, 2,
and 3 with port B of each pair left empty.  With the charcoal tubes in
place, the impedence across each pair of sample ports  is matched using the
needle valves of the empty ports to compensate for the pressure drop of the
charcoal tubes.  Once the impedences are matched, sampling is begun by
opening the valves to allow flow .through the charcoal  tubes but not through
the empty sampling ports.  After 15 minutes  (the time  duration of the first
                                     172

-------
                        PAIR 1
                                   PAIR 2
                                               PAIR 3
                                          ifold
figure 6. Schematic of three of six sample pairs of the Multiple Variable
          Sanpler (MVS).

 sample), sampling through one charcoal tube  (port A, pair 1)  is  truncated
 concurrently with the  start of sampling through the empty side of pair 1
  (port B).  After thirty minutes, the same simultaneous start/stop is
 performed on pair 2, ports A and B, and after sixty minutes the  same is
 done with pair 3.  In  this manner all required samples are obtained during
 the time it would have taken to obtain just  the one hour sample.

 The total system: PACOC, REC and MVS required 2 person-months for
 construction and another four months for testing.  The total materials cost
 did not exceed $10,000 and the trio is now routinely used.
 Data
 The total system is useful over a full range of experimental conditions and
 contaminant concentrations.  To date, the system has been most widely used
 for carbon monoxide, toluene, and trichloroethylene.  The following data,
 generated using this system, is offered for your consideration.  In a New
 York City field study, a trace (see Figure 7)  of carbon monoxide was
 obtained using an Ecolyzer 2000 and a strip chart recorder.  To simulate
 this type of exposure in the laboratory, a program card was etched as shown
 in Figure 8.  The resultant CO generation profile, obtained from cylinder
 gas diluted with house air and monitored with the Ecolyzer 2000, is shown
 in Figure 9.
                                     173

-------
          o
          <-> 150
          Q.  125
          Q.
c
o
'•4-t
(o

"c

o
c
o
o
             100


             75


             50


             25


              0
         I   I   I  I   I   I  I   I   I  I	I	I	I	I	I	L
                           16    24    32    40    48

                                   Time, Minutes
                                            56    64
Figure 7. Carbon monoxide concentrations measured in New York City.
                         m
                          mm
                                 PERCENT PROGRAM TIME

                                ;     s     s
                       '•=£
                                m
*
C
                                                                    ii
                                                                    U;
                                                                    a
                                                                    
-------
The final series of figures also involve CO generation but they serve to
illustrate the effect of running the program over  two different time
intervals.  Figure 10 in this series is the program card.   Figure 11 is
three replicates of the program, each  taking 6 minutes and Figure 12 shows
the effect of doubling the time interval to 12 minutes.
                               PERCENT PROGRAM TIME
                              s	s

    Figure 10.  PACOC card program for time interval study.
0 80
O
| 60
Q.
.1 40
ra
'c
o
= 20
O
0

•
.

.

-
-
IP

1
\l\




i







^


• S




K







^n


V
I 1 1
0 6 12
Time, Minutes







Y




(







u
1
18

       Figure 11. Gas chromatographic trace of 6-minu.te  cycle.
                                    175

-------
               o
               o
                  60
               =  40

               a
                  20
               
-------
 RELATIONSHIPS OF MEASURED NO, CONCENTRATIONS

  AT DISCRETE SAMPLING LOCATIONS IN RESIDENCES
      R Lets >. D.P. Miller * and J.D. Spongier *
1 Department of Environmental Science and Physiology

          Harvard School of Public Health
                Boston. MA 02115
            * Department of Chemistry
               Washburn University
                Topeka. KS 66621
                     177

-------
INTRODUCTION





     The results presented in this paper are part of a larger ongoing study of the



relationship between air pollution and pulmonary health conducted by the Harvard



School of Public (l). An earlier study in Po-tage, Wisconsin (2) measured the nitro-



gen  dioxide (NOB)  concentration over  a one  year period in a large number of




homes.   N08 concentrations inside  homes with gas cooking stoves were much




higher than N0g concentrations both outdoors and inside homes with electric cook-




ing stoves.  The  current  study,  with a  design  similar  to the  Wisconsin project,



sought to develop a data  base  in Topeka. Kansas.  The specific objectives were to



provide data for the purpose of comparison, and also to improve the understanding



of how home characteristics and seasonal factors influence indoor N0_ concentra-




tions.
FIELD SAMPLING




    Homes were selected from a list of over 1500 children participating in the Har-



vard Air Pollution Health Study.  Families were solicited from the list at random.



until seventy  gas-cooking and seventy electric-cooking homes  were enlisted.  A



team then visited each home, discussed the details of the  program, and selected



suitable  locations for  the placement of the N0g  samplers.  Thereafter, the  NO




samplers were sent and returned by mail.




    Each home was  sampled in three locations, the kitchen, the bedroom of the



child participating in the Harvard Study, and outside the house on the north side.



Each home was sampled eight times for a period of one year, two times in each sea-



son. Each sample was collected  for a  one-week period.  Kitchen samplers were



placed approximately 10 feet from the stove and 4 to 6 feet above the floor. Both



kitchen and bedroom samplers were kept away from vents,  windows, and doorways
                                     178

-------
and obvious stagnant zones.  Replicate samplers were taped together before send-
ing, and participants recorded the dates and times the samplers were uncapped
and recapped. Each sampler had a permanently marked unique serial number and
all data were referenced to that number.

LABORATORY METHODS
    Passive diffusion tubes (3) were used to collect 168 hour integrated concentra-
tions of N00.  Stainless steel screens, located at the closed end  of a 7.1  cm long
           £
cylindrical acrylic (.95 cm inside diameter) were coated with a collecting  medium
(trietbanolamine).  A concentration gradient of NO developed between the  open
end of the tube and the screens during exposure to the ambient air. Pick's  First
Law was used to calculate the average  ambient concentration of NO... These
diffusion tubes have been independently evaluated by the National Bureau of Stan-
dards (4), Warren Springs Laboratory (5),  and Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory (6).
In the Wisconsin study (2) the precision of the samplers was less than 2 /ig/ma.
    The samplers were prepared in  batches, and the replicates and blanks  were
selected randomly from each batch.  After exposure, each batch was analyzed all
at one time. A Perkin-Elmer Model 552 Spectrophotometer was used. A calibration
curve prepared from stock sodium nitrite solutions and spanning the range of zero
to one absorbance units was run first.  A three point  calibration check  was run
after  every tenth sample.  The data, including the home site identifier,  sampler
location identifier,  tube serial number,  dates and times of uncapping and recap-
ping,  and  absorbances, were entered into a computer data file.  The calibration
curve for each batch was calculated using a linear least  squares fit through the ori-
gin (7), and the absorbances for each batch were converted to nanomoles of N0g
collected.   The average amount of NO. in  the blanks of the respective  batch was
subtracted, and using  the exposure  time  and the tube parameters, the  average
                                     179

-------
concentration of N0g at the collection site was calculated. Recent work by Girman,




et aL. (8). indicates that over normal temperature ranges and low air movement.



collection efficiencies may range from .85 to 1.0. All measurements were standard-



ized to unit absorption efficiency.  No corrections for temperature, humidity, and



ambient air movement were applied.










RESULTS




     Table 1 gives the observed mean N0a concentration at the three locations in




the homes with electric stoves and with gas stoves. In homes with electric stoves,



the mean N0g concentrations were very similar at the two indoor locations, and the




indoor levels were lower than the mean levels at the outdoor location. These values



are low when compared with the mean values for homes with gas cooking stoves,



given in Table 1.  The mean indoor levels were four times the  levels found in the



electric stove homes.  The mean outdoor N08 levels for both the gas and electric




cooking homes were essentially identical.  In homes with gas cooking stoves, the



mean concentration in the kitchen was almost twice the concentration found in the



child's bedroom, and almost four times the concentration found outdoors.





     The  mean N0g concentrations (in jig/m8) at the three locations for all the




homes with electric cooking  stoves are plotted as a function of the month of the



year in Figure 1. There was very little variation throughout the year. Note that the



outdoor concentration was always  higher than the kitchen concentration, which



was higher than the bedroom concentration. This pattern in the means was evident



in virtually every set of samples for every home with a gas cooking stove.




     The  pattern in  Figure  1 can be  contrasted with  Figure 2, in which the



corresponding monthly average N0g  concentration for  homes with  gas cooking




stoves are presented.  The outdoor levels were fairly constant throughout the  year.
                                     180

-------
but the levels at the, two indoor locations  both varied seasonally.  Figure 2 also



shows that in gas cooking homes, the N02 levels in the kitchen were always greater




than the mean levels in the bedroom for all months of the year. This was the same



trend found in the overall mean mentioned above. The monthly variation shows the



bedroom concentration remained slightly more than half  the kitchen concentra-



tion.




    Annual average NOB concentrations were calculated for each home having five




or more valid samples for  the eight  sampling periods.  Summary statistics for




these annual averages are presented in Table 2.  The maxima of  kitchen and bed-



room concentrations  were  close to the mean values and indicate that  in spite  of



other N0e sources within these homes, e.g., gas water heaters, gas furnaces, gas




clothes dryers, the N0g levels were relatively uniform in homes with electric cook-




ing stoves.  The large standard deviations and maxima for kitchen and bedroom



concentrations inside homes with gas  cooking stoves indicates a fiat distribution



skewed to  the right.  The distributions of annual average N0g concentrations are




presented in Figure 3. Note that there is almost no overlap between the two distri-



butions. Figure 4 is  a plot of the annual average  kitchen N0g level versus the




annual average outdoor level for homes with gas and electric  cooking stoves. The



indoor and outdoor levels were not well correlated, and a similar scatter plot of the



mean bedroom levels versus the mean outdoor levels (not  shown)  exhibited even



less correlation.




    Correlation  matrices of the annual average N0g concentrations in the three




locations within the home are presented separately for homes with gas and electric



cooking stoves in Table 3.  Consider the homes with electric cooking stove first.



The correlation between the outdoor level and the bedroom level was low. indicat-



ing little penetration of N0g from the outside air. The correlation between kitchen




and  outdoor levels  was  between the  bedroom-kitchen  and  bedroom-outdoor
                                      181

-------
correlations, which indicates that more N0g penetrated from the outdoor air into




the kitchen than into the bedroom.  The correlation between kitchen and bedroom



in homes with gas stoves was quite  strong. The gas stove appeared to be a major



source of N0g within these homes, and the N0g did reach the bedroom  from mixing




of the air within the house,  though, as mentioned above, the bedroom levels were



about one-half the kitchen levels.




    Stepwise regression analysis was  performed on the gas and electric homes



separately  with the following variables: the presence of a kitchen vent, the pres-




ence of a gas drier, the type of air conditioner, the area of the house,  whether the



garage was attached, and the amount of smoking by the occupants.  (All homes



except two had gas hot water heaters, so it was not included as an  explanatory



variable.) In  this  exploratory analysis, none  of these variables were significant



predictors  of NO  concentrations indoors, although  subsequent analyses  are




planned.








DISCUSSION




    The results  of measuring week-long average N0g  concentrations  at  three




specific locations  within homes for a  one-year period indicated that the type of



cooking stove used within the home was a significant predictor of the  N0g concen-




trations indoors.  The gas cooking stove was found to be a major source of N0g.  The




N0g levels  in the gas cooking homes were much higher than levels found outdoors




or in electric cooking homes. The N0g levels in the gas cooking homes were higher




in the kitchen than in the bedroom.  In contrast, the N0g  levels inside electric




cooking homes were less than levels found outdoors. In addition, the  N0g concen-




trations within homes with  gas cooking stoves was undoubtedly not uniform over



the one-week sampling period,  and most homes likely had peak concentrations



many times greater than the observed  week-long average values.
                                      182

-------
    The results are virtually identical to results reported by Spengler, et al. (2) for




137 homes in Portage. Wisconsin. The pattern shown in Figures 1 and 2 would sug-



gest that gas stoves are a major source of N0g. which is retained inside the home




more during the winter season than the summer season, is mixed throughout the



house, but is depleted by air exfiltration and deposition.
                                      183

-------
Lets et al. - Topeka NOf                                                      7


ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
     Special thanks are due the homeowners in Topeka, Kansas, who graciously par-
ticipated in this year-long study and diligently followed sampling instructions. Dr.
P.B.  Ryan contributed much expertise and support. A.M. Majahad and H.  Miklas
participated in an inter-laboratory audit.
     This work was  supported under general support provided to  the Harvard Air
Pollution Health Study through NIEHS grant ES-01108 and Electric Power Research
Institute contract RP1001-1.
REFERENCES
1.  B.C. Ferris.Jr.. F.E. Speizer, J.D. Spengler, D.W. Dockery, Y.M.M. Bishop, M. Wolf-
      son, C. Humble. "Effects of sulfur oxides and respirable particles on human
      health:  Methodology  and demography of populations in study,"  Am. Rev.
      Resp. Dis. 120:767, 1979.

2.  J.D. Spengler, C.P. Dufly. R.  Letz, T.W. Tibbits. B.C. Ferris. "Nitrogen dioxide
      inside and outside 137 homes and implications for ambient air quality stan-
      dards and health effects research," Enuiron. Sci. Technol. 17:164, 1983.

3.  E.D.  Palmes.  A.F.  Gunnison,  J. DiMattio. C. Tomczyk, "Personal sampler  for
      N02," Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc.  J. 37:570, 1976.

4.  B.C.  Cadof, S.F. Knox, J.A. Hodgeson, "Personal exposure  samplers for N08,"
      Draft report of the National Bureau of Standards. Washington. D.C., 1979.

5.  A.J. Apling, K.J. Stevenson. B.D. Goldstein, R.J. Melia. D.H.F. Atkins, "Air pollu-
      tion in  homes: Validation  of diffusion tube measurements of NO.," Warren
      Spring Laboratory Report LR 31l(AP), Herefordshire, England, 1979.

6.  J.R. Girman. A.T.  Hodgson, B.K. Robison, G.W.  Traynor, "Laboratory studies of
      the temperature dependence of the Palmes N0g Sampler," Paper presented
      at the Third Annual  National Symposium on Recent Advances in Pollutant
      Monitoring of Ambient Air and Stationary Sources, Raleigh, North Carolina,
      May 3-6, 1983.

7.  F.C.  Strong, "Regression line that  starts at  the  origin," Anal. Chem. 51:298,
      1979.
                                      184

-------
                           TABLE 1

Summary of N02 Concentrations in Kitchen, Bedroom and Outdoor Locations

  for All Week-long Samples in Homes with Electric and Gas Stoves
Location
ELECTRIC:
Kitchen
Bedroom
Outdoor
GAS.
Kitchen
Bedroom
Outdoor
N

460
461
456

425
422
408
Mean

12
11
17

69
43
19
Std.Dev.
(ue/m3)

6.1
6.8
6.6

45.2
33.5
5.9
                            TABLE 2

    Summary of Annual Average* N0g Concentrations in Kitchen,

Bedroom and Outdoor Locations in Homes with Electric and Gas Stoves
         Location    N     Mean    StdLDev.  Maximum
                                   (ug/m3)   Ozg/ma)
ELECTRIC:
Outdoor
Kitchen
Bedroom
GAS:
Outdoor
Kitchen
Bedroom

56
56
56

48
48
48

17
12
11

19
69
43

3.3
3.9
4.3

3.3
28.5
20.9

24
21
26

31
150
94
   *Average of five or more valid observations of the eight
     sampling periods.
                                 185

-------
                       TABLES
 Correlations Between Kitchen, Bedroom and Outdoor N02

Values at Locations in Homes with Electric and Gas Stoves*


                        Outdoor   Kitchen

            ELECTRIC:
              Kitchen      .36

              Bedroom     .22       .64

            GAS:
              Kitchen      .38

              Bedroom     .26       .85
                          186

-------
                      FIGURE 1
Figure 1:  Average N02 concentrations at homes with electric cooking stoves

for each month of the year for outdoor (± two standard errors of the mean),
kitchen and bedroom locations.
CO


X


 *
90


80


70


60


50
  cr
  QC
  UJ  30
  CJ
  CJ
       10
                            * OUTDOOR

                            •KITCHEN

                            * BEDROOM
            JAN   MAR   HRY    JUL   SEP   NOV

                  MONTH  OF  YERR
                            187

-------
                      FIGURES
Figure 2: Average N02 concentrations at homes with gas cooking stoves
for each month of the year for outdoor (± two standard errors of the mean),
kitchen and bedroom locations.
  CO
  21
  CC
  GC
  CJ
   CM
  o
90

80

70

60

50

40
  UJ  30
      20
10
                     T OUTDOOR
                     •KITCHEN
                       BEDROOM
           JRN   MflR    MPT   JUL    SEP   NOV
                  MONTH   OF   YERR
                           188

-------
                     FIGURES
figure 3: Distributions of annual average N02 concentrations in
the kitchens of homes with electric and gas cooking stoves.
                         ELECTRIC  (N-56)

                         GAS  
-------
                       FIGURE 4
figure 4: Plot of annual average N02 concentration in the kitchen of each

home versus the annual average N02 concentration outside that home.
 
-------
Estimated Distributions of Personal Exposure to Respirable Particles










         Richard Letz, P. Barry Ryan and John D. Spengler










    Department of Environmental Health Science and Physiology




                 Harvard School of Public Health



                     877 Hunting ton Avenue



                       Boston, MA 02115
                              191

-------
INTRODUCTION




    The  Harvard Air Pollution Health Study is a prospective epidemiologic study




involving about 20,000  people in six communities. Respiratory symptoms and pul-




monary function have been  measured on these people for about nine years (l).




Outdoor  air pollution  measurements have been  made in these communities to




assess pollutant exposures.  Exposure categories  based on health questionnaire




items (e.g., the presence of smokers  or gas cooking stoves in the home) have been




related to respiratory  symptoms well as pulmonary function changes (2). Previous




studies by our group were directed toward characterizing indoor pollutant concen-




trations  associated with these simple  dichotomous categories and attempted to




identify better descriptors to categorize exposure (3).




     Perhaps the best  method of determining air pollution exposure for the people




in our health  study would  be to do personal monitoring on every one.  Our group




has conducted personal monitoring studies of respirable particle (4) and nitrogen




dioxide (5) exposures  of some health study participants.  However, personal moni-




toring on all participants  is not feasible for many reasons.  The most important




reason is cost; i.e., personal monitoring is very expensive. Also, personal dosime-




ters are not available for all the pollutants of interest and all have (size,  weight,




measurement) limitations. (For a review, see (6).)




     Experience  with  personal monitoring  studies  shows not only that personal




monitoring expensive, but also that  personal exposures can be poorly correlated




with central site ambient air monitoring data.  Also, current ambient air quality or




personal exposure monitoring may not reflect past exposures well.  Therefore, our




group has focused on developing models of indoor pollutant concentrations (7) and




personal exposures  (8). Exposure models  allow estimation of pollutant exposure




for groups of  people and time periods for which personal monitoring has not been




conducted. A simple  approach for estimating distributions of exposure to respir-
                                       192

-------
able particles (RSP) is presented in this paper.  Some evidence for validation of the

model with data from a personal monitoring study of adults in Kingston-Harriman,

Tennessee, is presented, and the model is applied to provide estimates of RSP

exposure for children in our six communities.




BASIC APPROACH


     The general approach used in this paper  is that  of a time-weighted average

concentration summed over microenvironments (9,10), i.e.,
                                                                           (i)


where E is the mean pollutant exposure and Ei, /» and ct are exposure, fractions

of time and pollutant concentrations, respectively, in the ith microenvironment.

Pollutant concentrations  are  estimated by extrapolation from existing measure-

ments or calculation from knowledge of source strengths, ventilation, removal and

mixing volume.  Our group has conducted indoor and outdoor monitoring in a large

number of homes in our six cities (3) and has developed a framework for estimat-

ing indoor concentrations from outdoor concentrations (7,8):


                                Q = PiCovr +  Si                           (2)

where in the Ith  microenvironment, Q is the concentration, j>t the "effective" pene-
                                                »
tration, and 54  the "effective" indoor source strength, and  Cow  *s t-ne pollutant

concentration outdoors.  The pt and St are called  "effective" because they include

factors for air exchange as well as pollutant deposition due to chemical and physi-

cal action (See (7).) Effective penetration is affected by various home characteris-

tics such  as infiltration rate and presence of active surfaces for deposition. Indoor

effective source  strengths can be affected by human activities such as smoking and

hobbies.  The utility of expressing the relationship in this way is that indoor pollu-

tant concentrations are considered to be a function of outdoor concentrations and

two parameters that  can be  estimated from indoor/outdoor monitoring.  This
                                      193

-------
approach allows extrapolation to locations other than those monitored, where out-



door pollutant concentrations may be different.




    The approach outlined so far should allow estimation of mean exposures, given



estimates of the microenvironment fractioned times (/t) and pollutant concentra-



tions (Ct).  However, to calculate distributions one needs and estimate of the vari-



ance about his mean exposure. If not only the mean but also the variance of each



parameter in the model is known, Gauss' law of error propagation (ll) can be used



to approximate the variance about the estimated mean exposure:




                                               . ~ 18
                                                                           O)
                                              8/i



It should be noted that approximation should be good only if the uncertainties of



the parameters are small relative to their means and the parameters are uncorre-



lated.








MODEL VALIDATION




    A distribution of exposures  to respirable particles  was available from a per-



sonal monitoring study of 88 non-smoking adults in Kingston-Harriman, Tennessee



(4). To predict this exposure distribution, we will use a model with 5 microenviron-



ments: outdoors  (OUT), indoors at home while awake (HA), indoors at home while



asleep (HS).  other non-home indoor environments (01), and vehicular travel (T).



Two distinct  microenvironments are associated with the  home  because the RSP



concentrations are substantially different indoors when people are active and when



they are not (12).  People generate particles with  their activities; e.g., cooking,



cleaning, smoking.  The expanded expression for estimating mean RSP exposure




thus becomes:
where E,f and C are as in Equation 1.  Note that because the  fractional times

-------
must sum to unity, the fractional time spent in the last microenvironment is one




minus the other fractional times.  Thus,  an n-microenvironment model has 2n-l




free parameters.




    Means and variances for fractional times, outdoor RSP  concentrations and




exposures were taken from tables in a  report by Spengler, et al. (4).  Personal




exposures  were monitored for three 24-hour periods using  the Harvard/EPRI




cyclone pump.  The fractional times observed in the personal monitoring study are




presented in Table 1. The values agree well with those available from other sources




(13.14).  Data from our previous indoor/outdoor monitoring network (3) were used




to estimate indoor pollutant concentrations. Annual average  indoor RSP concen-




trations  were regressed on  outdoor RSP  concentrations for  57 homes across 6




cities, yielding:





                   C/v = 0.385 COUT +  29.4 (Smoking)  +  13.8                (5)




where smoking is a 0-1 dichotomous indicator variable and Cgyf and CJN are in




/ig/m3.  The  mean  outdoor concentration was  18 /ig/m3 with a standard deviation




of 11 /ig/m3. while the mean indoor concentration was 28 //g/m3 with a standard




deviation of 21 /ig/ms. The root mean square error was 16 /ig/m3 from the regres-




sion model, or about 80% of the mean.




     This analysis indicated that indoor RSP concentrations would  be about 40% of




outdoor  values when there are no indoor  sources from smoking and people's activi-




ties.  The smoking source of 29.9 /ig/m3 and the 13.9 /Ltg/m3 source due to people's




activities have to be adjusted upward because these values represent the contribu-




tions of these sources to the 24-hour integrated value.  Both sources are assumed




"off"  during the HS fraction of time and "on" during the HA fraction of time. The




adjusted effective smoking source for the HA microenvironment thus becomes  the




observed value. 29.9 /ig/m8.  divided by the fraction of time spent at home awake




(/«*)• °-38-  or equal  to 78.7 /zg/m3.  The source due to people's activities was
                                      195

-------
estimated to be 36.6 fj.g/m9 (= 13.9 -=- 0.38). Thus, for homes with non-smokers the



indoor concentration was estimated as:





                     CHA = .385(18) + 78.7(0) + 36.6 = 44.5.                  (6)




The corresponding C^ for homes with smokers would be 123.2/Ag/m3, and Cas for




both types of homes would be 7.9 /ig/m3.  It was also assumed that C0j is the same



as CJJA in non-smoking homes, a conservative assumption,  especially groups with



occupational exposure or passive smoke exposure away from home.




    In addition to mean RSP concentrations for the microenvironments,  the vari-



ances about these means are needed as input for the model. An attempt to use the



standard errors on the p^ and St estimated from the indoor/outdoor regression



model (Equation 5) according to Gauss' law produced results that were inconsistent



with observed values. It is likely that the estimates of the standard errors on the



regression coefficients  were poor  because of the non-symmetric nature of the



observed distributions and the violation of the assumption of homogeneity of vari-



ance. However, the violation of  these assumptions should have little  effect on the



parameter estimates themselves.  Results from indoor/outdoor monitoring  (3,15)



indicated that variances of indoor  concentrations increase with increasing  mean




concentrations. The average error in the regression  model was  16 //,g/ma  on an




average indoor concentration of 28 /Ltg/m3, so 60% of the mean concentration for



each microenvironment was used as the standard deviation for that Q.




    The  observed RSP means and standard deviations for non-smokers  living in



homes with  either non-smokers or smokers are presented in the  first row of



Table 2, and the corresponding predicted values are in  the second row. The



predicted value agree well with  the observed values for both the means and stan-



dard deviations for both groups.  They are slightly low, and this may be attributable



to occupational exposures which would not be well-characterized by our  assump-



tion that the  mean and variance  for the CQJ is the same as the
                                      196

-------
APPLICATIONS TO CHILDREN IN THE SIX CITIES




    The  children's 5-microenvironrnent model is the same as that presented for




the adults except that the adults' other-indoor (01) microenvironment is changed




to a school  (S) microenvironment. The fractional times for the  children's model




are presented in Table 3.  These fractions were observed in an as-yet-unpublished




personal monitoring study of  children's exposure to N0g conducted in Watertown.




Massachusetts, during the fall of 1982. They agree closely with values observed in




another  study in Portage, Wisconsin (5), and other values calculated from school




hours and absence figures.




    Indoor  concentrations  and  their variances were calculated as for  the adult




model.  Annual averages  and (spatial) variances were taken from data available




from  our previous indoor/outdoor monitoring in each city (3).  The means and




standard deviations (spatial distribution)  of  outdoor RSP concentrations for each




city as  well as  predicted  mean exposures and their  standard  deviations are




presented in Table 4.  Exposure  estimates are presented  separately for children




not living with smokers and children living with smokers.  Note that  although the




mean outdoor concentrations of RSP vary by a factor  of about four, estimated




mean exposures for children living in non-smoking homes vary by less than factor




of two. For  example, the  mean exposure of children in smoking homes where out-




door RSP concentrations are lowest (Portage) is higher than the mean exposure of




children  in non-smoking homes where outdoor concentrations are on average four




times higher (Steubenville).




    Distributions of exposures observed in our personal monitoring studies can be




fit well with a gamma distribution.  Gamma distributions  have variances  propor-




tional to  their means, cannot  assume negative values, are generally skewed to the




right, and approach the Gaussian distribution as the variance becomes small rela-




tive to the mean.  Further, gamma distributions are additive in the sense that the
                                      197

-------
sum of two gamma distributions is itself a gamma distribution (16). Gamma distri-




butions of predicted exposures of RSP for children living  in homes with smokers




and non-smokers in the cities with the highest and lowest outdoor concentrations




are presented in Figure 1. The estimated percentage of children in our six cities




having annual average RSP exposures greater than 75 ^tg/ma (the NAAQS for  TSP),




assuming gamma distributions with the predicted means  and standard deviations.




are presented in the last column of Table 4.  A sizeable percentage of the children's




population living in homes with smokers is seen to have exposures above the NAAQS




for TSP, even in areas with low outdoor RSP concentrations.








DISCUSSION




    This paper has been  an attempt to estimate distributions of RSP exposure for




children in our  Harvard  Air Pollution/Lung Health Study.  Obviously, much work




remains to be done. Model validation  needs to be done with results from personal




monitoring studies.  Better estimates of the model parameters and especially their




variances are needed. Some improvements can be made  with analysis of existing




data, but additional data on both pollutant concentrations and fractional times in




other microenvironments are needed.  Chemical and elemental analysis of indoor




and personal RSP samples could be used as a means of quantifying source contri-



butions. Also, there is  a  need  to reconsider microenvironment definitions to




minimize within-microenvironment variances rather than using arbitrary a priori




schemes (10). Improvements to estimation of exposure  variances may require




attention to co-variances between model parameters. Finally, the implications of




assumptions of the form of distributions of pollutant concentrations and personal




exposures needs to be explored.




     The large variance of exposure within exposure categories and the large over-




lap of observed,  as well as predicted  exposure distributions, has implications for
                                      198

-------
the power of epidemiologic investigations (IB).  This  suggests  that very large




numbers of subjects  are necessary to detect health effects differences between




people grouped into exposure categories, even when the mean difference in pollu-




tant concentrations between exposure categories appears large.  Alternatively, it




suggests that we might  achieve greater  efficiency  by quantifying exposures  well




with personal monitoring on a much smaller number of subjects. Finally, this work




points out the potential importance of indoor sources (e.g., percent of homes  with




smokers,  amount smoked, etc.) as  confounders in studies  of the effects of outdoor




air pollution across communities.
                                      199

-------
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
    This work was supported under general support provided to the Harvard Air
Pollution Health  Study through  NIEHS grant  ES-01108 Electric  Power Research
Institute contract RP1001-1. and EPA grant EPA 88-02-3466.
REFERENCES
1.   B.C. Ferris.Jr.. F.E. Speizer, J.D. Spengler. D.W. Dockery, Y.M.M. Bishop, M. Wolf-
      son. C. Humble, "Effects of sulfur oxides and respirable particles on human
      health:  Methodology  and demography of  populations  in study." Am. Rev.
      JResp. Dis. 120:767. 1979.

2.   F.E. Speizer, B.C. Ferris.Jr., Y.M.M.  Bishop, J.D. Spengler,  "Respiratory disease
      rates and  pulmonary function in children associated  with N0g exposure,"
      Am. Rev. Resp. Disease 121:3, 1980.

3.   J.D. Spengler, B.J. Ferris.Jr., D.W. Dockery, F.E.  Speizer. "Sulfur dioxide  and
      nitrogen dioxide inside and  outside homes and  the  implications on health
      effects research." Env. Sci. & Tech. 13:1276,  1979.

4.   J.D. Spengler,  R.D. Treitman. T.D. Tosteson, D.T. Mage, "Personal exposures to
      respirable particulates: A tale of two cities - Kingston and Harriman. Tennes-
      see." Paper presented at the International Symposium on Indoor Air Pollu-
      tion, Health and Energy Conservation, Amherst, Mass.. October 13-16, 1981.

5.   J.J. Quackenboss. M.S. Kanarek, J.D. Spengler, R. Letz, "Personal  monitoring for
      nitrogen dioxide exposure: Methodological considerations for a community
      study," Environ. Int. 8:249. 1982.

6.   L.A. Wallace,  W.R.  Ott. "Personal monitors: A state-of-the-art survey."  /. Air
      Poll. Control Assoc. 32:601. 1982.

7.   P.B. Ryan. J.D. Spengler. R. Letz, "The effects of kerosene heaters on indoor
      pollutant  concentrations: A  monitoring   and  modeling  study,"  Atmos.
      Environ, in press, 1983.

8.   K. Sexton, R. Letz, J.D.  Spengler, "Human exposures to  nitrogen dioxide: An
      indoor/outdoor modeling approach," Environ. Res. in press, 1983.

9.   M. Fugas, "Assessment of total exposure to an air pollutant." Proceedings of the
      International Conference on Environmental Sensing  and Assessment, IEEE
      J75-CH 1004-1 ICESA,  Las Vegas. Nevada, 1975.

10.  N. Duan, "Models for human exposure to air pollution."  Environ.  Int.  8:305.
      1982.
                                      200

-------
11.  P.R. Bevington. Data reduction and error analysis for the physical sciences,
      McGraw-Hill. New York. 1969.

12.  "Indoor pollutants," National Academy Press, Washington, D.C., 1981.

13.  M.D. Koontz,  J.P. Robinson, "Population  activity patterns -  St. Louis study."
      Environ. Man. Assess.  2:197, 1982.

14.  F.S. Chapin, Human activity patterns in the city, Wiley-Interscience, New York,
      1974.

15.  J.D. Spengler, C.P.  Duffy, R. Letz, T.W. Tibbits, B.C. Ferris. "Nitrogen dioxide
      inside and outside 137 homes and implications for ambient air quality stan-
      dards and health effects research," Environ. Sci. Technol. 17:164. 1983.

16.  W.L. Hays. Statistics for the social sciences, Holt, Rinehart and Winston, New
      York, 1973.

17.  C.M. Shy,  D.G. Kleinbaum, H. Morgenstern,  "The effect of misclassification of
      exposure status  in epidemiological studies of air pollution health effects,"
      Proc. N.Y.  Acad. Med. 54:1155, 1978.
                                       201

-------
                         TABLE 1
   Time Fractions Used for 5-Microenvironment Adult's Model
      Micro-           Fractional Standard
       Environment           Time          Deviation
Home-Awake
Home_Asleep
Other-Indoors
Co,)
Vehicular travel
Outdoors
0.38
0.30
0.15
0.05
0.12
0.25
0.05
0.16
0.06
—
                           TABLE 2


     Observed and Predicted Exposures to Respirable Particles

in a Personal Monitoring Study in Kingston-Harriman, Tenn. (n=88)
                     Non-Smoke Exposed     Smoke-Exposed
                       Mean     Std.Dev.    Mean    Std.Dev.
                           3)   Cug/m3)   (/xg/m3)
  Measured Personal     36        22         67        51
   Exposures

  5-Micro Model          34        21         63        45
   Estimates
                              202

-------
                TABLES
      Time Fractions Assumed for



  5-Microenvironment Children's Model







        Annual  School year   Summer
'HA
(s-d.)
*HS
fs

-------
                           TABLE 4

    Predicted Exposures to Respirable Particles for Children

        in Six Cities Using a 5-Microenvironment Model

City
NON-SMOKE
EXPOSED:
Portage
Topeka
Watertown
Kingston
St. Louis
Steubenville
SMOKE-
EXPOSED:
Portage
Topeka
Watertown
Kingston
St. Louis
Steubenville
OUTDOOR
Mean* S.D.*


11 1
12 2
19 2
17 2
20 3
41 10


11 1
12 2
19 2
17 2
20 3
41 10
EXPOSURE
Mean* S.D.*


26 15
26 15
30 17
29 16
30 17
40 22


56 41
56 41
60 42
59 42
60 42
70 46
%> 75
/ig/m3**


1
1
2
2
2
7


25
26
28
28
29
38
* in >zg/m3
** Assuming a gamma distribution with the predicted mean
      and standard deviation.
                               204

-------
                     FIGURE 1
Figure 1: Estimated distributions of RSP exposure for children liv-
ing in homes with and without smokers in Portage, Wisconsin, and
Steubenville, Ohio.
o
I—
CE
Q_
O
GL
O
UJ
CJ
CE
UJ
0.
•PORTflGE NON-SMOKE
^STEUBENVILLE NON-SMOKE
«PORTflGE SMOKE
TSTEUBENYILLE SMOKE
             25    50    75    100    150
      RSP  CONCENTRRTION   UG/M3)
                       205

-------
        Empirical  Models for Estimating Individual

  Exposures to Air Pollutants In a Health Effects Study
        C. F. Content, Jr., M.P.H.,

        T. H. Stock, Ph.D.,

        A. H. Holguln, M.D., M.P.H.,

        B. M. Gehan, M.A.,

        D. J. Kotchmar, M.D.,

        P. A. Buffler, Ph.D., M.P.H.,

        B. P. HsI, Ph.D.
Although the research described in this article
has been funded wholly by the United States Environmental
Protection Agency through Grant R808738010 and Contract
2D5526NAEX  to the University of Texas at Houston, it
has not been subjected to the Agency's required peer and
policy review and therefore does not necessarily reflect
the views of the Agency and no official endorsement
should be inferred.
                            206

-------
     In the spring of 1981, Investigators at the University of Texas School  of
Public Health at Houston undertook a study of the effect of exposure to air
pollution In asthmatics In the Texas Gulf Coast area.  The goal of the Asthma
Study was to examine the relationship between exposure to single pollutants and
combinations of pollutants In the air and the frequency of occurrence of asthmatic
etrack  In an asthmatic population.  After extensive recruitment and screening, a
panel of 52 medically managed extrinsic asthmatics, ranging  In age from 7 to 55
years,  was  Identified.  The study subjects resided In two Houston neighborhoods.
Clear  Lake  (n=31)  and Sunnyslde  (n=21).
     Twice  a day,  during the period of May through October,   study subjects filled
out log forms  on  which they reported their dally  activities,  as well  as the
occurrence  of  general  symptoms,  changes  In medication  usage  and the  results of a
peak expiratory flow maneuver.   The asthma  specific  symptoms, medication  and  peak
flow data  were summarized  for  each  Individual  to provide an  Indication of  whether
 an asthma  attack had occurred  In the twelve hour period.
      Previous  studies of  ozone and  asthma had used air monitoring data  from a
 fixed monitoring station  some  distance away from residences  to describe  the
 exposure each  Individual  received.   The work of  several authors  (1,2,3)  Indicated
 that exposures differed among  "micro-environments".   As the use of personal
 monitors on all the study subjects for the course of the study was not feasible
 for both technological and cost reasons, It was deemed desirable to obtain
 exposure estimates for each Individual using the micro-environment concept.
      The approach taken was to estimate the pollutant concentration  In each of
 certain broad groups of micro-environments using a regression model which
 describes the relationship of the fixed site data to these micro-environments.
 Exposure estimates were provided using the micro-environment specific estimates
 and the data collected from the study subjects concerning their movement through
                                        207

-------
the micro-environments. This regression model  Is based on the data obtained from a
subset of the study population.  The model for ozone will be described here.
     To describe the micro-environment exposures a three-tiered monitoring system
was developed. Details of this monitoring system have been presented by Stock et
a I elsewhere  (4).  The first level consisted of two fixed monitoring sites, each
located In the center of one of the two study neighborhoods.  All study subjects
lived within  2.5 miles of a fixed monitoring site.  The second tier consisted of a
mobile monitoring station housed  In a  large van. Data were collected at each of
twelve residences selected to be  representative of the study subjects' residences;
eight were  In Clear Lake and four In Sunnyslde.  All these houses had some  form of
alr-condltlonlng.  The areas sampled were the den, kitchen and bedroom of each
house and the area  Immediately outdoors. The same pollutants were monitored at
both the fixed  site and mobile van; ozone was measured with  a chemlluminescence
method  Instrument.
     Personal monitoring provided the  third tier of the  sampling network.   The
ozone monitors  were portable CSI  Chemlluminescence samplers.  Monitoring of ozone
 was  labor  Intensive,  requiring  two research  assistants  to  carry the  monitors  as
 they  followed each  study subject on his or  her  dally  routine.   For  the younger
 study  subjects  the  monitoring  Included some time  In the  classroom.  Thirty  of  the
 52 study  subjects were Involved  In  the personal monitoring,  each for  an  average of
 sixteen hours on two  separate  days.
      Figure  1 displays the ozone values as  measured  at the  fixed site and  Indoors
 for one of the  residences  studied over a nine day period.  Note that  the Indoor
 values are usually near zero.   It would appear that little or no relationship
 exists.  There Is a slight problem Is this Interpretation.   It  Is known  that ozone
 follows a strong diurnal  cycle outdoors.(Figure 2)   A problem arises from this
 variation.   The deviations around the outdoor diurnal pattern tend to be less than
                                        208

-------
the range of the pattern Itself.  That Is, the variation about the one o'clock
mean Is smaller than the difference between the one o'clock mean and the eight
o'clock mean.  There might exist a relationship between the deviations from the
one o'clock mean outdoors and the one o'clock mean Indoors.  The obvious
relationship between the fixed site and outdoor mean would tend to Inflate the
amount of variation explained by the model (R-squared) for this regression beyond
what It may actually be.  Therefore, the regression model was calculated with
"centered" data.  The hour and site specific mean was subtracted from each hour
and site specific observation and the regression was performed using the resulting
values. Symbolically this model  Is:
                (Yhr-Yhr)-B(FShr-FShr)
   where
        Yu   e  hour specific ozone value  (Indoors or outdoors)
        Yur  =  hour specific ozone mean (Indoors or outdoors)
        FSu  =  hour specific ozone value  at Fixed Site
        FSu  =  hours specific ozone mean  at Fixed Site
        B    =  regression coefficient
     Because the data are "centered", this model will tend to be  less sensitive  to
the effects of  the  diurnal variation  and  have more  ifkellhood of  detecting a  small
fixed  site/Indoor relationship.  The coefficient  Is an estimate of  the slope of the
 line relating the fixed site value to the outdoor or  Indoor  value. Separate
regressions  for each residence  were performed In which  both  the  Indoor  and outdoor
data for each residence were regressed on the fixed site data corresponding to the
time periods during which the van was operating at the  residence.  The resulting
coefficients were combined over  the twelve residences to provide  a summary
measure.   These residence specific values have been examined for  differences  which
might  relate to characteristics  of the residence; no  strong  differences were  found
                                       209

-------
for ozone.




     The fixed site to outdoor summary coefficient Is .78609, (see Table 1) which



Is significant at the 0.001 level.  The R-squared value Indicates that about 73 %



of the variation In the outdoors ozone may be explained by the fixed site data.



Surprisingly, the fixed site to Indoor coefficient Is also significant at the



0.001 level.  However the coefficient Is extremely small and the R-squared Is only



2.}%.  These coefficients were used with the hour specific means to provide an



estimate of the ozone levels In each of several groups of micro-environments.  To



Illustrate, this model would predict that a fixed site value of 100 PPB at one



o'clock In the afternoon would Increase the Indoor ozone by only 0.24 PPB above



Its hour specific mean of  1.6 PPB.  The outdoor to Indoor coefficient Is also



significant, and approximately twice the fixed site to  Indoor coefficient.  The



very small R-squared  Is due to data from one residence; when this residence Is



deleted from the summary the R-squared  Increases to 1.9%.  The reason for the



anomalous  data at this residence  Is not clear.



                      TABLE 1-RESULTS OF OZONE REGRESSIONS



                        Summary beta       RSQ         P



Fixed site-outdoors      0.78609           73.6      <.001



      Range                             (38.1; 90.0)



Fixed site-Indoors       0.005934           2.1      <.001



      Range                             (0.0;  15.4)



Outdoors-Indoors         0.010119           0.4      <.001



      Range                             (0.0;  24.9)




    The exposure model also uses  data concerning the movement of the study



subjects  through micro-environments. Activity  patern data were collected using a



section of the twelve hour log shown  In Figure 3.  For  any hour the study  subject



could  Indicate whether he  or she  was  In any or all of  several  locations.
                                       210

-------
    Figure 4 presents an estimate of the distribution of time spent outdoors



between 7:00 AM and 7:00 PM by the Clear Lake study subjects.  Approximately



of the study subjects spent two hours or less outdoors on an average day.



Patterns In the Sunnyslde nefghborhod were similar.



     The exposure model was built using the measured activity data, the ozone



values as measured at the fixed site, hour specific means, and coefficient values



from regressions which provided estimates of the relationship between the fixed



site values and the ozone values outdoors and Indoors.  The ozone exposure for



each Individual Is determined by the subject's location and the estimated ozone



concentration  In that  location.  For this model It Is assumed that there Is no



difference  In ozone concentration within the various Indoor  locations and that the



same holds true for the various outdoor concentrations.  Also, It  Is assumed that



a closed vehicle had the same concentration as that found Indoors, while an open



vehicle received the outdoors value.  Therefore the several  locations In the



activity  log were treated as two homogeneous groups: Indoors and outdoors.



 Individuals who were In more than one group during an hour were assigned the mean



of the estimated ozone  level  In each of the locations.   These simplifications are



required by the limits of the sampling scheme used In the outdoor/Indoor



monItor Ing.



     Having generated the ozone exposure estimate  for each  Individual It Is of



 Interest to compare  these estimates  to the values obtained  from the  personal



monitoring  activities.  As the exposure model yielded one hour averages, the



personal monitoring  data, which were collected In  five  minute  Intervals, were



reduced to  one hour  averages.  To assess the accuracy of the exposure model two



measures were  calculated.
                                       211

-------
        Mean Difference:   D = I (P - E)
        Mean Squared Difference:   MSD = I (P - E)
                                            N



        where:



              P « personal  monitoring concentration.



              E * exposure estimate,  (Fixed Site or Exposure Model).



              N = number of hours monitored.



The mean difference Is simply the average difference between the personal



monitoring value and the exposure estimate value generated for the same time




period.  In this case a negative mean difference Indicates the exposure estimate



Is higher than the observed exposure, while a positive difference Indicates that



the exposure estimate underestimates the actual exposure.  The mean squared



difference Is a measure of the error In the exposure model. If the differences



center around zero the average difference may be small, but the model may still



have a high degree of error, which the mean squared difference will detect.  As It



has been used so often In the past, the fixed site estimates are used as a



comparison for the exposure model.



     There were 417 hours of personal monitoring data available for comparison,



for an average of 13.9 hours per subject.  The average ozone exposure as



determined by the personal monitoring was 15.96 PPB, with a standard deviation of



19.79 PPB.  The average In Sunnyslde was 19.31 PPB and that found In Clear Lake



was 13.02.  Loss of exposure estimates due to missing activity data was small,



reducing the number of hours available to 406 from 417.



     The results of the comparisons are shown  In Table 2. Using the exposure mode!



results  In estimates which average 8 PPB below the ozone exposure actually
                                        212

-------
                                                  2
observed.  The mean squared difference, 387.67 PPB ,   represents a reduction of


82.5$ In the error found with the fixed site data.  The average reduction In mean

                                 2
squared difference was 2077.5 PPB    per person.  The difference between fixed


site estimates and personal monitoring data tended to decrease as percent of time


outdoors Increased.  The opposite trend was seen with the exposure model; the


error Increased as time outdoors Increased.


              TABLE 2-SUMMARY OF DIFFERENCES  IN EXPOSURE ESTIMATES


Source of estimate      Mean difference     Mean squared difference


Fixed site only         -31.19 PPB          2218.24 PPB2


      Range             (-83.6; -2.8)       (70.8; 11378.4)

                                                       2
Exposure model             7.96 PPB           387.67 PPB


      Range             (-7.52; 99.06)      (1.9; 10821.5)


  The  large range  In mean  squared differences  Indicates that the exposure model


does not function  uniformly across all subjects.  The mean squared difference was


smaller  for 27 of  the 30  Individuals when the  exposure model was used.   For  three


subjects the  fixed site actually provided a better estimate of ozone  exposure than


the exposure  model.  Two  of these subjects  live In the same residence which  Is  the


only residence  In  the study completely without alr-condltlonlng.  Apparently, a


different  fixed  site to  Indoor relationship exists for this residence than  for  the


other  residences,  accounting  for the failure  of the exposure model.   When these


two residences are removed from the analyses,  the mean difference between the


personal monitoring and exposure model  Is reduced to only  3.67 PPB. The mean

                                   2
squared  difference becomes 230 PPB     which represents an  89.9$  reduction from  the


fixed  site estimates.  This  percentage reduction Indicates that  consideration of


alr-condltlonlng might explain 40$ of  the remaining error.  When examining  the


fixed  site to Indoor coefficients, a slight alr-condltloning effect was noted;  but


this difference  was based on  only two  residences and due to the  non-random
                                        213

-------
sampling scheme used to select the residences to monitor, It was unreasonable to
Include this effect In the model.
      In conclusion, a simple ozone exposure model has been obtained based on
activity data, fixed site monitoring data and fixed site to outdoor and Indoor
relationships estimated from the data.  The purpose was to provide exposure
estimates for all the health effect study subjects, using relationships obtained
from only a subset of the subjects.  Therefore, distinctions among
micro-environments have been avoided except at the gross level and then made only
when the data strongly supported these differences.  For ozone, the only
distinction was whether the subject was outdoors or Indoors.   It has been assumed
that differences within the outdoor or Indoor environments are small.  However,
there Is evidence that this assumption Is not true for some study subjects,
resulting In a few serious errors  In their estimated ozone exposure.  This rather
simple model resulted  In an 82.5$  reduction  In the error when compared with the
fixed site estimates.  Improvements In this model would result from making more
distinctions among the micro-environments, which would lead to a  larger set of
fixed site to micro-environment coefficients.
     It  Is obvious that future health effects studies will need to Include a
monitoring experiment carefully designed to closely examine the differences among
micro-environments.  Choice of micro-environments to examine will depend on the
characteristics of the pollutant and population being examined.  It would appear
that the  largest determinant of ozone exposure  In this study  Is whether the
subject was  Indoors or not.  While the model used  In this study represents a
significant  Improvement over exposure estimates used  In earlier studies, further
refinements  to this model can be attained by careful design and  Interpretation of
monitoring experiments.
                                      214

-------
                                    REFERENCES








1.  Fugas, M.  Assessment of total exposure to an air pollutant.  Proceedings of



the International Conference on Environmental Sensing and Assessment, Paper No.




38-5, VI. 2, IEEE 175 - CH 1004-1 ICESA, 1975.



2.  Sexton, K., Letz, R. and Spengler, J. D. Human exposure to nitrogen dioxide:



exposure modeling and risk assessment. APCA Paper 82-48.8.  Paper presented at the



1982 Air Pollution Control Association Annual Meeting, New Orleans, Louisiana.




1982.



3.  Duan, N. Models for human exposure to air pollution.  Rand Note N-1884-HHS/RC.




The Rand Corporation, Santa Monica, California.  July 1982.



4.  Stock, T., Holguln, A., Selwyn, B., Hsl,  B., Contant, C., Buffler, P.,



Kotchmar, D.   Exposure estimates  for the Houston area asthma and runners studies.



Lee, S., Mustafa, M., Mehlman, M. (eds.) In:  Advances In Modern Environmental



Toxicology.  Vol  2.  International  Symposium on The BJomedlcal Effects of Ozone  and



Related Photochemical Oxldants.   1982.
                                        215

-------
CQ
      8

      8

      e-

      s-

      a-

      9


      8

      8

      o.
                 LEGEND
              03 FIXED  SITE
                                        OZONE VflLUES flS MEflSURED


                                      flT THE  FIXED SITE RND INDOORS
                                               5         6
                                               STUDY DflY
                                                                                       10
Figure 1.   Plot of ozone values measured at  the fixed site and  indoors.

-------
                               OZONE MEflNS flS  MERSURED
                      flT THE  FIXED SITE, OUTDOORS RND INDOORS
 8-
 8-
 8-
 o-
                 LEGEND
             P  03  FIXED SITE
             o  03  OUTDOORS
A ..... A ..... A
                    ...... A ..... A— -A ..... A ..... -A ..... A ..... A ..... A ..... -A ..... A ..... A ..... A ..... A ..... A— — A"'"*" ..... A ..... A
     —I	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1   I   I    I   I   I
   0   1   2   3   4   5   6   7   8   9   10  11   12  13  14  IS  16  17  18  19  20  21  22  23  24
                                   HOUR OF THE DRY
Figure  2.   Plot of mean ozone  values measured at the fixed site, outdoors and indoors.

-------
                    HOURS
PLACE 78
HOflE
INDOORS SCHOOL OR WORK
ELSEWHERE
OUTDOOR:: IN NEIGHBORHOOD
w""™ OUT OF NEIGHBORHOOD
IN OPEN CAR, TRUCK OR BUS
IN CLOSED CAR, TRUCK OR BUS







morn]







ng
If







.







noon
1 12 1














evening
234 567










































Figure 3.   Activity Data Log.
              218

-------
ho
U)
DISTRIBUTION OF TIME OUTDOORS
EXPRESSED fiS PERCENTfiGE OF TOTflL STUDY PERIOD
CLEflR LflKE STUDY SUBJECTS
8-
9-

RCENTRGE
30
I
UJ
°-8-

o.

o-


32








SS
6
V,
6
\




13
% •
7 // 7 yy
f f ' . s* I7" J sS ^
Y//////// * '// 4 <
jf J // /./ * SA _^_^ S _f F T _^
Vx // '/, // // // />/> yv 22,2
^^^^^X^^^^f^Ul-P^aJwJ^ 0 1 0 1 n 0 n n n n
vv // 6< vv xv /x  v> /A//r7A/A/s v ^ ^-f^rJ^j-r-^ u u u U u U

0 1 2 3 4 S 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
NUMBER OF HOURS OUTDOORS
          Figure 4.  Distribution of daytime hours spent outdoors, May-October 1981, by Clear Lake subjects,

-------
            CARBON MONOXIDE EXPOSURES IN WASHINGTON,  DC  AND  DENVER,




                     COLORADO DURING THE WINTER OF  1982-83




                  by:  Gerald G.  Akland




                       Environmental Monitoring Systems  Laboratory




                       Research Triangle Park,  NC  27711
                                    ABSTRACT







     A study of exposures to carbon monoxide (CO) using Personal Exposure




Monitors (PEMs) was conducted in Washington, DC and Denver,  Colorado during the




winter of 1982-83.  The primary objective of the study was to validate a




methodology for measuring the distribution of CO exposures in a representative




sample of an urban population so that the risk to the entire population can be




estimated.  The methodology for selecting the participants and measurements of




CO will be presented.  Preliminary results indicated that for Washington, the




median CO value was 6 ppm, and 1% of the values exceeded 35 ppm.  For Denver,




the median value was 8 ppm, and 3.5% of the values exceeded 35 ppm.  After




further statistical analysis, the participants' exposure data will be contrasted




to fixed monitor exposure estimates, and an exposure profile for each city will




be determined.
                                      220

-------
INTRODUCTION










     The overall goal of EPA's exposure research program was to develop a




methodology that precisely and accurately determined the public's exposure to




air pollutants.  We selected carbon monoxide (CO) for our exposure study because




of available CO instrumentation, known sources,  and known CO health effects.










     Our study objectives were to (1) develop methodology to estimate urban




population exposure to CO, (2) obtain exposure estimates and relate them to




fixed site measurements, (3) develop methodology for selecting relevant




microenvironments, (4) develop methodology for using Personal Exposure Monitors




(PEM's) to analyze COHb in breath, and (5) develop an activity pattern data




base.










     Washington, DC and Denver, Colorado were chosen for the field study because




they differ in elevation, past CO levels based on fixed site data, geographical




area,  administrative complexities (single or multiple state), and commuter




patterns.  The City of Denver requested a CO exposure study before EPA's




selection.  EPA hoped that the selection of Denver as a study area would satisfy




EPA's research objectives and local/state needs  for an exposure data base to




assess control strategy alternatives.










     Portable CO detectors have been designed for industrial or mining




applications and do not have operational features or CO concentration ranges




suitable for exposure studies.  EPA decided to modify an existing industrial  CO




monitor, the General Electric PEM, Model CO-3.1   This unit  was  readily
                                      221

-------
available, provided real-time data within the expected concentration range,  was




previously field tested, generally met the performance specifications,  but




lacked data logging capability.  To provide the data handling features,  the




Magus Group, Inc. of Menlo Park, CA developed a microprocessor system.   This




system was integrated with the monitor and repackaged for the study by  Rockwell




International.










                                  STUDY DESIGN










     Personal CO exposure measurements were taken during November through




February, the period of expected maximum ambient CO concentrations.  PEMs were




distributed each evening between 7 pm and 10 pm and collected 24-hr later.









     Alveolar CO was collected at the end of each 24-hr sampling period.  The




participants took a deep breath and exhaled all air from their lungs.  A second




deep breath was  taken and held for 20 sec.  The first part of the breath was




exhaled  into the room and the  last portion into a sample bag.  The bag was




sealed,  returned to the laboratory, and attached to a specially calibrated GE




monitor.










     The  Research Triangle Institute  (RTl) selected the statistical sample of
 1Mention of specific trade name does not imply product endorsement.
                                       222

-------
target population members for EPA as a two-phase sample:   1)  data  were  collected

for all members of a particular household (the screening  sample) and  2) personal

exposure data were collected for a stratified random sample  of  the screening

sample household members.  The second-phase sample was  stratified  to  oversample

those population members at high CO exposure risk.



     The screening sample was selected as a two-stage area sample.  For the

first stage, area segments defined by 1980 Census block groups  and enumeration

districts were selected.  Census geography variables were used  to  stratify the

first-stage sample to assure geographic dispersion across the study area.   The

Donnelley Marketing Corporation2 provided a list of  the households in the

selected area segments.  A second-stage sample of 8643  households  in  Washington

and 4987 households in Denver was selected from this list for the  household

screenings.  Data on smoking, commuting time, occupation, presence of gas

appliances in the home, and the presence of an attached garage  were collected

for all household members.



     The second-phase sample of persons selected for personal exposure

monitoring was stratified by the above variables.  The  sample size was  1773

persons in Washington and 1139 in Denver and was expected to yield 1000 and 500

interviews in Washington and Denver, respectively.
2The Donnellev Marketing Corporation sells lists  of  names,  addresses,  and
telephone numbers of residents in many areas of the  U.S.   The sources  of these
lists are based upon telephone directories and vehicle ownership records.
                                      223

-------
WASHINGTON, DC



     Fixed site CO data were collected at nine existing sites throughout urban

Washington, DC.  Fifty PEM's were delivered to the contractor for daily

distribution of 20 units with 10 spares.  Monitoring began November 8,  1982 and

continued through February 24, 1983.  PEM measurements were obtained from

participants in the urban Washington, DC Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area

(SMSA) who were at least 18 years of age at the time of the study.   The

estimated population size for this group is 1.12 million.   RTI obtained the PEM

and activity information.  The Council of Governments, Washington,  DC,  was the

site coordinator and supplied laboratory space for RTI.



DENVER, COLORADO



     The study design for Denver was similar to that for Washington with two

major differences.  First, the Mayor of the City and County of Denver requested

that such a study be performed in his city.  As a result,  local officials from

the city, state, and EPA Regional office established a monitoring committee

chaired by the Mayor's office to coordinate the study and establish new

monitoring sites.  Nine additional CO sites3 were added to the existing six
3A major development effort was undertaken by Bill Basbagill of EPA Region 8 to
build an inexpensive temperature-controlled box to house the instrumentation at
the additional  sites.   For less than $50, Bill was able to construct a box which
maintains  temperatures  within  the required + 5°C.
                                      224

-------
telemetered sites in the study area.   The Air Pollution Control Division of th.




State of Colorado operated all 15 sites (following uniform standard operating




procedures except for the manual data reduction from the nine  new sites).  All




fixed data, including meteorological data, flowed from the State to the




Environmental Monitoring Systems Laboratory through the Regional Office.










     The other change to the design was that 500 instead of 1000 participants




were selected, but each participant carried the monitor for two consecutive




days.  Multiple measurements per participant were used to estimate the influenc




of activity pattern on the overall exposure profile.










     The PEM measurements were obtained from a sample of the non-




institutionalized, non-smoking residents of the urban Denver SMSA who were at




least 18 years of age at the time of the study.  The estimated population size




for this group was 245,000.










     PEDCo conducted the exposure monitoring program.  EPA provided 25 PEM's f




a daily distribution of 10 units, with 5 instruments for replacements.




Monitoring began on November 1, 1982, and continued through February 1983.









                              PRELIMINARY RESULTS









     Data available for each participant include (1) data from the various




questionnaires; (2) time the CO monitor button was pressed, the corresponding '




reading, and the corresponding activity diary information; (3) the CO readings




on the hour for each of the 24 hours, and (4) the CO concentration in the breat
                                      225

-------
samples.  In addition, fixed site monitoring data,  meteorological  data,  and land




use data were also collected.









     Monitoring data, once validated, will be statistically analyzed.   The




statistical analysis will estimate the distribution of personal CO exposure,




average time spent in various activities and at various locations, the




significance of selected exposure factors, and the  relationship between CO




values measured by PEM's and simultaneous values reported by fixed-site




monitors.









SAMPLING RESULTS AND RESPONSE RATES - WASHINGTON, DC









     Between November 8, 1982 and February 24, 1983, 1455 households were




interviewed.  Of these, 944  (64.9%) agreed to participate, 184 (12.6%) refused




to participate, and 198 (13.6%) were not interviewed for a variety of reasons.




Of the 100 sampling periods  originally planned. 98 were carried out.  Two




sampling periods (November 11 and 12) were cancelled due to equipment problems.




A total of 814 subject days  were completed.  Twelve percent of the 944




participant days (130 days)  were lost due to monitor malfunction.









     Activity diaries had not been entered into the computer by the middle  of




April.  A total of 870 breath samples were obtained and successfully analyzed




for CO content.  Twenty-two  were lost because of leaks in the sample bag.   The




arithmetic mean of the 870 samples is 5.4 ppm with a standard deviation of  5.2




ppm.
                                       226

-------
     Figure 1 presents an unweighted cumulative frequency distribution of the




638 maximum 1-hr PEM results (one value/subject/day) collected through the




middle of January.  This median is about 6 ppm, and 1% of the values exceed 35




ppm (fixed site data were not available for comparison).   Interpretation of




these data will be possible after further analyses of the completed data set.




For this time period, 86% of all completed samples were valid within ± 10% and




% 1.5 ppm based on pre- and post-sample calibration slopes and intercepts,





respectively.
SAMPLING RESULTS AND RESPONSES RATES - DENVER, COLORADO









     Of the  1000 eligible  individuals in the primary and three supplementary




samples, 424 agreed to  be  interviewed.  In addition, 60 of the 139 eligible




individuals  identified  through field screening agreed to be interviewed.  Of




these  485  eligible individuals,  454 were interviewed successfully and




participated in  the study.









     A total of  1094  subject-days  of participation were scheduled.  The 454




individuals  participating  in the study yielded 900 subject-days; 446 subjects




participated in  two sampling periods, while  eight subjects participated in only




one  sampling period.
                                       22?

-------
     Of the 900 activity diaries, 778 were accurate and complete.   Significant




omissions occurred in 66 diaries, primarily because of PEM failures.   Diaries




were filled out incorrectly in 52 cases.









     A total of 895 breath samples were obtained and successfully  analyzed for




CO content.  Thirty samples were lost because of leaks in the sample  bag.   The




arithmetic mean of the 895 samples is 7.0 ppm with a standard deviation of 5.6




ppm.









     Figure 2 is a preliminary unweighted cumulative frequency distribution of




the maximum 1-hr PEM data (shown by solid line).  The median is about 8 ppm, and




3.5% of the values exceed 35 ppm.  The dashed line represents approximately 1000




daily maximum 1-hr per fixed site.  The plot suggests that the distribution of




maximum 1-hr PEM levels is slightly, but consistently higher than  the




corresponding distribution of daily fixed-site maxima, except at the  upper




decile where the difference is much greater.









     Figure 3 is a quantile/quantile comparison of the permanent fixed CO




monitors with the nine additional CO monitors.  The plot is a simple  cumulative




distribution of 1-hr maximum fixed data from the permanent site (x-axis) and the




corresponding distribution from the temporary sites (y-axis).  The new sites




have a larger percentage of lower values (< 6 ppm) than the permanent sites.




Also, 80% of the permanent site values are less than 14 ppm (arrows on Figure




3).  In contrast, 80% of the temporary site values are less than 12 ppm.  This




difference might be attributed to the downtown location of the permanent sites




where traffic density is higher.
                                      228

-------
o
DC
9-

8-

7-

6-

5-


4-



3-
LU
O
z
o
o

o
o
01
Q.
  Q-
  Q.
X
<
2-
1-

9-

8-

7-

6-

5-


4-
3-
             Note:  N = 638

                   x = 8.3
                   s= 15.5

                   %>35ppm=
     2-
                    10  15 20
                            30
 40  50   60


PERCENTAGE
70   80  85  90
95
98
                Figure 1.   Cumulative Frequency Distribution of

                     Maximum PEM Levels in Washington,  DC.
                                       229

-------
                                                                      MAXIMUM DAILY PEM CO CONCENTRATION

                                                                                                PPM
NJ
VjJ
O
                    Tl

                   OQ
                    c

                 Q)  fO
                 X
                 H-  NJ
                 3  •
                   O
                   c
                   3
                 re  rt
                 <  H-
                 n  <
                 I-4  fD
                 c/i
a  rt>
  >o
o  c
fB  fD
3  3
<  O
fD  -<
                 O  en
                 O  ^t
                 I—1  >-!
                 O  i-1-
                 i-t  cr
                 0)  S
                 P-  rt
                 O  t-1-
                 •   o
                    a
                                                                        OJ    -pi  O1  O5 ^J OO CO —'

-------
      1.00-
        .8-
  s
  CO
II
X O
TO _C
ro TO
Q>
^ c
O (o
+- -C

g"-
     co
     LU
CO

>
QC

<
cc

O
Q.

S
LU
h-
        .6-
   .4-
        .2-
                                    i
                                   .4
                                           .6
                                                             .8
                            Percent of Daily Maximum 1-hr Values
                            Less Than Value Shown on Right Scale

                                   PERMANENT SITES
              Figure 3.  Quantile/Quantile Plot of Permanent  vs,

                     Temporary  Sites  in Denver, Colorado.
                                                                           7  8:
1.00
                                        231

-------
     The following Washington and Denver data will be  further  analyzed:   1)




questionnaire and diary responses, 2) analysis of personal  CO  exposure




distribution, 3) relationships between breath, personal  CO  exposure,  and




activity patterns, 4) significance of selected exposure  factors,  and  5)  fixed




vs. PEM data.









SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS









     Although interpretation of the study results is not possible at  this time,




we have shown that measuring exposures in an urban area  is  possible.   The




willingness of  the public to carry monitors and prepare  activity  diaries has




been demonstrated.  Although the present monitoring system  works, we  propose the




following improvements:  1) automatic data dumping, 2) keystroke  entry of




activity information, 3) adding programming capabilities, 4) repackaging to




reduce size and weight, 5) improving battery life, size, and recharging time,




and 6) modifying  pump connections for easier replacement and cleaning.









     We also believe a new city should be studied in the winter of 1983-84 to




permit a more realistic test of normal cold temperatures, which were not




experienced  in  the winter of 1982-83.
                                       232

-------
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS



     The complexities involved in the design and execution of this study

necessarily mean that a number of individuals contributed to its success.   The

author thanks the individuals and organizations listed below:
City and County of Denver

Region 8 - Denver


State of Colorado

Washington, DC
Council of Governments

PEDCo

RTI


Rockwell International

EMSL/RTP
Cooper Wayman and Jack Green

Bill Basbagill,  Jim Lehr,  Marshall  Payne
and Charles Stevens

Steve Arnold, Rick Kramer,  and Gordon MacRae

Allen Delman and Trevis Markle


Ted Johnson and  Tom Wey

Ty Hartwell, Ray Michie,  Roy Whiteraore,
and Harvey Zelon

Frank Burmann

Ron Drago, Charles Rodes,  and Robert Jungers
                                       233

-------
                     Personal Exposure to Nitrogen Dioxide

1                      213
 Jamesj^J. Quackenboss,  John D. Spengler,  Marty S. Kanarek,  Richard
Letz,  Colin P. Duffy, and  Mark D. Lindsay

               Department of Preventive Medicine and
              The Institute for Environmental Studies
              University of Wisconsin
              504 North Walnut Street
              Madison, WI  53705
              2
               Department of Environmental Health Sciences
              Harvard School of Public Health, Boston, MA  02115

               Department of Physiology,
              Harvard School of Public Health, Boston, MA  02115

                                   Abstract

     As part of a longitudinal air pollution/health study (Harvard Six Cities
Study), personal exposure to NO ,  time spent in various locations and
household concentrations were measured for nearly 350 individuals in the
Portage, Wisconsin area for one week during both the summer and winter of
1981-1982.  Average levels of NO  measured outside these homes were 13.55
yg/rn  (S.D. 5.64) during the summer, and 15.35 yg/m  (S.D. 6.15) during
the winter.  Indoor concentrations in homes with gas stoves averaged about 20
yg/m  higher in the summer (mean I/O ratio 2.85) and 36 yg/m  (mean I/O
ratio 3.93) in the winter than levels measured outside of the home.   Personal
exposures were closely related to  indoor levels for households with gas stoves
(r=0.80, p<0.001), and electric stoves (r=0.65, p<0.001).  This may reflect
the influence of spending nearly 65% of the average day at home in the summer
compared with about 15% spent outdoors.  An average of less that 5% of the
their time was spent outdoors during the winter:  the association between
outdoor and personal levels of NO   was weakest during this season for both
gas (r=0.13, p<0.22) and electric  (r=0.16, p<0.14) stove groups.  These
measures of exposure and time allocation suggest that there is a wide range of
variability in personal exposures  to NO  that may not be adequately
accounted for by simple stratifications based on cooking fuel type.

     The work described in this paper was not funded by the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency and therefore the contents do not necessarily reflect the
views of the Agency and no official endorsement should be inferred.
                                      23k

-------
                   Personal Exposures to Nitrogen Dioxide









     In the course of daily activities, individuals move about from location




to location, breathing samples of the air from each. The amount sampled is




determined, in part, by the duration of time spent there, while the magnitude




of pollutant present in each location during the specific time periods is a




complex function of the ambient background level, of the proximity to sources




of pollutant generation and release, and of various mechanisms for removal or




dilution.  Nitrogen dioxide (NO ) is formed as a byproduct of high tempera-




ture combustion.




     Outdoor concentrations are closely related to the proximity of the




sampled location to major sources, such as motor vehicle traffic and fossil




fuel power plants, to meteorological factors influencing the transfer and




dilution of N0?, and to atmospheric conversion reactions (1).  Indoor




concentrations are driven, in part, by these outdoor levels as well as by




usage patterns for sources of unvented or improperly vented indoor combustion




(e.g. gas stoves and unvented kerosene space heaters), by air infiltration and




ventilation rates, and by chemical reactions and adsorption or absorption of




the gas on indoor surfaces (2,3).




     Until recently, epidemiological studies of the health effects of air




pollution have relied on measurements of "ambient" air quality that are




obtained from fixed location monitoring stations, rather than on the actual




exposures of the individuals whose health status is being tested,  to draw




inferences regarding possible exposure-response relationships (4-7) .  Several




recent reports have indicated that such exposure measurements fail to




adequately assess individual exposure (2,5,7,8-12).  This inadequacy is




acutely apparent for NO , since several reports have shown that NO
                                      235

-------
concentrations consistently exhibit a declining gradient as one moves from



kitchens with gas stoves to non-kitchen areas in these homes, to outdoor



locations nearby, and then to kitchen and non-kitchen locations inside



households that use electricity for cooking (13-18).   The importance of these



departures from fixed station ambient air monitoring  results is underscored by



summaries of human activity pattern studies (19) indicating that an average of



90% of each day is spent indoors by employed men, while homemakers spent



nearly 95% of their time indoors (2,20-23).



     Physically, exposure may be defined as the pollutant concentration



present at the exchange boundaries of a receptor during specified times.  Ott



(20) has incorporated both space and time dimensions  by conceptualizing



exposure as the event that "a person comes into contact with a pollutant."



Contact is then specified as the intersection of an individual and a pollutant



in the same location at the same time.  Location may  be narrowly defined in



terms of a three-dimensional coordinate system (X, Y, Z) , aggregated by



existing environmental zones such as rooms or floors  within a household, or



more broadly classified as inside the home itself. With each level of



averaging, some within zone variability may be lost,  although these



differences are likely to be smaller than those between zones (eg. between



homes, or between indoor and outdoor locations) and are probably of minimal



health significance (24).  At a more general level, Duan (25,26) aggregates



locations with homogeneous pollutant concentrations at specified times into



microenvironments with concentrations y-> and then groups these to form a



reduced number of microenvironment types for sampling and modelling purposes.



Exposure may then represented as a linear combination of the individual's



"sample" average for each microenvironment type  (C ), weighted by his or her
                                                  K.


time allocation to microenvironments of that type (t, ):
                                      236

-------
          E =  EC, t,, (k = 1,,..,K microenvironment types).
                 k. K.


     This model is a generalization of that proposed by Fugas (4) for deriving



a "weighted weekly exposure" (WWE) estimate of total exposure by using the



concentration measured at one location (y.) to represent the levels sampled



by individuals in all microenvironments of the same type (C ).   This
                                                           K.


approach does not incorporate variability among samples collected by different



individuals at distinct times,  and is sensitive to a potential lack of inde-



pendence between these individual sample concentrations and individual time



allocations.  This potential may be realized when pollutants are generated as



a result of individual activities, such as cooking or smoking,  that are likely



to increase in frequency as more individuals are present at a given location.



Personal exposure monitoring implicitly incorporates both the time spent in



various microenvironments of each type (t, ), and the variability in air



samples obtained by different individuals from each microenvironment type



(C ).  This allows for direct evaluation of both variability and central
  K.


tendency for human exposures, and for estimation of average sample



concentrations (C, ) for each microenvironment type (26).
                 K.


     The development of a small,  inexpensive, and reliable passive monitor for



NO  by Palmes, et al. (27)  has  made a large-scale general population study



of personal exposures to NO  practical.  This potential, combined with



concerns regarding the adequacy of current exposure assessment  practices and



with several recent reports advocating personal exposure studies as part of



epidemiological investigations  into the health effects of air pollution



(2,5,8-11,28), have prompted our  investigations.  The objectives for this



study were:



     1.   To examine the relationship between personal exposure and indoor and



          outdoor NO  concentrations.
                                      237

-------
     2.   To explore the association between household members in personal




          exposures.




     3.   To determine those household and individual characteristics that are




          most important in explaining variability in personal exposure.




     4.   To determine what types of measurements are needed to adequately




          assess personal NO  exposures.




     Previous personal exposure studies have demonstrated differences between




indoor, outdoor and individual exposures for N0r  using smaller study popu-




lations (29), especially for gas homes (30,31) or those using unvented space




heaters (32).  Mean personal exposures for families with gas stoves have  been




shown to be closer to indoor than to outdoor levels, while those using




elective stoves were indistinguishable from ambient outdoor measures.  In




addition, personal exposures to NO- were found to be closely related to




other family members (30).




Methods




     Individual exposure to N0_, time spent in various locations, and house-




hold concentrations were measured for nearly 350 volunteers residing in 82




homes in the Portage, Wisconsin area for one week during both the summer  and




winter of 1981-1982 as a component of the exposure assessment activities  for a




longitudinal air pollution/health study (33) .  Households were separated  into




groups of approximately 10 homes each that were sampled during the same




week-long period to allow for travel time and initial visits to each home.




The protocol for these visits included a description of study objectives, and




instructions for using the passive diffusion NO  monitors and for completing




an activity diary.  An example diary page was filled out for that day; this




was checked for completeness and corrected with each subject to reduce




recording errors.  All household residents were asked to participate, although
                                      238

-------
this was not always possible.  During the winter phase, short visits were made




to each home to return their summer results and to encourage continued




participation.




Sample Selection




     The target population selected was that of families whose school-aged




children were participating in the Harvard Six Cities Study from the Portage




area.  The basic sampling design was a stratified cluster sample (34) in which




the primary sampling unit (cluster) was the family, and the secondary sampling




units (elements within cluster) were individual family members.  Households




were stratified by type of cooking fuel used (gas or electricity).   Letters




describing the study and requesting volunteers were sent out to obtain




approximately equal numbers of gas- and electric-cooking fuel homes.  A




postage-paid response postcard was provided, and non-respondents were




contacted by telephone.  A more detailed description of the study was sent to




those indicating a willingness to consider participating in the study.  From




this pool of household units, approximately equal numbers of each cooking fuel




type were randomly allocated (without replacement) into a group of  homes that




were then visited and sampled during the same week.




NO  Monitoring




     Passive diffusion NO  dosimeters developed by Palmes et al. (27) were




used to determine week-long average N0_ concentrations for fixed household




locations, and average exposures of individuals.  These monitors are simple to




use, have a good shelf life before and after exposure, and give results that




are both accurate and reproducible (35).  Extensive use has been made of these




devices for monitoring indoor and outdoor levels of NO  (14-16,18,36,37).




     Household monitors were placed by project staff outside near the home, in




at least one bedroom on each floor, and in the kitchen at 4 to 6 ft. (1.2 to
                                      239

-------
1.8 meters) in height.   Kitchen monitors were placed between 8 and 10 ft.  (2.4




to 3.05 meters) from the stove.  Indoor monitors were placed to avoid windows,




corners, and heating vents; outdoor monitors were located on the shady side of




the house, away from driveways, roads, and exhaust vents.  Each participant




was also assigned a monitor, his or her name was written on tape affixed to




the top end, and the monitor identification number was recorded on the




activity diary.  Volunteers were instructed to wear their monitor at




approximately breathing height by clipping it onto their shirt collar or




lapel, to keep it outside of coats or jackets, and to keep their monitor




nearby when not wearing it.




     Integrated average NO  concentrations measured by the kitchen monitors




and by bedroom monitors on the same floor were grouped together to give one




compartment average.  When appropriate, NO  measurements from non-kitchen




floors were aggregated to give a second compartmental average.  These two




within home averages were then combined to yield a single household average




for indoor NO  concentrations.




     During the winter phase, integrated average NO  concentrations were




measured inside of  17 schools that were attended by participating children.




Monitors were placed in one classroom on each floor, and a school-wide average




was estimated from  these for the time period sampled.  To allow for direct




comparison with student's personal monitors, a time-weighted average for each




week-long time period during which a group of households was concurrently




sampled was calculated.  This was done by weighting the school-wide average




concentration by the proportion of the time these monitors were exposed that




corresponded to each week-long personal monitoring sample period.




     Monitors were  prepared and analyzed at the Wisconsin State Laboratory of




Hygiene using methods based on Palmes et al.  (27) with modification by Wolfson

-------
(38).  Analyses of replicate pairs of these monitors, used for household

                                                         3
measurements, has given a precision estimate of 1.68 yg/m  (18).  Their

                                                          3
sensitivity has been estimated as approximately 1128 (ug/m )h, with an


accuracy of within 10% for these preparation and analysis procedures (39,40).


Survey Materials

     For each day of the week-long sampling period, participants recorded the


time periods they spent in each of 5 general location categories:  (1) Inside


of their home, (2) outside (any where), (3) inside of a motor vehicle, (4)


inside at work or school, and (5) inside at other indoor locations.  The


reporting format was developed to derive week-long totals for the proportion


of time spent in each category, and was field tested during a pilot study


(31).  In addition, time spent "cooking or helping to cook" and "near people


who are smoking" was also recorded to obtain information about time spent near


potential sources of N02.  However, the lack of a clear relationship between


time spent near stoves or smokers and the possible N0? emission rate for


each (per unit of fuel or per cigarette) makes interpretation of these values


difficult.  During the winter phase, time periods near smokers at home were


separated from those away from home, since the possible effect of smoking


within the home on indoor NO  concentrations should be included by the


monitors located there.


     Participants were also instructed to record the amount of time each day


that they did not wear their monitor and the location where it was left during


this time period.  These time periods were tabulated for several locations and


the individuals monitored exposure was corrected using the measured concen-


trations for that location, weighted by the time the monitor was left there


(31).  For each day, a marginal total for the amount of time spent in each


location category was estimated; week-long totals and proportions were derived
                                      2k]

-------
from these.  Errors in recording leading to potential uncertainties in




interpretation were also recorded, as a total number of hours in question.




     In order to assess the validity (41) of this reporting procedure for




determining average time allocation, a separate format 24-hour recall




questionnaire derived from Chapin (42) was administered to a random sample  of




12 subjects during the pilot study.   For all 5 location categories, the




correlation coefficients between the two responses for a one day period




exceeded 94%.  All 5 correlations were statistically significant with an




overall error rate of a=0.025, using the Bonferroni method for non-orthogonal




tests (43), indicating that these two methods give approximately the same




results.  Most discrepancies were due to the limitation of the diary format to




1/2-hour intervals. For longer term, week-long averages this reporting format




should provide valid reports of time allocation.




     A subject questionnaire was administered during the initial visit to




ascertain individual demographic characteristics, smoking habits, and commut-




ing patterns.  Ventilation, heating and cooking systems for the workplace as




well as potential sources of occupational NO- exposure (such as welding,




gasoline or diesel engines, gas ovens or flames)  were also requested.  Charac-




teristics of the schools were determined by interviewing the maintenance and




engineering staff for each monitored school.




     Household characteristics were detailed using an additional questionnaire




that was completed by a parent and returned by mail to our office.  This




included questions regarding (1) sources, such as the fuels used for cooking,




heating water and space heating, the presence of  a stove or oven pilot light,




and the household cooking patterns;  (2) factors potentially influencing




ventilation rates such as the kitchen exhaust fan's venting and usage, and  the




use of plastic on windows to reduce air infiltration, and neighborhood
                                      242

-------
characteristics.   This questionnaire was developed for the study conducted by



Spengler et al. (18).



Statistical Analyses



     Personal exposures to NO  were compared with indoor and outdoor mea-



surements using the sample means for each cooking fuel group, and Pearson



product-moment correlation coefficients.  As a result of the natural cluster-



ing of household members, the variance in individual exposures can be de-



scribed by a standard  Model II (random effects) ANOVA layout (with varying


                                            22         2
numbers of observations in each family):  a.  + a  where a.   is

                                                                   2
the variance component for random differences between households; a



represents individual  variability within households (44).  From this



formulation, an expression for the intra-family (intraclass) correlation



between any two members of the same household was used to indicate the



proportion of total variance that is associated with household factors that



are shared by its members:



          p = S 2/(S 2 + S2), where
               A    A


          S 2 = (S 2 - S 2)/{[En. - (£n.2)/En.]/(N-l)}
           A      b     w       j      j     J

            22       2
estimates o. , S,   and S   are the between and within class mean
           A    b       w


squares, n. is the number of observations from the j   household



(j=l,...,a; a is the number of homes), and N is the total sample size (45).


                                                     2
Variance of the sample mean is estimated by var(x)=S,  /N; the standard



error is s.e. = \/var(x) (45).



     The relationship  between personal NO  exposure and individual and



household factors was  evaluated using stepwise multiple linear regression



analysis (46).  Logarithms of the N0« concentration measurements were taken



to compensate for heterogeneity of their variances (47). A pattern of increas-



ing spread with increasing NO,, concentrations has been previously reported
                                      243

-------
for indoor NO concentrations (18). Missing values for quantitative



independent variables were filled to conform to a linear model (47,48) using



the BMDP program PAM (49) , and the error degrees of freedom appropriately



reduced.  However, the frequency of missing values was very small, both for



individual-level variables (<1%) and for household-level variables (<6%; these



cases were primarily missing outdoor monitors), so that these substitutions



should have a minor influence on our results.  As a consequence of the



two-stage nature of this sample (individuals nested within household) , a



two-stage regression analysis was employed to evaluate household-level



variables separately from those specific to the individual.



     First, individual characteristics were fit, together with (a-1)  indicator



variables for household, to the log-transformed personal exposure data.



Although this assumes a common slope across households relating these vari-



ables to exposure, it was impractical to fit independent slopes to each home



given the limited number of observations in each.  Averages for personal



exposures in each home were adjusted to the same (mean) value for the



individual-level variables selected in the stepwise procedure.



     In the second stage of analysis, these adjusted household averages were


used as response variable to fit a model for the home-level variables.  The



residual mean square (RMS)  from this stage incorporates both the within



household variability,  and the random factors varying from home to home:


             22               2
     RMS = SA  + Sw /(N/a), where S  is the estimated among

                                                2
household component of the residual variance; S   estimates the
                                               w


within-household variance component and is given by the RMS from the  first



stage regression (49).



     In order to compare the ability of various types of measurements to


represent personal exposure a series of regression models were fit separately

-------
for the summer and winter data sets:  (a) Outdoor NO,., concentrations only;


(b) Outdoor NO- measurements together with household characteristics; (c)


Outdoor and indoor NO  measurements.  Comparisons among these models were


made using three summary indices:


     (1) The Residual Mean Square (RMS)  from the second stage regression; and


     (2) The coefficient of variation (CV), using the geometric standard error


         from the RMS of the regression equation and the geometric mean;

                                                2
     (3) The multiple correlation coefficient, R  for the proportion of


         variance in the second stage data set that was explaned.


Quality Control


     Replicate monitors were used for most homes. Allocation of these pairs


was rotated between kitchen, bedroom, outdoor, and personal monitor locations.


Inter-laboratory analyses of unknowns were compared between the Wisconsin and


Harvard laboratories for both phases.  All coding, data entry, and correction


procedures were verified.  For each variable, records having values exceeding


two standard deviations from the mean were identified.  These cases were then


checked for transcription or calculation errors, or for possible explanations


of their values.
                                      245

-------
Results



     A total of 357 volunteers from 88 homes participated in the summer phase:



150 were from 38 gas-cooking fuel homes;  207 resided in 50 homes with electric



stoves.  Of this study population, 142 were classified as workers,  33 as



non-workers, and 182 as students.  During the winter phase there were 324



participants from 82 homes:  127 were from 34 gas-stove households;  197 were



from 48 electric-stove households.  There were 127 workers, 26 non-workers,



and 171 students during this phase.  Relative proportions for each  of these



three general population classifications  were similar across both stove type



classification and study phase.



     Mean N0? concentrations are summarized in Table 1 for these homes and



for the participants living there.  Average levels of N0_ measured  outside



these homes were generally quite low during both phases, with combined means


             3               3
of 13.43 pg/m  and 16.46 yg/m  NO  for summer and winter, respectively.



The lower outdoor averages for gas stove  homes may be attributable  to 29 of



these homes being located in rural areas, while only 9 were in Portage.  In



comparison, 38 of the electricstove homes were located in Portage and 12 were



rural.  The small numbers of households in the Gas-Urban and Electric-Rural



cells did not allow for meaningful analysis of possible interactions between



community and fuel type.  Indoor NO  concentrations in homes with gas-stoves



were consistantly higher during both the  summer and winter phases than those



measured outside or inside homes with electric-stoves.  To permit comparison



of indoor and outdoor levels, difference  scores and ratios were calculated;



their means are given in Table 1.  Mean differences and ratios were largest



for gas stove homes.  For both gas- and electric-cooking fuel homes, absolute



differences were greater in the winter than in the summer phase.  Similar



patterns are evident for the variability  of these measurements:  standard



deviations were greater for the indoor measurements in the gas stove group,



                                      246

-------
and increased in the winter, along with the higher concentrations.  Mean


personal NO  exposures for families from homes with gas stoves were closest


to, but somewhat below, average indoor concentrations in both their magnitude


and variability.  For families with electric stoves, the mean for personal


exposure was somewhat closer to the outdoor mean in the summer, and between


indoor and outdoor means for the winter.  The mean of indoor measurements

                                                             3
obtained at 17 schools during the winter phase was 15.87 vig/m , which is


close to the outdoor mean NO- concentration.


     Average personal exposures for each household are compared with levels


measured outside the home in Figure 1.  For the summer phase, there was


considerable overlap in average personal exposure between families from homes


with gas and electric stoves.  In addition, this figure shows the large


variability in these averages for personal exposure, especially in the winter


phase for families with gas stoves.  Linear correlation coefficients between


average personal exposure and outdoor levels are shown in Table 2.  These were


r=0.40 (p<0.001) for the gas- and r=0.35 (p<0.001) for the electric-cooking


fuel homes in summer, while in the winter the corresponding correlatins were


only r=0.13 (p>0.22) and r=0.16 (p>0.14). These graphs and their associated


correlation coefficients indicate that only a small portion of the variability


in average personal NO  exposures between families can be accounted for by


differences in measurements made outside their homes.   In contrast, average


indoor home NO  concentrations demonstrated a much closer association with


the average personal exposures those living there, as  is shown in Figure 2 and


by the correlation coefficients in Table 2.  This association was strongest in


gas homes, r=0.80 (p<0.001)  for both summer and winter.


     Intra-class correlation coefficients are shown in Table 3 to indicate the


proportion of  variability in individual personal exposures that may be ex-


plained by common characteristics of those micro-environments shared by

-------
individuals from the same home.   Given the overall increase in variability in




the winter phase relative to the summer phase,  it is not surprising that these




shared characteristics explained less of this variation in the winter than in




the summer phase.  However, for  gas stove homes,  the degree of association




between members of the same household for personal exposure was too great to




assume that individual measurements were independent—an assumption necessary




for least squares regression analysis.




     Part of this association may be attributable to time spent at  home




relative to other locations.  Mean percentages  for time spent  in each of five




locations is summarized in Table 4 for workers, non-workers and students




during the summer and winter phases.  Time spent  inside at home was the




largest mean proportion for all  three groups, with overall mean percentages of




65.41% in the summer and 67.47%  in the winter.  This implies that the home is




the principle location of exposure to air pollutants, although time spent in




other locations can not be neglected when considering total integrated expo-




sure.  Specifically, time spent  at work or school accounted for nearly 20% of




the average day during the winter for students  and workers, making  this an




important microenvironment contributing to NO  exposures.  Working  with or




nearby welding, gas space heaters, or gasoline  engines may be  responsible for




driving the winter phase personal N0_ expsoures of 3 individuals from




electric stove homes to levels exceeding many of  the cases from gas stove




homes.  In contrast, time spent  away from gas-cooking fuel homes may account




for some of the overlapping in personal exposures between the  two cooking fuel




groups.




     This activity data and N0_  measurements were combined to  form a partial




time-weighted average (TWA) model.  Home average  indoor and outdoor levels




were weighed by the proportion of time spent there, their total was compared




with individual exposure measurements rather than the household averages.




                                      2^8

-------
                                                   2
The Pearson correlation coefficients were r=0.65 (R =0.42) for the gas

                             2
cooking fuel group, r=0.37 (R =0.14) for the electric group in the summer.


School exposures were estimated by weighing the school average indoor level by


the time spent there for elementary, middle and high school students in the


winter phase; this was added to the estimates for home and outdoor exposures.

                                                                2
For students, correlations of these TWA estimates were r=0.83 (R =0.68) and

         2
r=0.68 (R =0.46), from the gas-and electric-fuel groups, respectively.

                                     2
Non-student correlations were 0.54 (R =0.29) for individuals from gas stove

                  2
homes, and 0.32 (R =0.10) for those having electric stoves.


     Individual and household characteristics were evaluated separately using


a two stage, stepwise multiple regression analysis.  Significant personal


characteristics during the summer phase were:  (a) full-time worker (vs.


student or part-time); (b) commuting distance to and from work each day; (c)


sex is female; and (d) working with or near gas furnaces, boilers, ovens, or


flames.  In the winter phase, significant predictors included (a) working with


or near welding or cutting torches (arc or flame), and (b) the individual's


age.  Household characteristics were evaluated using the adjusted average


personal exposures for each home as the response variable.  The presence of a


stove pilot light, outdoor NO  concentration, and having a gas clothes dryer


were significant predictors for the summer data set, explaining 45% of the


variation in the adjusted household averages for log transformed personal


exposures (CV=6.7%, RMS=0.07).  During the winter, the use of gas as the

                                                              2
cooking fuel was the significance home-level predictor, with R =67.1


(CV=7.4,  RMS=0.13).


     For comparing the ability of distinct types of measurements to represent


personal exposures, two additional models were fit.  The first assumes that


only outdoor NO  concentrations and a simple geographic classification


(urban vs.  rural)  are available; the second assumes that indoor averages for

-------
kitchen and non-kitchen zones,  and an overall indoor average NCL


concentrations are available.   For the summer data,  the first model had an


R2=11.7% (CV=7.16, RMS-0.101),  compared with R2=67.3% (CV=6.3, RMS=0.041)

                               2
for the second model and with R =44.5% for the model based on home

                                                                2
characteristics.  Measurements of N0? outside the home gave an R =9.0%


(CV=9.33, RMS=0.36) during the winter, compared with R2=82.9 for the model

                                         2
using indoor NO  measurements,  and with R =67.1 for  the home characteris-


tics model.


     The coefficient of variation (CV) for 93 replicate pairs of Palmes' tubes


was 4.52% for the summer phase.  Absolute differences were less than 5 yg/m


in 98% of these pairs, with a precision estimate (square root of \ the

                                              3
variance of the difference scores) of 1.0 yg/m .  For the winter monitoring


phase the CV was 4.99%, and the precision estimate was 1.32 yg/m  for 81

                                                            3
replicate pairs.  Absolute differences were less than 5 yg/m  in 95% of


these.  Inter-laboratory comparisons gave a difference between means for the

                                               3
Wisconsin and Harvard laboratories of 1.16 yg/m  or 3.3% (S.D. of difference

                3                           3
scores, 1.6 yg/m ) for summer, and 3.29 yg/m  or 6.51% (S.D. of difference


scores, 3.56 yg/m ) for the winter phase, indicating generally good


agreement between these labs.
                                       250

-------
Discussion




     The relationships between mean indoor and outdoor NO. concentrations




observed in this study compare favorably with several previous investigations




in demonstrating the close association between the use of gas for cooking and




elevated levels of NO  inside of homes, with the magnitude of departure from




outdoor concentrations being greatest during the winter when both intentional




ventilation and unintentional infiltration rates may be reduced, and stove use




is likely to be increased (13-16,18,50).  Conversely, average indoor  NO




concentrations in electric stove homes were below those measured outdoors,




possibly explained by the reactive nature of NO  (3).  This difference was




also increased in during the winter, suggesting that for NO  being inside




these homes may be protective against exposure to outdoor levels.  Given the




proportion of time spent at home by our study population, the levels of N0_




they are exposed to there contribute a major time concentration component to




their total personal exposures.  This impact is most apparent in both the mean




comparisons and correlations between indoor and personal N0~ exposures for




the gas stove households.  By comparison outdoor measurements are a poor




estimator of personal exposures, especially during the winter when more time




is spent indoors and the levels of NO  found there differ most from those




outdoors.




     These results have several consequences for epidemiological studies of




the health effects of air pollutants, from both outdoor and indoor sources.




By using only the outdoor component of exposure, several key confounding




variables are omitted from consideration.  These have been identified in our




regression analyses for personal characteristics such as occupation and




occupational exposures (welding, gas fire equipment), and as age and sex.  For




household characteristics, indoor NO  concentrations were closely associated
                                      251

-------
with individual exposure.  The variability in these concentration measurements




could only be partially represented by source (gas stove, pilot light, gas




dryer) and ventilation factors of the home as related to personal exposures.




Errors in the determination of the independent variable, exposure, may have




especially serious consequences for the ability of health studies to derive an




exposure-response relationship, since these errors may bias parameter




estimates to falsely imply the presence or absence of an effect.




     Were all cases to conform to their group means both for indoor N0~




levels and for activity patterns, adjustment of ambient air pollution




monitoring data to estimate personal exposures would be simple.  However,




measures of central tendency fail to convey information regarding the consid-




erable variability observed here and by other investigators for indoor NO,.,




concentrations.  Yet this is precisely what is implied by statistically




controlling for the presence of indoor sources in covariate-type analyses of




the health effects of air pollution.




     A similar problem is presented to those studies attempting to demonstrate




health effects associated with the use of gas as opposed to electric stoves.




Although the group means for personal NO  exposure diverge, this study




demonstrates that there is a considerable overlap between these two groups.




This overlap might be attributable to variability in exposures experienced in




other locations, which in turn is related to the individual's own pattern of




activities.  Such misclassification of individual exposures will reduce the




sensitivity of these studies.  It also may explain some of the inconsistancies




in their results, and of suggested modification of health impacts over time,.




Biological changes in children as they grown older may make them less




susceptible to environmental challenges, but social changes may modify their




exposures by altering their mobility patterns. As less time is spent at home
                                      252

-------
and more is allocated to school and other locations, this will alter the




individual's total integrated exposure even though he or she remains




classified as having a gas or electric stove.









Acknowledgements




     The interest, cooperation, and hospitality of the participating families




are greatly appreciated, as is the assistance given by the staff of the




Pardeeville, Portage, and Rio school systems.  We acknowledge the efforts of




William Knight for his assistance with graphics and programming, of Dr. Mari




Palta for her suggestions for data analysis, and Gary Hoffman at the Wisconsin




State Laboratory of Hygiene for his assistance in the preparation and analysis




of the monitors.  This study was supported primarily by a grant from Wisconsin




Power Companies, and through a cooperative agreement between the Environmental




Monitoring Surveillance Laboratory (EMSL) of the U.S. EPA and the Harvard




School of Public Health.
                                      253

-------
                                  REFERENCES
1.   National Academy of Sciences.   Nitrogen oxides.   ISBN 0-309-02615-6.
     National Academy of Sciences,  Washington, D.C.,  1977.  333 pp.

2.   National Academy of Sciences.   Indoor pollutants.   ISBN 0-309-03188-5.
     National Academy Press, Washington, B.C., 1981.   537 pp.

3.   Yocom, J.E.   Indoor-outdoor air quality relationships.  A critical
     review.  ^J.  Air Pollut. Control Assoc.  32:  500, 1982.

4.   Fugas, M.  Assessment of total exposure to an air pollutant.  In:
     Proceedings of the International Conference on Environmental Sensing and
     Assessment.   Vol.  2.  IEEE #75-CH 1004-1 ICESA.   Paper No. 38.5.  Las
     Vegas, Nevada.  September 14-19, 1975.

5.   Morgan, M.G. and Morris, S.C.   Needed:  A national R+D effort to develop
     individual air pollution monitor instrumentation.   _J. Air Pollut. Control
     Assos.  27:  670, 1977.

6.   Sexton, K.,  Letz,  R. and Spengler, J.D.  Human exposures  to nitrogen
     dioxide:  Exposure modeling and risk assessment.  Paper 82-48.6 presented
     at the 75th Annual Meeting of  the Air Pollution Control Association,  New
     Orleans, Louisiana.  June 20-25, 1982.

7.   Lebowitz, M.D.  Health effects of indoor pollutants.  Ann. Rev. Public
     Health.  4:  203, 1983.

8.   National Academy of Sciences.   Energy in transition 1985-2010.   ISBN
     0-7167-1228-8.  W.H. Freeman and Company, San Francisco,  California,
     1979.   677 pp.

9.   U.S.  Environmental Protection  Agency.  Air monitoring strategy  for state
     implementation plans.  EPA 450/2-77-010.  U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Office of  Air Quality  Planning and Standards, Research  Triangle
     Park,  North Carolina, 1977.

10.  Chapter III - Environmental agents.  In:  Epidemiology of Respiratory
     Diseases Task Force Report,  July 1979.  U.S.  Department of Health and
     Human Services.  NIH Publication No. 81-2019.   U.S. Government  Printing
     Office, Washington, D.C., 1980.

11.  Young, G.S., Hagopian,  J.H., Hoyle, E.R.  Potential health effects of
     residential energy concentration measures.  Final Report.  Report No.
     GRI-79/0097.  Arthur D. Little, Inc., Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1981.

12.  Hauser, T.R., Scott, D.R., and Midgett, M.R.   Air monitoring:  Research
     needs.  Environ. Sci. Technol.  17: 86A, 1983.

13.  Wade,  W.A.,  Cote,  W.A., and Yocom, J.E.  A study of indoor air  quality.
     J. Air Pollut. Control Assoc.   25: 933, 1975.

-------
14.  Palmes, E.D., Tomczyk, C., and DiMattio, J.  Average NO. concentration
     in dwellings with gas or electric stoves.  Atoms. Environ.   11: 869,
     1977.

15.  Melia, R.J.W., Florey, C. duV., Darby, S.C., Palmes, E.D., and
     Goldstein, B.D.  Differences in NO  levels in kitchens with gas or
     electric cookers.  Atmos. Environ.  12: 1379, 1978.

16.  Goldstein, B.D., Melia, R.J.W., Chinn, S., Florey, C. du V., Clark, D.,
     and John, H.H.  The relation between respiratory illness in primary
     schoolchildren and the use of gas for cooking:  II.  Factors affecting
     nitrogen dioxide levels in the home.  Int. J_. Epidemiol.  8: 339, 1979.

17.  Keller, M.D., Lanese, R.R., Mitchell, R.I., and Cote, R.W.   Respiratory
     illness in households using gas and electricity for cooking:  I.  Survey
     of incidence.  Environ. Res.  19: 495, 1979.

18.  Spengler, J.D., Duffy, C.P., Letz, R., Tibbitts, T.W., and Ferris, B.C.
     Nitrogen dioxide inside and outside 137 homes and implications for
     ambient air quality standards and health effects research.   Environ. Sci.
     Technol.  17: 164, 1983.

19.  Szalai, A., (ed.).  The Use of Time:  Daily Activities of Urban and
     Suburban Populations in Twelve Countries.  Mouton Publichers, The Hague,
     Netherlands, 1972.

20.  Moschandreas, D.J., Zabransky, J., and Pelton, D.J.  Comparison of indoor
     and outdoor air quality.  Final Report.  EPRI EA-1733.  Electric Power
     Research Institute, Palo Alto, California, 1981.

21.  Ott, W.R.  Models of human exposure to air pollution.  Technical Report
     No. 32.  SIAM Institute for Mathematics and Society, Standford
     University, Standford, California, 1980.  67 pp.

22.  Dockery, D.W. and Spengler, J.D.  Personal exposure to respirable
     particulates and sulfates.  £. Air Pollut. Control Assoc.  31: 153, 1981.

23.  Moschandreas, D.J.  Exposure to pollutants and daily time budgets of
     people.  Bull. N.Y. Acad. Med.  57: 845, 1981.

24.  Moschandreas, D.J., Zabransky, J., and Pelton, D.J.  Comparison of
     indoor-outdoor concentrations of atmospheric pollutants.  Final Report
     for the Electric Power Research Institute.  GEOMET Technologies Inc.,
     Gaithersburg, Maryland, 1980.

25.  Daun, N.  Micro-environment types:  A model for human exposure to air
     pollution.  Working Draft.  WD-908-1-HHS.  Rand Corporation, Santa
     Monica, California, 1981.  24 pp.

26.  Duan, N.  Models for human exposure to air pollution.  N-1884-HHS/RC.
     Rand Corporation, Santa Monica, California, 1982.  15 pp.

27.  Palmes, E.D., Gunnison, A.F., DiMattio, J., and Tomczyk, C.  Personal
     sampler for nitrogen dioxide.  Am. Ind. Hyg. Assoc. J^.  37: 570, 1976.


                                      255

-------
28.  Morris, S.C.  Personal monitoring of air pollution exposures.  Environ.
     Int.  5: 69, 1981.

29.  Silverman, F., Corey, P., Mintz, S., Olver, P., and Hosein, R.  A study
     of effects of ambient urban air pollution using personal samplers; a
     preliminary report.  Environ. Int.  8: 311, 1982.

30.  Dockery, D.W., Spengler, J.D., Reed, M.P., and Ware, J.  Relationships
     among personal, indoor and outdoor NO  measurements.  Environ. Int.  5:
     101, 1981.                           2

31.  Quackenboss, J.J., Kanarek, M.S., Spengler, J.D., and Letz, R.  Personal
     monitoring for nitrogen dioxide exposure:  Methodological considerations
     for a community study.  Environ. Int.  8: 249, 1982.

32.  Nitta, H. and Maeda, K.  Personal exposure monitoring to nitrogen
     dioxide.  Environ. Int.  8: 243, 1982.

33.  Ferris, B.C., Speizer, F.E., Spengler, J.D.,  Dockery, D.W., Bishop,
     Y.M.M., Wolfson, M., and Humble, C.   Effects  of sulfur oxides and
     respirable particles on human health:  I.  Methodology and demography of
     population in study.  Am. Rev. Resp. Pis.  120: 767, 1979.

34.  Kish, L.  Survey Sampling.  Wiley, New York,  New York, 1965.

35.  Palmes, E.D.  Development and application of  a diffusional sampler for
     N02.  Environ. Int.  5: 97, 1981.

36.  Palmes, E.D., Tomczyk, C., and March, A.W.  Relationship of indoor NO
     concentrations to use of unvented gas appliances.  J_. Air Pollut. Control
     Assoc.  29: 392, 1979.

37.  Melia, R.J.W., Florey, C. du V., Morris, R.W., Goldstein, B.D.,  Clark,
     D., and John, H.H.  Childhood respiratory illness and the home
     environment:  I.  Relations between nitrogen  dioxide, temperature and
     relative humdity.  Int. J_. Epidemiol.  11: 155, 1982.

38.  Wolfson, M.J.  Modifications to the Palmes diffusion tube preparation and
     analysis methods.  Quality Assurance Document, Vol.  II.  Harvard Six City
     Study, Harvard School of Public Health, Cambridge, Massachusetts, 1980.

39.  Apling, A.J., Stevenson, K.J., Goldstein, B.D., Melia, R.J., and Atkins,
     D.H.F.  Air pollution in homes:  Validation of diffusion tube
     measurements of NO .  Report LR311 (AP).  Warren Spring Laboratory,
     Herfordshire, England, 1979.

40.  Cadof, B.C., Knox, S.F., and Hodgeson, J.A.  Personal exposure samplers
     for NO .  Draft Report.  National Bureau of Standards, Washington,
     D.C., 1979.

41.  Gordis, L.  Assuring the quality of questionnaire data in epidemiologic
     research.  Am. J. of Epidem.  109: 21, 1979.
                                      256

-------
42.  Chapin, F.S.  Human Activity Patterns in the City.  Wiley-Interscience.
     New York, New York, 1974.

43.  Neter, J. and Wasserman, W.  Applied Linear Statistical Models.  Richard
     D. Irwin, Inc., Homewood, Illinois, 1974.

44.  Snedecor, G.W. and Cochran, W.G.  Statistical Methods.  7th ed.  Iowa
     State Unviersity Press, Ames, Iowa, 1980.

45.  Rosner, B. Donner, A., and Hennekens, C.H.   Significance testing of
     interclass correlations from familial data.  Biometrics.  35: 461, 1979.

46.  Draper, N.R. and Smith, H.  Applied Regression Analysis.  2nd ed.  Wiley,
     New York, New York, 1981.

47.  Weisberg, S.  Applied Linear Regression.  Wiley, New York, New York,
     1980.

48.  Donner, A.  The relative effectiveness of procedures commonly used in
     multiple regression analysis for dealing with missing values.  Amer.
     Statist.  36: 378, 1982.

49.  Dixon, W.J.  (ed.).  BMDP Statistical Software 1981.   University of
     California Press, Berkeley, California, 1981.  726 pp.

50.  Daniel, C. and Wood, F.S.  Fitting Equations to Data.  2nd ed.  Wiley,
     New York, New York, 1980.

51.  Cote, W. A., Wade, W.A., Yocom,  J.E.  A study of indoor air quality.
     Final report. EPA-650/4-74-042.   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
     Washington,  District of Columbia, 1974, pp. 282.
                                      257

-------
TABLE 1.  INDOOR, OUTDOOR AND PERSONAL MONITOR NO  CONCENTRATIONS (yg/m3)
                       FOR BOTH PHASES AND STOVE TYPES
 Phase
           Stove
Location
Mean
S.D.
Mean    Mean
 1-0     I/O
Diff    Ratio
Summer Gas Indoor

Outdoor
Ave . Personal
Elect. Indoor

Outdoor
Ave. Personal
Winter Gas Indoor

Outdoor
Ave. Personal
Elect. Indoor

Outdoor
Ave. Personal
29.60

11.54
25.33
12.33

15.17
17.93
50.61

15.35
44.02
9.63

17.24
15.57
11.67

5.06
7.67
4.89

5.62
4.91
23.48

6.15
16.65
5.15

5.53
5.94
(38)
17.90 2.85
(38)
(38)
(50)
-2.65 0.86
(47)
(50)
(34)
36.43 3.93
(33)
(34)
(48)
-7.71 0.60
(47)
(48)
 t
Number of households (a).
Average personal exposure  for each household.
                                       258

-------
TABLE 2.  PEARSON PRODUCT-MOMENT CORRELATION OF HOUSEHOLD AVERAGE PERSONAL
            NO,, EXPOSURE WITH INDOOR AND OUTDOOR CONCENTRATIONS*


Phase
Summer
Winter

Stove
Gas
Elect.
Gas
Elect.

Indoor
0.80
0.66
0.80
0.65
Location
Outdoor
0.40
0.35
0.13?
0.161"

Kitchen
0.78
0.69
0.75
0.65

a
(38)
(50)
(34)
(48)
.All p-values (that r=0) <0.001 except as noted.
 p>0.22.
 p>0.14.
TABLE 3.  INTRACLASS CORRELATION (p) BETWEEN MEMBERS OF THE SAME HOUSEHOLD
                          FOR PERSONAL N02 EXPOSURE
 Phase
               Stove
Summer
Winter
                Gas
              Elect.

                Gas
              Elect.
0.63
0.24

0.50
0.19
 45.67
 12.82

194.51
 16.88
 26.62
 40.48

194.29
 71.73
38
50

34
48
150
206

127
197
t
Number of households.
Number of valid personal exposures.
                                     259

-------
TABLE 4.  MEAN PERCENT TIME SPENT IN VARIOUS LOCATIONS FOR 3 POPULATION GROUPS
Population Group
Phase Location
Summer Home
(S.D.)
Outside
(S.D.)
Motor Vehicle
(S.D.)
Work/School
(S.D.)
Other Indoors
(S.D.)
N
Winter Home
(S.D.)
Outside
(S.D.)
Motor Vehicle
(S.D.)
Work/School
(S.D.)
Other Indoors
(S.D.)
Workers
59.32
(11.92)
12.33
(9.13)
5.79
(4.22)
15.52
(10.87)
7.04
(6.38)
137
66.07
(11.41)
3.31
(5.35)
5.62
(5.56)
18.64
(10.36)
6.36
(6.00)
Non-
Workers
75.22
(12.11)
12.91
(9.87)
4.43
(2.72)
0.19
(0.76)
7.24
(6.38)
32
83.25
(8.39)
1.87
(2.01)
4.25
(2.50)
3.04
(7.05)
7.59
(5.34)
Students
68.34
(12.46)
14.96
(9.31)
3.30
(4.26)
4.40
(7.81)
9.00
(9.57)
177
66.14
(10.12)
3.86
(3.29)
3.25
(2.57)
19.47
(7.49)
7.27
(6.19)
Combined
Totals
65.41
(13.28)
13.73
(9.35)
4.39
(4.28)
8.41
(10.60)
8.06
(8.2)
346
67.47
(11.47)
3.49
(4.17)
4.24
(4.14)
17.85
(9.70)
6.95
(6.05)
                                 127
26
176
329
                                      260

-------
       HOME  RVERRGE  PERSONRL N02 EXPOSURES
           VS.  OUTDOOR LEVELS (SUMMER)






_J
cr
o
CO
CK
UJ
Q-

UJ
O
CC
QC.
UJ
>•
CX











	 f
cr
o
CO
OL
UJ
Q_

UJ
O
cr
o;
UJ
CX



45-

40.


35-


30.


25.


20-


15.


10-

5-

— x
" X IS C-RS
-_ 0 IS ELECTRIC
X
: x
—
X s£
I X ^
~ X 3(P CD
I X X yr

- CL* £ CD
y, "~J
^ O
~ CD
_ CD X ®jjfCDgjrj _
x j^ x Q*^ .~
X (fp C/"o CD
1 0 *£ 60 0 CD
: o cy

— o
: x CD
j-
-. i i , i i i i . i i i i p i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i i ' i i i i i i i i i i i
°0. 5. 10. 15. 20. 25. 30. 35- 40. 45.
OUTDOOR CONCENTRflTION (>uG/m3)
HOME RVERRGE PERSONRL N02 EXPOSURES
VS. OUTDOOR LEVELS (WINTER)
80.

70.

60-

50.


40.


30-


20-
10.
0-
* X IS C-RS
x 0 IS ELECTRIC
-
* X *

X
* X X
^ -IIS

^ ^ *^( 5K ^

^
~ ®OT
- * * 3*°
.
_ ^ 5(f C5
r iL^c? CD
r^ ^ T^0
~i . i , i , i , i . i , i . i . i , i . i . i . i . i . i . i . i , i ,
0- 10. 20. 30- 40. 50. 60. 70- 80- 9C
             OUTDOOR CONCENTRflTION
Figure 1.  Average personal NO  exposure for each household compared
          with outdoor concentrations for summer and winter.

                            261

-------
        HOME nVERflGE  PERSONflL N02  EXPOSURES
          VS.RVERRGE HOME  LEVEL  (SUMMER)





	 1
ex
o
CO
o;
LU
CL
LU
CD
cr
a:
LU
>
a:












— J
cc
o
CO
a:
LU
o_
LU
o
CE
LU

CC



65-
60.

55.
50.
45-
40.

35.

30-

25-

20-

15.

10-
5.















~
—
E
r
^-
n Fi
u • ^^


on
yu •
80.

70-

60.


50.

40-


30.

20.


10.
0-
1
-
-
-
_
-
~
—
'
-
-

—
-
_
•
.
~
-

X IS GRS
0 IS ELECTRIC


X

X

* afl* „
0 * x^
5K; :*;
o o x
O CD * *
o @ o x x x
m(ri ^X O ^
O-J O
®3 C^rjO O
dP CD
X

1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 . 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 I 1 1 1
5. 10. 15. 20. 25. 30. 35. 40. 45. 50. 55. 60. 65-
RVERflGE HOME LEVEL (.uG/m3)
HOME RVERRGE PERSONRL N02 EXPOSURES
VS.RVERRGE HOME LEVEL (WINTER)
X IS GRS
0 IS ELECTRIC 3K

5(€ ^


*
* X
^
3K / ^^(C
OO
^

X * X
o x
JJ)
CD ~
O Q$§ 3(C
5°
i , i , i , i , . i , , i , , . i . , . i . , .
         0.    10.   20.   30.   40.   50.   60.   70.

                HVERRGE HOME LEVEL (juG/m3!
                                                80-
                                                     90.
Figure  2.  Average personal NO  exposure  for each home  compared with
          average indoor concentrations  for summer and winter.
                               262

-------
          COMPARISON  OF  PERMEATION  AND  DIFFUSION-TYPE PASSIVE SAMPLERS



                                     VERSUS



                   CHARCOAL  TUBE  COLLECTION OF SELECTED GASES



                                       BY



                  PHILIP W.  WEST,  Ph.D.  and A.S.  Lorica, Ph.D.



                         WEST-PAINE  LABORATORIES,  INC.



                                7979 GSRI AVENUE



                         BATON ROUGE, LOUISIANA   70820



                                      AND



                            JOHN  W. STORMENT, C.I.H.



                            WESTERN ELECTRIC COMPANY



                              9595 MANSFIELD ROAD



                          SHREVEPORT, LOUISIANA  71130





                                    ABSTRACT



      A  study  has  been made   of  the  performance  characteristics  of



permeation-type  samplers (REAL,  .Inc.),  diffusion-type devices  (3M and



DuPont) and charocal  tube collection of four gases of interest. The  gases



studied  were   Freon  113,  trichloroethylene,  1,1,1-trichloroethane, and



perchloroethylene.   Concentrations  of  the  gases  were ten,  fifty, one



hundred, and one hundred fifty per cent of the respective TLV's with face



velocities of 50 and  500 ft.  per minute. Temperatures of 20°C and 30°C, and



relative humidities of 30% and 80% were  included.



      Passive monitors are recommended. The  permeation-type  monitors were



essentially free of problems arising from environmental  variables  and gave



consistently  good results.  They  can  be  considered the  most reliable,



accurate,  and  generally satisfactory devices  for personal   monitoring as



determined for the gases  studied. The diffusion-type samplers were  found to



show  errors  of as much  as  99% when used  in humid atmospheres,   but were



generally  satisfactory  for  use  in  atmospheres having humidities  below 80



percent.                               263

-------
INTRODUCTION
      Previous  studies  of  the  performance  characteristics  of passive
monitors have been  limited  to  diffusion-type samplers such as the  DuPont
Pro-Tek  and  3M  3500 badges  (1,2).  The  permeation-type  passive monitor
developed  at Louisiana  State  University,  by  West  and  his co-workers
(3,4,5,6,7,8) has yet to be studied alongside  the diffusion-type monitors
and the charocal tube. It was  the purpose of this investigation to compare
the performances  of  the  diffusion-type monitors,  represented by 3M  and
DuPont   Pro-Tek,   the  permeation-type  monitors,  represently  by   REAL
Minimonitor  (Reizner  Environmental  Analytical Laboratory, P.O.  Box  3341,
Baton  Rouge,  Louisiana  70821),  and the  charocal tube  in  an atmosphere
containing four organic chlorine compounds encountered in the  dry-cleaning
industry  and  in metal  degreasing,  namely,  Freon 113,  (1,1,2-trichloro-
1,2,2-trifluoroethane),   1,1,1-trichloroethane,   trichloroethylene,   and
tetrachloroethylene  (a.k.a. perchloroethylene).
EXPERIMENTAL
Organic  Vapors  and  their Concentrations
       Test mixtures  of the  following compounds representing  approximately
10%,  50%,  100%,  and  150% of their respective TLV's  were  made  by  injecting
appropriate  amounts  of the  pure  liquids which were either AR grade or were
spectroscopic quality.
       Freon  113 -  For spectroscopic use.
       1,1,1-Trichloroethane -  MCB Reagents,  98%  by  GC.
       Trichloroethylene  -  Certified ACS Reagent; Fisher  Scientific Co.,
       Chemical  Mfg.  Division,  Fairlawn,  N.J. 074010
       Perchloroethylene  -  For  spectroscopic use.
Standard Gas
       The  standard gas that was used  to  calibrate  the  GC gas results was
supplied by  Gas Analytical  Services,  Inc. 10172  Mammoth Ave.  Baton Rouge,
Louisiana  70814, according  to  the following  specifications: Freon 113, 109
-  121 ppm; 1,1,1-trichloroethane, 46.0 -  48.1 ppm; trichloroethylene, 18.0
                                    26k

-------
- 18.3 ppm; and perchloroethylene, 18.6 - 20.8 ppm.
The Exposure Chamber
      The  exposure chamber  was  an  elongated  toroid, closed  loop  type
designed by West-Paine  Laboratories,  Inc. The chamber main body, with  a
volume of 80 L, was made of 1/8" and  3/8"  Teflon-coated "Lucite"  SAR,  E.I.
DuPont de Nemours Co.,  Inc. The Teflon-coated inside surface of the chamber
served to minimize adsorption of the test vapor molecules.  The chamber was
essentially an assembly  of  two  parrallel  long arms of  rectangular cross-
section, joined together at each end by a U-joint,  one of  which housed the
blower used to mix and circulate the mixture of gaseous test  species.
      The monitors were  placed  in  the  two long arms  of the chamber which
were accessible through removeable but tight-fitting  covers.
      Face  velocity was  measured with  Datametrics  Dresser  100 VJ_  Air
Velocity and Temperature Meter with the probe inside the chamber  operative
on the hot-wire anemometer principle.
      A "Linseis" US 6£ Linear Strip Chart Recorder used in connection  with
a  Type  "K" thermocouple gave  a continuous  print-out of  the temperature
inside the chamber.
      Two  "Neptune" Dyna Pumps, Model 2, Universal  Electric Co.  Michigan,
equipped with Teflon diaphragms were  located outside the chamber.  One  pump
was used in the network to sample automatically the gas mixture  inside the
chamber; the other was used to draw the gaseous mixture inside the chamber
through  the  charocal  tubes  and  back  to the  chamber  through Cole-Parmer
flowmeter, Model  FM 042-15 with 150 mm  flowtube and stainless  steel float,
Cole-Parmer Instrument Co.,Chicago, IL  60648.
      A  Perkin-Elmer  Gas  Chromatograph  Sigma  115  System  continuously
monitored  the  concentrations  of the  organic pollutants in the chamber.  A
15' x  1/8" x  0.012"  GC column was  used  packed with 20% SP-2100 -  0.1%
carbowax 1500 on Chromosorb W,  HP 80/100 mesh.
                                   265

-------
      The  gas  sampling  network   consisted  on  one  10-port  Valco  Air-
Activated gas sampling  valve.  Two  10-mL sampling loops were connected  to
this valve  such  that one loop was  continuously being flushed  with  fresh
samples as the other was  loading sample onto the analytic  column.  A 3-way
ASCO 832061 stainless  steel  body,  stainless  steel  seat  ASCO solenoid.
controlled through the  GC data processor was used to  sample  the pollutant
mixture inside the chamber.
      The relative humidity inside  the  chamber  was  continuously monitored
with a  Lab-Line  Electro-hygrometer,  Lab-Line  Instruments,  Inc.   Melrose
Park, IL.
Experimental Procedure
Exposure p_f Monitors, Desorption and  GC_ Analysis
      Five  to ten monitors  were  positioned inside  the chamber  facing the
gas  flow  and  at sufficient  distance from  the  blower  motor to  avoid
turbulent  flow.  A measured amount of  each  liquid  organic  pollutant was
injected into the  injection port with the appropriate Hamilton  GC  syringe.
After the  last liquid had been injected,  the blower motor  and  GC  sampling
network  were  immediately activated  and the starting time  recorded. Only
mixtures of the four organic pollutants  representing either 10%, 50%, 100%,
or  150%  TLV of  each pollutant were used.  By means  of an "MSA  Ventilation
Smoke Tube Kit" Part No. 458481, Mine  Safety Appliances Co., Pittsburgh, PA
15208, instantaneous mixing inside the chamber was observed when the blower
was  run  at  a  speed that would  give an air flow  of  500 ft/min.
      The  monitors were exposed to the pollutant mixture  for  more than five
hours.  After exposure, the monitors  were taken  out of  the  chamber for
immediate  analysis or  set aside  in the freezer  for later study.
       The  analyses  involved desorption with  either  one mL (for  charcoal
tubes),  three  mL  (for  diffusion-type  monitors)   or five  mL (for REAL
monitors)  of pre-cooled  carbon  disulfide, GC  grade,  J.T. Baker  Chemical
Co.,   Phillipsburg,   N.J.  08865,   followed  by  the  GC  separation  and
                                    266

-------
determination of the pollutants in the carbon disulfide  solution  after  at
least an hour of contact between the CS^ and the adsorbent taken from each
monitor.  A  second  chromatographic  run of this solution  was  made and the
results were  averaged  for  each  pollutant. The order  of elution  was:  1)
Freon   113;   2)   1,1,1-trichloroethane;  3)  trichloroethylene;   and  4)
perchloroethylene.
      In  addition  to  the  predetermined  amount  of pollutants  introduced
into the  chamber,  the face  velocity,  temperature, and  relative  humidity
were also  controlled.  Two  face velocities  were   used:  1)  50  ft/min,  to
correspond to the air  flow  in a laboratory where there is little  movement
of  air  or  personnel;  and  2)  500  ft/min, to  simulate   air  motion  in  a
laboratory  where a  great  deal  of  relevant movement   takes  place. The
temperature either  at  30°+ 2°C  or  20° +_ 2°C.  The relative  humidity was
kept either in the 20 - 40% or 70 - 90% range except that at low temperature
the relative humidity  was maintained in the 60  - 70% range.
      In  experimental  runs where  the  chamber  leaked   as  shown  by  an
uncharacteristically   rapid  decrease   in   the  concentrations   of  the
pollutants measured,volumes of the  pure liquids  were subsequently injected
into  the  chamber   to  restore   as   closely  as  possible   the   initial
concentrations.
      For the  calibration  of the REAL  Monitors,  each  monitor  was  filled
with 1.35 g of activated  charcoal  (20 -  40 mesh, Lot 382,  supplied by REAL,
Inc.).   The permeation constant, k_,  of  each monitor for each  pollutant was
determined by exposing the monitor to a mixture  of  all four pollutants for
the same length of time used in the actual experimental  run.
      The sampling rates for the charocal  tubes  ranged  from 2.09 mL/min  to
22 mL/min, depending upon the concentration of the  pollutant  mixture.  The
sampling rate  used  was the maximum possible  without breakthrough  of the
pollutants.                        267

-------
RESULTS
      The k_ values  used  in  the calculations for the permeation-type  REAL
monitor are given in Table 1.
                       TABLE I - Permeation Constants,  k*
Monitor
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Freon 113
504
492
468
491
638
432
479
485
493
447
532
500
511
509
683
446
538
537
594
491
1,1,1-Trichloro-
ethane
181
175
174
178
225
153
173
178
179
162
194
182
187
177
236
150
183
184
198
167
Trichloro-
ethylene
116
114
117
115
137
96.1
108
112
116
109
87.6
82.9
87.3
80.6
105
66.1
82.8
84.1
89.5
77.9
Perch loro-
ethylene
64.4 90.6
65.5
67.2
66.3
76.6
56.1
61.1
65.1
64.6
62.7
89.2
95.9
86.9
110
72.8
93.7
95.9
101
95.2
                                                     .H.',
                                                             second, for
*   The first column is for
    and 60 - 70% R.H.
The temperature  effect  on the permeation  constant  noted by West and  co-
workers  (3,4,8)  is evident for Freon  113,  perchloroethylene,  and  1,1,1-
trichloroethane.   The l£ values  for trichloroethylene, on the other  hand,
decreased with temperature which could  mean a decrease in its mass transfer
rate  through  the  permeable  membrane  with  increase  in  temperature.  The
following summary of the range of values of the coefficient of variation of
the permeation constants gives an  indication of the precision involved.
Freon 113
                              1,1,1-trichloro-
                                  ethane
                                                     Trichloro-
                                                      ethylene
                                                                       Perchloro-
                                                                        ethylene
Coefficient of
Variation
                 5.0 - 11        9.5 - 15            2.2  -  8.4          15  -  23
       The  percentage relative  error, which  by definition, is the absolute
error  divided by the true value, expressed in percentage,  is  given in Table
                                      268

-------
2. It might be  pointed  out that the true value was taken to be  the  value
given by the GC sampling network.  By absolute error is meant  the difference
between the value shown by a particular monitor and the  true value.
      At 30°C and 26 - 28% relative humidity and  500 ft/min  face  velocity,
the diffusion-type 3M 3500 and the REAL minimonitor showed  good  accuracy.
The other diffusion-type monitor,  DuPont Pro-Tek, did  not perform  as  well
as 3M and REAL.  However, at 50 ft/min face velocity, the DuPont Pro-tek had
improved accuracy. The 3M and REAL devices also performed well  at  50 ft/min
face velocity  but  the latter seemed less  able  to hold  perchloroethylene
(9).  At  20°C  the REAL monitor  performed  excellently for  all pollutants
studied.    This  behavior  towards perchloroethylene,  also  shown  by  the
charcoal  tube,  might  be  characteristic  of  activated   charcoal,   the
absorbent used  in  these monitors. This view  is  supported by a  series  of
experiments involving the use of  different kinds of activated charcoal  in
the   REAL  minimonitor,   which   gave  consistently    low   values    for
perchloroethylene.
      At  high  relative  humidity,  which  often attends the  actual  use  of
these personnel  monitors, only  the REAL  monitor  and the  charcoal   tube
continued to function well; the  DuPont  and 3M monitors apparently  could not
retain the pollutant molecules  in the presence of a  large number  of highly
polar water molecules.
      The coefficient  of variation of the TWA values  had  the  following
range of values:
Charcoal tubes, 3.3 - 16;
3 M, 1.3 - 18;
DuPont,  1.7 - 26;
REAL, 2.4 - 18
      It  might  be pointed  out  that the  frequency of  occurrence  of  the
higher  values  was  relatively   low.  The confidence in  passive  monitors
inspired  by impressive  evidence  presented in recent  publications  (1-8)
                                   269

-------
seems to be justified.
      Using an error  ceiling  of  35% and the data in Table 2  as basis  for
comparison  of the  overall  performance  of the  three  passive  monitors
studied, it can be seen that only 16% of the REAL  data  go beyond the error
ceiling as compared with 27% and 41%, respectively, for  the 3M and DuPont
data. Of  the  three  passive monitors  included  in  this  investigation,  the
permeation-type  REAL  minimonitor   showed,  on  the  whole,  dependable
performance.  Indeed,   it  might  be  convenient  and timely  to  adopt  the
permeation-type REAL monitor as standard in  place of or  at least equivalent
to the charcoal tube.
CONCLUSIONS
1.    Passive  monitors,  whether diffusion  - or  permeation-type,  are  as
      reliable as the charocal tube.
2.    Of  the   three  passive  monitors  included  in this work,  only  the
      permeation-type  REAL  minimonitor  continued  to perform  well at  high
      relative humidity.
3.    On  the  whole,  therefore, the  permeation-type REAL monitor came  out
      with  a  better  performance and  it  might  now be  time to adopt  it as
      standard in place of  the charcoal  tube.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
      Financial  support from  the  following organizations  is gratefully
acknowledged:
Council for International Exchange of Scholors,  Eleven  Dupont Circle,  N.W.
Suite  300,  Washington, D.C.  20036,  which  administers the  Fulbright-Hays
Fellowships,  supported  Dr.  Lorica for 11 months;
Philippine-American Educational  Foundation, 12th  Floor,  Magsaysay  Center,
1680  Roxas  Blvd.,  Manila,  Philippines,   underwrite the travel expenses of
Dr. Lorica  to  and from  the  United States.
University  of the  Philippines, Quezon  City 3004,  Philippines,  granted
sabbatical  and research  leaves  consecutively to Dr. Lorica.
                                    270

-------
Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, LA  70803-1804, U.S.A., where
Dr. Lorica was visiting scholar.
West-Paine Laboratories,  Inc.  7979 GSRI Avenue,  Baton  Rouge,  LA   70820,
U.S.A., supported Dr. Lorica upon termination of  CIES funding.
      The  work  described  in   this  paper  was   not  funded  by  the  U.S.
Environmental  Protection  Agency  and  therefore  the  contents   do  not
necessarily  reflect  the views  of  the Agency and  no offical  endorsement
should be inferred.
                                REFERENCES

1.   Feigley,  Charles  E.  and  Chastain,   James  B.      An experimental
     comparison  of  three  diffusion  samplers  exposed  to  concentration
     profiles  of  organic vapors    Am.  Ind. Hyg. Assoc.  J.   43(4): 227
2.   Voelte,  D. R. and  Weir, F.  W.    A  dynamic-flow  chamber comparison  of
     three passive organic vapor monitors with charcoal  tubes under single
     and  multiple  solvent exposure conditions    Am. Ind.  Hyg.  Assoc.  J.
     42(12):  845 (1981).
3.   Reiszner, K. D.  and West,  P. W.   The collection and  determination  of
     sulfur  dioxide  incorporating  permeation  and  the West-Gaeke  procedure
     Environ.  Sci. Techno!.    7: 526-32 (1973).
4.   McDermott,  D.  L.,  Reiszner, K.  D.  and West, P. W.    Development  of
     long-term sulfur dioxide monitor using permeation sampling   Environ.
     Sci. Techno!.    13:  1087  (1979).
5.   Bell, D.  R., Reiszner, K. D. and West, P.  W.   A permeation method for
     the  determination  of average concentrations of  carbon monoxide in the
     atomsphere   Anal.  Chim.  Act    77:  245-254  (1975).
6.   Nelms,  L. H.,   Reiszner,  K. D.  and  West,  P. W.    A  personal vinyl
     chloride monitoring  device with  permeation  technique for  sampling
     Anal. Chem.   49:  994-998 (1977).
                                     271

-------
7.   Hardy,  J.  K.,  Dasgupta,  P.  K.,  Reiszner,  K.  D.  and West,  P.  W.
     Personal chlorine  monitor  utilizing permeation  sampling    Environ.
     Sci.  Technol.   13: 1090-1093 (1979).
8.   Ryan, Roland  L.  and West,  Philip W.    A hydrogen fluoride personal
     monitor using permeation sampling   Am.  Ind.  Hyg. Assoc. J.  43: 640-
     44 (1982).
9.   Gergory, E.D. and Elia,  V.J.  Sample retentivity properties of passive
     organic vapor samplers and  charocal  tubes under  various conditions of
     sample loading, relative humidity,  zero  exposure level  periods and  a
     competitive solvent. Am. Ind.  Hyg. Assoc, J.   44: (2) 88 - 96 (1983).
                                      272

-------
                                                             TABLE  2
                                                   PERCENTAGE  RELATIVE  ERROR

                                                    50  Ft/MIN  FACE VELOCITY

FREON 113
1,1,1
TRICHLOROETHANE
TRICHLORO-
ETHYLENE
PERCHLORO-
ETHYLENE
N>

FREON 113
1,1,1
TRICHLOROETHANE
TRICHLORO-
ETHYLENE
PERCHLORO-
ETHYLENE

C. Tube
3M
DuPont
REAL
C. Tube
3M
DuPont
REAL
C. Tube
3M
DuPont
REAL
C. Tube
3M
DuPont
REAL


C. Tube
3M
DuPont
REAL
C. Tube
3M
DuPont
REAL
C. Tube
3M
DiiPoNt
REAL
C. Tube
3M
DuPont
REAL
TLV
-2.2
-9.7
-4.9
+3.6
+3.3
-13
-11
-19
+18
-28
-23
-13
-24
-19
+1.7
-46

ro*-
TLV
" +776
+5.3
-7.5
-1.2
+13
+8.7
+9.0
-2.6
+30
-8.7
+7.1
0.0
-15
-18
+36
-3.2

+13
-76
-89
+3.2
+16
-26
-48
-14
+27
+14
+28
+11
-14
-7.3
+37
-37


""+5.7 "
-80
-91
-1.0
+12
-25
-56
+0.8
+16
+36
+106
+20
-17
0
+99
+20
" 50%""
TLV
-18
-1.8
-25
-8.0
-17
-14
-24
-18
-8.0
-28
-26
-25
-41
-24
-8.4
-38
500 Ft/MIN
""' ~ 50* "
TLV
-24
+1.3
-18
-9.7
-22
-2.0
-2.4
-12
-13
-16
-6.0
-3.8
-47
-12
+45
-13

+11
-88
-95
+5.4
+16
-46
-74
-17
+33
-10
+13
+12
-18
-12
+8
-33
FACE

-12
-85
-93
+17
-9.4
-46
-72
-2.4
+2.7
-6.9
+22
+42
-37
-27
+28
-10

-3.8
-16
-47
-0.5
-17
-30
-25
+14
-20
-13
-18
-26
-19
+4.8
-50
VELOCITY

-5.5
-11
-53
-13
+0.5
-3.9
-18
+0.7
+13
-25
+12
-1.1
-28
-31
+58
-1.5
TOO*
TLV
-2.2
-85
-92
+1.6
-44
-68
-21
+11
+5.1
+14
+4.2
-24
-16
+4.5
-40

TOO*
TLV
+3.4
-88
-94
+3.2
+28
-49
-76
-3.4
+39
0
+23
	 +36 	
-11
-24
+23
	 -7,8 	
"" 150%"
TLV
+22
-38
-69
-14
-5.6
-35
-14
+24
+19
+5.1
-46
-6.8
+12
-39

" rs'oY
TLV
-1.7
-25
-57
-12
+4.6
-8.6
-21
	 -2.4 _„
+16
-8.0
-8.2
-25
-9.3
+35
	 +1,5 „„

+3.3
-87
-91
+9.0
-53
-64
-7.2
+24
-4.6
+24
+6.9
-23
-25
+18
-39


+4.2
-84
-94
-10
+9.2
-45
-77
-0,3
+18
+0.8
+24
+41
-24
-18
+68
+1.?
NOTE:   At each TLV the left column gives values at 30% R.H., right column values  at  80% R.H.

-------
   SESSION V





ACID DEPOSITION
       275

-------
                     AUTOMATED ACQUISITION, FILTERING  AND
                                 REDUCTION OF
                           ION CHROMATOGRAPHIC  DATA
         RICHARD C. GRAHAM, JOHN K. ROBERTSON,  AND JEFFREY  S.  POULIN


                         SCIENCE RESEARCH LABORATORY
                             US MILITARY ACADEMY
                          WEST POINT, NEW YORK  10996


     In the past several years, few problems have  received  the national and
international attention that acid precipitation has  received (1,2).   For
informed decisions about pollution control strategies  to be reached  by
policymakers, large amounts of data on  the chemical  composition of
precipitation must be amassed.  This  data must  address and  be  able to define
trends in chemistry and hopefully to  delineate  sources of  pollution  from which
acid is derived.  Trends in the spatial and temporal  variability of
precipitation are being addressed by  national networks such as the National
Atmospheric Deposition Program, the MultiState  Atmospheric  Precipitation
Sampling Program, and the Canadian Sampling Program  (3).  In addition to these
deposition oriented networks, a need  exists to  sample  a storm from beginning
to end on a systematic basis such as  reviewed by  Robertson  et. al. (4).  An
intensity weighted sampler used by the  Science  Research Laboratory at the US
Military Academy collects one sample  of 7 ml volume  every 0.01" of
precipitation.  For each sample collected a rather complete ionic chemistry
workup is desired so as to obtain pH,  concentration  of major cations
(monovalent and divalent) and major anions.  With average precipitation of 47"
per year at West Point, it became obvious early in our effort that we must
                                       276

-------
automate as much as possible  every  aspect of our data collection, storage,  and




processing effort.  We  chose  to  begin our automation effort with the  ionic




chemistry analysis since  this would represent the largest savings of  time.









INSTRUMENTATION
     Since the originally  designed DIONEX Model 14 was initially only  capable




of determining either  anions  or  cations, a second detector and associated




circuitry were obtained  from  DIONEX and the system replumbed to allow  for  use




of both sets of  columns  at the  same time.  Anion analyses are performed  using




the 500 mm x 3 mm  or  two 250  mm  x 3 mm separator column(s) followed  by a 6 x




250 mm suppressor  column.   The  eluent is the 0.0024 M NaHC03/0 .003^1  Na2C03




prepared by diluting  2 gms of each anhydrous salt to 8 liters using  >  15




megohm-cm deionized water. Monovalent cation (Na+, Mty"1", 1C1") analysis was




performed using  a  6 x 250  mm  separator column followed by a 9 x 250  mm




suppressor column.  A 0.007 _M HN03 eluent is prepared by dilution  of 55  ml 1 _N




HN03 solution  to 8 liter using  > 15megohm-cm deionized water.  Deionized water




is obtained from a Millipore  water treatment system consisting of  a  reverse




osmosis column,  carbon adsorption column, two mixed bed strong ion exchange




resins and a 0.2 micron  particulate filter.






     A Varian  8055 liquid  chromatographic autosampler was added to enhance the




DIONEX capabilities.   A  Valco ACV-10-UHPa-N60 10 port sampling valve with two




100 microliter sampling  loops was used to allow the simultaneous injection of




a single sample  onto  each  of  the sets of columns on the ion chromatograph.




The sampling valve is  plumbed as in Figure 1.
                                        277

-------
-L/V3n -73

-------
     The original sampling loop as  supplied  by  DIONEX was left in the eluent

flow line as the ion chromatograph  is  used both for  research and for teaching.



OBJECTIVES


     The objectives defined  at  the  outset  of the project were as follows:

           1.  To provide a  physical  link  between the DIONEX and a
               microcomputer.

           2.  To provide a  link  between the Varian Autosarapler and a
               microcomputer.

           3.  To convert the  analog  signal  from the DIONEX to a digital
               signal  for input  to  the microcomputer.

           4.  To have  the autosampler signal the microcomputer when a sample
               is injected.

           5.  To read  the rack  and vial number of the sample being analyzed.

           6.  To provide a  sample  control system.

           7.  To store  the  digital information for later processing.

           8.  To smooth the digital  data  by an accepted technique.

           9.  To process the  smoothed data  to obtain peak height, peak  area
               and  retention time of  each  peak.

          10.  To sort  the output file from  objective 9  to include sample
               identification  data  from the  sample control system.

          11.  To transfer the sample data from the microcomputer  to a
               mainframe computer for archival, statistical analysis, etc.


     To  date  all  but  objectives  6,  10 and 11 have been fully  implemented.

Programming  efforts on the remainder are continuing.  We are  also  pursuing  a

means  to accomplish objective  9 simultaneously with the  acquisition of the

analog data  which will require a foreground/background programming effort.
                                       279

-------
     The overall system  is  shown  as  block flow charts in Figure 2 and 3.  The




program operation  can  be  divided  into four sections — Administrative, Data




Acquisition, Data  Storage,  and  Data  Processing.  Each of the subsystems will




be discussed in subsequent  paragraphs.









Administrative







     The administrative  portion of  the  code is an interactive session allowing




the analyst to enter run  conditions,  date, number of samples to be analyzed,




number of wash vials,  source  of sample, etc.  The answers to the questions




asked during the session  control  the  naming of two types of data storage  files




— a file containing the  sample identification, run conditions, etc.  and a




second which contains  the digital chromatographic data.  It is anticipated




that as the software continues  to develop that the header file will be




accessed to determine  if  the  sample  being analyzed is a standard or not,  and




then using  the standards  for  construction of calibration charts.  If the




sample is an unknown,  then  the  peak  height will be converted to concentration.




At this time, the  conversion  of peak heights to concentration still requires




some "manual" manipulations of  the  data files.  Work is ongoing to fully




automate this process.   The data  files  are dynamically created during the run




as the rack and vial number are read  at the autosampler.









Data Acquisition







     To write the  computer  code for  the acquisition of data from the ion




chromatograph and  from the  autosampler, the internal workings of the
                                       280

-------
                                        fl
 REQUIRE n
 STORE
 HERDER INFO
 RNRLOG TO
 DIGITRL
 CONVERSION
 WRITE DIGITRL
 DRTR TO DISC
REQUIRE RND
STORE
RUN CONDITIONS
\/
      R.ERD RRCK RND
      VIRL NUMBER
                                                  \/
                  NRME RND OPEN
FIGURE 2 FLON EHRRT FOR RDMINI5TR.R \ IVE, DRTR  REQUISITION.
          RND DRTR 5TORRGE
                             281

-------
NJ
CO
(SJ
        p
OPEN DRTR

FILE
                SORT BY

                RNRLTTE
                     V
                CLOSE FILES
SMOOTH DRTR


CRLCULRTE PERK
PRRRMETERS
                                     TRn.N5.MIT DRTR
                                     FO MRINFRRME
                                                                V
                                          NRiTE  OUTPU
                                          FILE
                                          CRLCULRTE.
                                          CONCENTRRTION5

END

-------
autosampler had  to  be  completely understood.  The timing of actions  in  the




program had to be closely  linked to the sequencing of events occurring  in  the




autosampler and  to  the  signals  from the ion chromatograph.  The autosampler  is




placed in operation by  depressing the multiple/single run button.  As the  rack




rotates under the injection  needle, the program delays for several seconds.




When the needle  has pierced  the septum, the rack and vial number  information




is available as  5 bit  binary coded decimal (BCD) output on the interface




cable.  This information  is  read by a parallel digital board on the




microcomputer and is immediately used to dynamically name and open a data  file




for the chromatographic data.   Since the inject cycle on the autosampler




allows for flushing of  the tubing carrying sample to the injection loops,  the




program waits for a signal from the autosampler that the Valco valve has




turned to the inject position  (See Figure 1).







     The signal  is  quite weak  and required that an amplifier circuit be built




(Figure 4) which could  be  detected by the Schmitt Trigger on the  Mine.  The




0-1 volt signal  from the DIONEX is fed via 22  gauge copper wire to the




preamplifier on  the MING which  allows programmable "autogaining"  of  the




preamplifier.  The  signal  is then fed through  the internal bus structure of




the MING to the  analog  to  digital converter.  The Schmitt Trigger on the MING




initiates the acquisition  and  conversion of the analog signal to  digital form.




Simultaneously a realtime  clock is triggered to maintain the time of a  run and




also to control  the timed  acquisition of data.  The clock module  generates




interrupts to the processor  to  signal that an  Analog-Digital conversion must




be made.  Data acquisition requires that buffers be initialized and




subsequently filled with the converted data.  Data acquisition continues until
                                       283

-------
6 VOLTS
              MNCKN 512
100 MICRO.FRRRD
    28k

-------
the run time as  specified  by the operator is exceeded.  The data  as  acquired




is in integer  form,  and  must,  therefore, be converted to floating point.   All




of the buffer  management and integer to floating point conversion is handled




by system subroutines.   The  preceding is continued until the  rack and vial




number that are  read  indicate  that a stop pin has been encountered,  at which




  i'ne data acquisition ceases and data processing begins.









Data Storage







     After the data  is acquired from the DIONEX and is resident in the memory




of the microcomputer,  the  data is transferred to either a floppy  disc or  the




hard disc of the microcomputer system.  The files as explained earlier are




named and opened as  the  rack and vial number of the sample are read  from  the




autosampler.









Data Processing







     Data is smoothed  using  a  modified Savitzky-Golay smoothing technique




(5,6).  The particular technique is a seven point moving box  car  average.




Hacker, et. al.  (7)  and  Walraven (8)  indicate that significant shift in the




position of a  peak may be  caused by a single pass of such a smoothing routine.




They also showed that  insignificant loss of peak height and no resultant  peak




shift would occur if  the algorithm smoothing the peaks were to include four




passes—the first and  third  from time equal zero to end of run, and  two and




four from time equal  to  the  end of run to zero.
                                       285

-------
     The  expression  for  the  filter function is:





          y(n+3)=(x(n-3)+x(n-2)+...+x(n+2)+x(n+3))            (1)




                              7




where y(n+3)  is  the  value  of the  filtered data point and the x(n-3), etc. are




the values of  the  unfiltered data points.







     The  transfer  function,  H(f), of  this filter formula exhibits unity gain




for low frequency  output.  Higher frequencies are greatly attenuated so that




almost no high frequency  "noise"  appears  in the output data.  For the moving




average filter,  the  transfer function is:




                     M




          H(f)=A +2    A  cos 2     K  ft                        (2)




                    K=l




where f = the  frequency of the input  data and t = the sampling rate. For a




seven point filter, K=3 and  M=2.   This gives  the transfer function:




          H(f)=l+2 cos 2   ft + 2  cos  4   ft +  2 cos 6  ft)     (3)




                                  7







     A graph  of  H(f) versus  2 ft  enables  visualization of the filtering action
                                       286

-------
                                          o
                                       XcD
                                          6
                                          O'
                                          0
                                       + o   £
                                               cvl
                                          0
                                          a
                                          O
28?

-------
     The dashed graph represents  the  transfer function of the smoothing  filter




employed in the program.   It  represents  the effect of four passes of the




moving average formula  on  the data.   The solid graph represents the effect  of




one pass.  As can be seen,  the effect of four successive applications of  the




filter is  that noise above  a  frequency component (2 ft) of 0.20 is for all




practical  purposes  eliminated.







     Whereas for the single pass,  only those frequency components of 2 ft




equal to 0.28, 0.56 and 0.85  are  eliminated.  In the region between these




values, the frequency components  are  passed and for the region 0.28 _< 2  ft<^




0.56, the  amplitude is  reversed,  thus subtracting from the net signal.







     The peak height, peak width,  retention time, and several other parameters




were determined using chromatography  peak processing routines on  the MINC.




After all  of the peaks  have been  identified and the peak areas tabulated,  the




data is transferred via a  Network communications package to a larger mainframe




system for conversion of the  peak heights to concentrations using a linear




least squares fit of peak  height  vs.  concentration calibration curve.  The




resulting  concentrations and  other sample identification data are stored on




the mainframe using the RIM-5 data base system.  Data retrieval and subsequent




statistical analysis of data  are  accomplished on the mainframe.







Future work







     In the future, we  plan to streamline the working of the program  to  allow




more efficient  use  of  the  computer resources and to allow  for simultaneous




processing and  acquisition of data.  Several other routines  for  the  sorting




and merging of  data are currently being written.
                                       288

-------
                                  REFERENCES
1.  Carter, J., Environmental Priorities  and Programs,  Message  to  the
Congress, 2 August 1979.

2.  Memorandum of Intent Between the Government  of  Canada  and  the  Government
of the United States of America Concerning Transboundary Air Pollution,  signed
5 August 1980.

3.  Wisneiski

4.  Robertson, J.K., R.C. Graham and T.W. Dolzine,  Chemistry of  Precipitation
from Sequentially Sampled Storms, EPA 600/4-80-004,  US  Environmental
Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, NC,  1980,  117 pages.

5.  Savitzky, A., and M.J.E. Golay, Smoothing and Differentiation  of Data by
Simplified Least Squares Procedures, Anal. Chera. 36:1627,1964.

6.  Steiner, J., Tremonia and DeHour, Comments  of the Smoothing  and
Differentiation of Data by Simplified Least Squares  Procedure, Anal. Chem.
44:1909,1972.

7.  Hacker, H., R.C. Graham, and J.K. Robertson, Interfacing a Digital MINC-11
Microcomputer with a Polarograph, Proceedings of the  Digital Equipment
Computer Users Society Symposium, Los Angeles,  1981,  p.467-473.

8.  Walraven, R., Digital Filters, Proceedings  of the Digital Equipment
Computer Users Society, San Diego, California,  1980,  p.827-834.
                                     289

-------
                       DESIGN AND TESTING OF A PROTOTYPE







                          RAINWATER SAMPLER/ANALYZER







                              Richard J.  Thompson



                            School  of Public Health



                      University of Alabama in Birmingham



                             Birmingham,  AL  35294







A device for the collection and analysis  of rainwater has been conceptualized;



component  parts  are  undergoing  testing.   The   sampler   will   record  the



temperature, pH,  conductivity  and  volume  of  collected rain  samples  and note



the  time  of capture/analysis.   Ions  from samples  of known  volume will  be



trapped for subsequent laboratory analysis.







Performance characteristics will be  presented which are designed  to meet the



short-term needs  of  meteorological  modeling and atmospheric  chemists as well



as the long-term needs of soil  scientists.
                                      290

-------
     The  collection  and  analysis  of  precipitation  matter  is  vital   to  the
definition  and  understanding  of the  "acid  rain"  problems.   It  has  been shown
that there  are  grave problems  in  the monitoring  of rainwater  (1,2),  and that
samples decay on  standing  (2-10).   Even in laboratories which  should  be among
the best, the measurement  of  all constituents in all samples  varies  by over a
factor of 2 and some constituents measurements in some samples varies by over a
factor  of  10 in  both rain  (5) and  synthetic  deposition  samples  (11).  This
could mean  that there is potentially  an error of  at  least ±  0*3 and  as  much as
+ 1-0 pH units in the monitoring data being collected today.   Even in data from
the National Atmospheric Deposition (NADP) program one may note a difference of
one pH unit between field and laboratory measurements for some samples.
     The errors existent in monitoring  the  chemical  constituents of  rainwater,
pH,  and  conductivity  are  largely  ignored,  although  this   problem  has  been
addressed in the literature (1,8,9).  It has been shown  that  phosphate,  nitrate
and ammonium  are unstable, in  the order  given  (3,4,5,10).   Cooling  (5,6)  or
freezing  (4) collected samples  is  said  to  promote  stability.   Storage  in glass
or polyethylene is claimed not to affect stability (5).
     One solution to the vexing  problem of  identifying  change  sample stability
is to follow the NADP procedure (contributed by  the author)  of measuring pH and
conductivity in the  field  and  in the laboratory.   Another advance would be to
isolate chemical constituents in a  manner  such  that  decay  is avoided.   Another
need is for sequential, sampling rather than the  bulk samples  collected in the
NADP,  the NOAA-WMO-EPA network (the oldest national  network)  and other networks
(2,8).
     A  number  of sequential  samplers have  been  devised  (6,12,13,14)   one  of
which  measures pH (14).  None of the  samplers,  however,  measures conductivity,
nor provides for  the  immobilization of chemical contents, although  one design
                                      291

-------
provides  for  refrigeration  to  reduce   temperature   in   order  to  minimize



biological activity and chemical  decay (6).



     In table 1,  characteristics  of the Rainwater Sampler/Analyzer (RWSA-1) are



shown.   The  RWSA-1  designed is  intended  to avoid most  of the  problems  given



above.   Measurements will  be  made  of pH,  conductivity,  ionic  composition, and



acidity.  Stored  samples will  be  analyzed to determine decay.



     The  capabilities  of  the RWSA-1  are  given  in  table 2.   Note that  the



sampler capabilities address  the needs  of both meteorologists  for  short-term



data and  biologists  and ecologists  for  seasonal  data.   Also  addressed  is the



need for the determination of sample stability.



     In table 3,  the operational  features include operator control to allow for



varying intensities of rain.  The storage  of cations  and  ions  (on ion exchange



resins) is  a novel feature  of  this  device.  The  designed operating  range  of



-50°F to +50°F is of course subject to proof in  the field.   The micro-processor



control of measurements and the  operator  processor  control  of sampling options



is also a novel  feature.



     The  engineering of the electronics  for  this  device  and  its construction



are from  venture  capital.   The objectives  of the  testing of  the prototype  is



given in  table 4.  As  noted,  modification of  the RWSA-1  is a  possibility which



field test results may  dictate.   This project will  commence when prototypes are



availab!e.



     In table 5,  a  portion of the  planned future  studies is  given.   The last



item  given,   "show  applicability  of  RWSA-1  to  generating  data for  quality



assurance program  development  is direly  needed  and  may  prove to  be  a  notable



advance in "acid-rain"  work.



     Due  to  the  demonstration of storage  effects  from  some  samples  from some



sites,  it would obviously  be  of  interest to monitor  rain samples at a site for
                                      292

-------
a year before  tailoring  a quality assurance program to  that  site.   Because of



the unique nature of sites  and  of rain samples, only from a  year's  data can a



meaningful site specific quality assurance program be developed.



     The  sequential collection  of samples and concommittant  measurement of pH



and conductivity is shown  in  diagram 1.  In diagram 2,  the  interfacing of the



various components  around the micro-processor is depicted.



     Although the National  Acid Deposition  Plan does not make  mention of, nor



allude to, any monitoring  difficulties (15),  those of us who have  had to deal



with  "real-work" precipitation  monitoring  programs  are  aware  of  the problems



mentioned above.   The  RWSA-1 may prove  to  be  of  significant  help  in making



precise the  data  for  the  chemical  monitoring of  precipitation.   Without more



precise monitoring data,  defensible  relationships  between cause and  effect of



"acid-rain"  will  not be  possible.   If  non-metal  oxides  go up, "acid-rain" must



come  down, but  the  relationship  between  emissions  and  deposition will  not be



convincingly  demonstrable  without  monitoring   data  more  precise  than  that



currently obtainable.



     The work described  in  this  paper  was not funded by the U.S.  Environmental



Protection Agency  and  therefore, the  contents  do  not necessarily  reflect the



views of the agency and no official endorsement should be inferred.



     Acknowledgment:   The  purchase  of  prototypes  described  and the  bench and



field testing are  to  be performed under  NOAA contract  No.  NAOLRA00125, Design



and Testing  of a  Prototype Rainwater Sampler/Analyzer.
                                      293

-------
                 TABLE 1 - RAINWATER SAMPLER ANALYZER-1

                             CHARACTERISTICS


SENSOR-OPENS COLLECTOR COVER TO RAIN/SNOW

TWO COLLECTORS AND TWO CHANNELS

CHANNEL I - WILL MEASURE pH, CONDUCTIVITY AND TEMPERATURE

CHANNEL II - WILL MEASURE VOLUME AND PASS SAMPLES THROUGH COLUMNS

COLLECTOR SIZE VARIABILITY WILL PERMIT RWSA-1 USE IN AREAS OF
     DIFFERENT RAINFALLS

ONE TO TEN UNITS OF RAIN CAN BE LOADED ON EACH COLUMN

SIX COLUMNS ARE AVAILABLE ON THE RWSA-1 PER SEOUENCE

AN AUXILIARY  MODULE  (AM)  CAN  BE  COUPLED  TO THE  RWSA-1 TO  EXTEND  THE
COLLECTION CAPABILITY TO 12 COLUMNS

THE  RWSA-1 (AND  AM)  CAN  BE  POWERED  BY  110  VAC  OR  BY  AN  OPTIONAL
BATTERY PACK

OPTIONAL HEATED VERSIONS FOR RAIN/SNOW COLLECTION

DESORBER OPTION TO INTERFACE WITH ION CHROMATOGRAPH

CLOSED COLLECTION SURFACES OF TEFLON

IONS LOADED ON RESINS FROM FIXED VOLUMES

MICRO-PROCESSOR CONTROLLED BY OPERATOR

ALL DATA RECORDED AND PRINTED
                                   23k

-------
                      TABLE 2 - RWSA-1 CAPABILITIES

DETERMINE RAINWATER COMPONENTS IN "REAL-TIME"
"REAL-TIME"   MEASUREMENT   OF   CONDUCTIVITY,    pH,    TIME,    DATE   &
TEMPERATURE
DETERMINE RAINWATER COMPONENT PROFILE OF RAIN EPISODES
DETERMINE DEPOSITION - EPISODE AND ANNUAL
DETERMINE SEASONAL COMPOSITION VARIATION
STORE' BULK  SAMPLE  TO  ALLOW THE   DETERMINATION  OF  SAMPLE  STABILITY
FOR EACH SAMPLE
              TABLE 3 - RWSA-1 OPERATIONAL DESIGN FEATURES

COLLECTOR   CONTROL   TO   ACCOMMODATE  RAINS   OF   VARYING  INTENSITY  OR
AMOUNT
BOTH ACTIONS AND ANIONS STORED
"AS  IS" RAINWATER SAMPLED FOR OTHER ANALYSES
OPERATES BETWEEN +50°F AND -50°F
MEASUREMENTS MICRO-PROCESSOR CONTROLLED
COLLECTION  OPTIONS PROGRAMMABLE BY OPERATOR
                                   295

-------
                  TABLE 4 - PROTOTYPE TEST OBJECTIVES


COMPLETE RWSA "BENCH-MODEL"

DEVELOP "BENCH-MODEL" TEST PROTOCOL

TEST "BENCH-MODEL" FOR PERFORMANCE AND RELIABILITY

MODIFY AS NEEDED TO RWSA-1

DEVELOP A FIELD-TEST PROTOCOL FOR THE RWSA-1

FIELD-TEST   TWO   RWSA-1   COPIES   FOR   PERFORMANCE   PRECISION   AND
RELIABILITY

MODIFY RWSA-1 AS NEEDED

RETEST (IF MODIFIED) AND COMPARE WITH OTHER SAMPLING SYSTEMS

DEMONSTRATE VIABILITY OF STORED RESINS

DEMONSTRATE DEVICE CAPABILITY TO PROFILE EPISODES
                        TABLE 5 - FUTURE STUDIES


DETERMINE EPISODE PROFILES AT SELECTED HIGH EMISSION LOCALES

DETERMINE   EPISODE   PROFILES   AT   SELECTED   INTERMEDIATE   EMISSION
LOCALES

DETERMINE EPISODE PROFILES AT SELECTED BACKGROUND EMISSION LOCALES

DETERMINE CAUSE OF SAMPLE DECAY

BENCH TESTING BY OTHER LABORATORIES

FIELD TEST AT OTHER LABORATORIES

COMPARE WITH OTHER SYSTEMS

SHOW   APPLICABILITY   OF   RWSA-1  TO   GENERATING   DATA   FOR   QUALITY
ASSURANCE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT
                                   296

-------
  VOLUME
  DETECTOR
  0.1 CM
 pH  METER
 0-14  0.05 pH
 CONDUCTIVITY
 METER
0-300 ^MICROMHO
 TEMPERATURE
    (FLUID)
   ± 0.10 C
 TEMPERATURE
  (OUTSIDE AIR)
±0.10 C -40-+70 C
 PRECIP SENSOR

 -FIRST DROP--
 NONVOLATILE
   MEMORY
   BACK-UP
  PWR SOURCE
MICROPROCESSOR
BASED
SYSTEM CONTROLLER
     REAL-TIME CLOCK
      (YEAR-DAY-TIME)
                                                                        LINE PRINTER
                                                                        PUMP& VALVE
                                                                        ACTIVATORS
                                           RAIN DOOR
                                           OPEN & CLOSE
                                           OPERATOR
                                           TEST PANEL &
                                           DISPLAY

-------
                           RAIN DOOR
NJ
U>
OO
                                     DATA TO
                                                                           LIQUID STORAGE
                                                                       CALIBRATED VESSELS

-------
                                    REFERENCES

1.    Tyree,  S.Y.,  Jr.  Rainwater Acidity  Measurement  Problems.    Atmos.  Environ.
     15:57, 1981.

2.    Thompson, Richard J.  The  Sampling  and Analysis Techniques  in  Current  Use in
     the EPA/NOAA/WMO Precipitation Network.   WMO  Special  Environmental  Report No.
     10.  Air Pollution Measurement Techniques, WMO No.  460, Geneva, 1967. p. 40.

3.    Feeley,  Herbert  W.  et.  al.   The  Chemical  Analysis  of  Deposition  Samples.
     Environ. Meas.  Lab.  Environ 0 1980,  EML 391.   I-43-I-74.

4.    Mueller, K.P. et.  a±.,  Deposition  Atmos.  Poll.  Proc.  Colloq.  1981.  via C.A.
     97:?03034q.

5.    Linkaityte,  E.  et.  al.   Change in the Composition of [atmospheric] Precipitate
     Samples  in  Relation to  the  Conditions  of  Time &  Storage.   Zashch.  Atmos.
     Zagryaz.  3:38,1976.  via C.A.   87:28105h

6.    Coscio,  M.R.,   Pratt,  G.C.  and  Krupa,  S.V.,  An  Automatic,  Refrigerated,
     Sequential  Precipitation  Sampler.  Atmos. Environ.   16:1939, 1982.

7.    Lewin, Ella  E.  and Torp,  Ulrik.   Influence of Contamination on the Analysis of
     Precipitation Samples.   Atmos.  Environ. 16:795, 1982.

8.    Hansen, D.A.  and Hidy, G.M.  Review of Questions  Regarding Rain Acidity Data.
     Atmos. Environ.  16,  2107  (1982).

9.    Jervis,  T.R.,   Rainfall   Acidity:   Natural   Variance  and  Subsequent  Time
     Dependence of pH.  Atmos. Environ.  13:1601,  1979.

10.  Peterson, D.L.  et.  al.   For.  Res.  Rep.   (Univ.  111.  Urbana-Champaign.   Agri.
     Exp. Sta. Dept.  For.Tl979, 79.

11.  Feeley, Herbert W.  and Bogen,  Donald  C.   The  Chemical  Analysis of Deposition
     Samples.  An Inter!aboratory  Comparison.   Environ Q  (US  Dept  Energy Environ.
     Meas Lab) 1978.   1,3-43.

12.  Asman,  Willem  A.H., Draft  Construction   and  Operation  of a  sequential  rain
     sampler.  Water, Air, Soil  Pollut.,  13:235, 1980.

13.  Raynor, Gilbert S.  and McNeil, John  P., An Automobile Sequential Precipitation
     Sampler.  Atmos.  Environ.  13:149,  1979.

14.  Lopez-Gonzalez,   Jose Alberto,  Determination  of  raviations  in  the  Chemical
     Composition  of  rainfall  in  several  regions  of  Texas  through  the  use  of an
     automated sequential sampler and analyzer.  Dissertation, University of Texas,
     Austin, 1982.   via Diss.  Abstr.  Int. B. 43:809, 1982.

15.  National Acid Deposition  Plan, Prepared  by the  Interagency Task Force on Acid
     precipitationDraft January,  1981, Dr.  Cris  Bernabo,  Executive  Secretary,
     Council on Environmental  Quality, Washington, D.C.
                                        299

-------
ORGANIC ACIDITY IN PRECIPITATION FROM




      REMOTE AREAS OF THE WORLD
           I'.' i I I i a rn C . K e e n e



          James '!. Ga I I owey



           J .  Dav id Hoi den
 Department of Environmental Sciences



        University of Virginia



   CharlottesviI Ie, Virginia 22903
                   300

-------
                             INTRODUCTION




     The  enthropogenic emissions of SOo and NO  into the atmopshere



 has  caused widespread  acidification  of  precipitation  in Northern




 EL rope and eastern North America (1,2).  The study of precipita-




 tion  chemistry  developed  largely  in  response to this perturbation,




 and  consequently  most research  has focused primarily  on  major




 inorganic chemical constituents.  The organic constituents, and



 particularly carboxylic acids,  have  received  relatively  little




 attention.  Carboxyl ic  acids  are  a  common constituent  of aerosols




 and  precipitation  (3).   In industrialized  regions  of  the  Northern




 Hemipshere, these  acids  make  a  negligible contribution to the free




 acidity  of  precipitation  (4,5,6,7,8).  However,   evidence suggests




 that formic and acetic acids are  a major source of free acidity in




 precipitation fror.i  remote regions of  the  world  (9,10).   This paper




 reports  a summary  of current  findings  regarding organic acidity in



 precipitation  collected by 1he  Global  Precipitation Chemistry




 Project  (GPCP).






 Study  Site, Collection Procedures and Analytical  Protocol




      The  (GPCP)  was established in 197? to determine the  composi-



 tion  of  precipitation,  and processes that  control  the  composition,




 in remote regions of the world.   To  date,  5 stations  have:  been




 established.   They are Katherine,  Australia;  San Carlos  do  Rio



 Negro, Venezuela;  Poker  Flat  Research Range, Alaska;  ST.George's,




 0 e r ID u d a ; and  Amsterdam  Island in the Indian Ocean.  G a I I o w a y e. t




31.  (5) gave detailed descriptions of  the  sites, sample collection



 procedure arid  analytical protocol.
                                301

-------
     Samples  were  collected  by event  in scrupulously  washed




polyethylene  containers.   Immediately  after  a  sample  was




collected, the pH's of two aliquots  were measured at the field




site.   If  sufficient volume remained,  the  sample  was  divided  into




two 250 ml aliquots.   One aliquot  was treated  with chloroform to




prevent biological activity during  sample  storage  and  shipment to




the University  of Virginia. The  other  aliquot was  left untreated.




     During the  first two  years  of operation,  samples  were




analyzed  for  the following major  inorganic  species: H + , C a 2 + ,




Mg2 + ,  Ma+,  K+, NH4 + ,  S042~, H03-,  Cl~ and Si04~4.   P043"  was



measured only  in  samples  from San Carlos de Rio Negro.






Development of  Hypothesis




     Ion balances calculated from inorganic data suggested  that




unmeasured proton doners contributed significantly  to the  free




acidity of  precipitation at certain sites (9,10).  Comparisons




between pH measured  in the field and  in the laboratory  suggested



that these acids were present  when  samples  were collected and




that,  in the absence of chloroform,  they were  consumed by  biolog-



ical activity  prior to analysis.  It  was  hypothesized that  weak




organic acids  were the unmeasured proton doners and  the  substrate




for biological  activity.






                            METHODS




     Keene £±  si. (10)  developed accurate  and precise techniques




to measure organic  anions and total  acidity in the samples.  Ion




Exclusion Chromotography (11)  was  used to  identify and quantify




organic  acid   anions.  Formate  and   acetate  were found  in  all



aliquots  which  had  been treated  with  a biocide.   Citrate,




                              302

-------
propionate,  glycolate and/or  lactate were observed infrequently




and always at  very  low   concentrations.   Succinate,  butyrate  and




valarete were  not  found.  Therefore,  the  technique  was  optimized




for the quantification  of  formate and  acetate  and  was verified by




standard additions, replicates,  comparisons  with free acidity  and




comparisons with total  acidity.



     A  technique  incorporating  Johansson's  (12) modifications  of




Gran's  (13)  functions  was  developed  to  measure  total  acidity.




Because organic acids  dissociated throughout  the  titration  below




pH 7.00,  it  was  impossible to  differentiate  strong  from weak



acidity using  Gran's  technique.  f-''easurements of total  acidity




were verified  with replicates and comparisfons with calculated




tota I   acidity.






                            DISCUSSION




     Kceneet^l. (10)  presented a small  set  of direct measure-




ments  on  precipitation  samples  collected  at  Katherine,  Australia




between 9 December 1981  and  26 January 1982.   Results showed that




the  loss  of free acidity  in  untreated  aliquots  was directly




proportional  to the concentrations of  dissociated  organic  anions



in treated aliquots  (Figure  1).  On a  volume weighted  basis,  formic




and acetic acids  contributed  64? of the free acidity and  63 '!• of




the total  acidity in  the 12 samples.   Unmeasured proton  donors




contributed 21 r1 of  the  measured  total  acidity.




     The volume weighted averages and  ranges  of H+ and  the  sum of




dissociated  organic anions  are  compared for 3 sites in  Figure 2.




The  large  range  in both  H+ and  Z R C 0 2 for  precipitation from




Amsterdam; Island resulted from a single low volume  event  which






                               303

-------
                                        KAlriERINE, AUSTRALIA
O
-c-
                           32

                           30


                           28


                           26

                           24

                           22


                           20


                           18
X
O  12.
                            8


                            6

                            4


                            2
N =
slope =
Y intercept =
R =
12
O.9O
O.3
O.98
.OO05
1 — p-
2
— 1—
4
T-
6
— 1—
8
— 1 	 T~
10 12
— T"
14
T~
16
— 1—
18
— r~
20
-T 	 T~
22 24
— I"
26
-I 	 11 1
28 3O 32
                                                 DISSOCIATED (peg//)
        Figure  1.   Plot  of  the  sum of dissociated organic
                   versus the difference between H+  (AH+)
                   precipitation  from Katherine,
                                 anions  (ZRC02~)  in  treated  aliquots
                                 in  treated  and  untreated  aliquots  of
                        Australia.

-------
         cr
         o>
         a.
o
vn
           50
            40
            30
            20
            10
       Figure  2
                         Range
                     Volume
                     Weighted
                     Average
                                                                        12Sept81-11July 82
                    9 Dec 81-28 Mar 82
                                              3May82-15Sept82
                     H +    XRCO2
                           IDissoc.]

                    KATHERINE
                    AUSTRALIA

                      N = 38
                             H+     IRCO2
                                    IDissoc.l

                            POKER  FLAT
                              ALASKA

                                N=14
        IDissoc.i

AMSTERDAM
  ISLAND

    N=22
A Comparison of the volume  weighted averages and ranges  of  H+
organic anions (ZRC02)  in  treated aliquots of precipitation f
                  the GPCP.
         and dissociated
       from 3 sites in

-------
contained  high  concentrations  of formic and  acetic  acids.




Although  the  sample may  have been  contaminated,   we  had  no




justifiable reason  for  excluding  if from  the analysis.   On  a




volume weighted basis, organic acids contributed  59^  of  the free



acidity  in  precipitation at Katherine, 34? at Poker Flat and 25£




at Amsterdam Island.  Low volume events tended to have  higher




absolute  and relative concentrations of  organic acidity.




     The  regression of AH + vs IRC02~ (Figure  I)  indicated  that AH



could be  used to  estimate the  organic acidity of treated  aliquots




in which formate and acetate had  not been measured. Two assump-




tions were  implied when  using  this estimate:  (I) Organic  acids




were the only constituents, contributing to  free acidity,  which




disappeared from  untreated aliquots; and  (2)  these  acids  were




completely  consumed  in untreated aliquots.   Keene e.± sJ_.  (10)




demonstrated that  these assumptions were satisfied for samples




from Katherine.   A similar  comparison   of  AH+ and   £RC02~  for



samples from Amsterdam Island  indicated that the assumptions were




also satisfied for that site.  However,  results from  Poker Flat



suggested  that  the  second assumption was   not  satisfied, resulting




in an underestimte of £ R C 0 2 ~ •   ^e  speculated that  because  of the



relatively  short time interval between collection  and  analysis  of




samples from the  site, all organic acids  had not been consumed  in




untreated  aliquots.  Data  was not  available to evaluate  the  valid-




ity of  the assumptions for samples  from San  Carlos and  Bermuda.




     H+ is compared with  AH+,  for the 5 GPCP sites, in Figure 3.




On a  volume weighted basis, organic acids accounted for most of



the variability in free acidity  from site  to  site.   Strong mineral



acidity,  as  estimated  from the difference  between H+ and AH+, was




                              306

-------
   20
    15
    10
                                     18Nov80-28Mar82
                                       H+
                      4Sept80-9Mar81
        3May80-11July82
  0)
  a.
     0
            19%
                          49%
                                         53%
                                                                      AH+
                                                                  25May80-15July80
                                                                  16 Sept 82-15 Feb83
                                                   20Oct80-11July82
                                                        31%
                                                                       30%
        POKER FLAT
         ALASKA

          N=55
SAN  CARLOS
 VENEZUELA

   N = 11
KATHERINE
AUSTRALIA

  N = 93
AMSTERDAM
  ISLAND

   N = 35
BERMUDA


  N=36
Figure 3.   A comparison  between  the  volume  weighted  average  of H+ in treated aliquots
           and that  of the  difference  between  H+ (AH+)  in  treated and untreated
           aliquots  of precipitation  from  the  5  sites  in  the GPCP.

-------
relatively  constant  at  all  sites.   When  interpreting  these

results, three factors  were  considered.

     1.   Approximations  of ZRC02~ based on AH"1"  underestimated
          organic  acidity  in precipitation at  Poker Flat.

     2.   At Amsterdam  Island,  15£  of the original  free acidity  in
          precipitation  was neutralized  by seasalt  alkalinity
          (14) .

     3.   Precipitation  on Bermuda contained  a significant
          anthropogenic  component  of  strong  mineral acidity (15).
          The free acidity of  precipitation  at the site was also
          neutralized by  seasalt alkalinity.

     Considering these  factors, as well  as actual measurements and

estimates  based  on AH+, we arrived  at 4 conclusions regarding

precipitation  acidities  at GPCP sites.   All conclusions  were based

on volume weighted averages.

     1)   Free  acidities  at  the  five  sites  ranged  from a minimum
          of 9 yeq/& at  Amsterdam Island to a maximum  of 19  yeq/£
          at Kather i ne.

     2)   Organic  acidities at the 2 oceanic sites ranged from 2
          to 3 yeq/£  and  contributed 25  to  305?  of  the  free
          acidities.

     3)   Organic  acidities  at terrestrial sites ranged  from 5 to
          10 yeq/£  and contributed  35 to 605!. of  t-h e  free
          acidities.

     4)   Strong mineral acidities ranged from  7 to 9yeq/£  at al I
          sites.


                        ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     We thank Howard Clark  in San Carlos de Rio Megro, Mike Cogan

and Charles  Lasater  at Poker Flat Research  Range, Andre  Gaudry on

Amsterdam  Island,  Tim  Jickells on Bermuda and  Judy  Locke in

Katherine for the  excellent jobs they have  done operating  field

stations  for  the  GPCP.   We also  thank  Carl  0.   Moses and M.

Robbins Church  for valuable comments during the  investigation and

Linda Zieler and  Klaus  Scott for assistance  with   sample analysis

                               308

-------
and data  reduction.   Funding was provided  by  the  National Oceanic

and Atmospheric  Administration,  the  Environmental  Protection

Agency,  and the  U .  S.  Department  of  Energy.   The  Academic

Computing  Center  at  the  University  of  Virginia,  Char I ottes v i I I e,

provided computer  facilities for data reduction.


                             REFERENCES

 1.  Likens,  G. E. and Butler, T.   J.   Recent acidification of
     precipitation in  North America.  Atmo_.s_j. £jiljvr.o_n.. ,  15:  1103,
     1 981 .

 2.  Glass,  N.  R.,  Arnold,  D.  E., Galloway, J.  N., Hendrey,  G. R.,
     Lee,  J . J . ,   M c F e e ,  W . W . , N o r t o n ,  S .  A . ,  Powers,  C .  F . ,
     Rambo,   D.  L.   and  Schofield,  C.  L.    Effects  of  acid
     precipitation.   EnYj. ££_LL !e_cJi.,  16:  162A,  1982.

 3 .  Graedel,  T. E. and h'eschler, C.  J.  Chemistry within aqueous
     atmospheric  aerosols  and  raindrops.   Re.Vj. fieo.^^.^ '.S_£a.c.e.
     PhZS.-,  1 9: 505,  1 981 .
 4.  Galloway,  J.  N.,  Likens,  G. E.  and Edgerton,  E .  S.   Acid
     precipitation  in  the  Northeastern  United  States:   pH and
     acidity.  .S c. JLe.n £6 ,  194:   722,  1976.

 5 .  Lunde,  G.,  G ether,  J.,  Gjos, N. and  Lande,  M . - D .  S.  Organic
     pollutants  in  precipitation  in  Norway.   Almo.Sj. Environ. f  11:
     1007, 1977.

 6.  Hoffman,  I','. A.,  Jr.,  Lindberg,  S. E. and  Turner,  R. R.   Some
     observations of  organic  constituents in rain above  and  below
     a forest canopy.   EjLY_l.rfiil_i.  .Sil-i.  lQ£.h • ,  14:  991, 1980.
 7 .   Barcelona,  M .  J . ,  Liljestrand,  M .  M .  and  Morgan,  J .   J .
     Determination of  low  molecular weight volatile fatty acids  in
     aqueous samples.   AJxaJ-j.  CJie_nLi.>  52:  321,  1980.
 8.  Likens,  G.  E . ,  Edgerton,  E.  S.  and  Galloway,  J.  N .   The
     composition  of  organic carbon  in precipitation.   J_£j._Lu.£.  (in
     press) , 1 983.

 9.  Galloway,  J.  N., Likens,  G.  E., Keene,  ',=' .  C.  and Miller,  J. M
     Composition  of  precipitation in  remote  ereas of the  world. A
              BfiS. 18:   8771,  1982.
10.   Keene, W. C.,  Gal Iowa y,  J. N. and H olden,  J. D. Measurement of
     weak organic  acidity  in  precipitatin  from remote areas of the
     world.   J_L Geo£Ji;y_.s_i- Re^.,  (in  press),  1983.
                                 309

-------
11.   Dionex  Corporation.   Analysis of  inorganic anions and organic
     acicis  in carbonated  beverages.   Application  Mo.  #25,
     Sunnyvale, Ca.,  1 980.

12.   Johansson, A.  Automatic  titration by stepwise  addition of
     equal  volumes of titrant.   Ajial.y..£±,  95:   535,  1970.

13.   Gran,  G.  Determination  of  the equivalence point in potentio-
     metric  titration.   Part  II.  Analysl,  77:  661, 1952.
14.   Galloway,  J.  N., Gaudry,  A.,  Likens, G. E.,  Lambert,  G.  and
     t'iller,  J.  M.  Composition of  rain on Amsterdam  Island,
     Indian  Ocean.   (in  preparation),  1983.

15.   Jickells, T. C.,  Knap,  A.  H., Church,  T.  M . ,  Galloway, J. N.
     and Hitler,  J.  M.   Acid precipitation  on  Bermuda.
     297:  55,  1 982.
                               310

-------
A FIELD INTERCOM?ARISON OF PARTICLE AND GAS DRY  DEPOSITION  MEASUREMENT

AND MONITORING METHODS.
                  Donald A. Dolske and Donald F. Gatz
                      State Water Survey Division
          Illinois Department of Energy and Natural Resources
                    Champaign, Illinois 61820-9050
                               Abstract
     From 3 through  30  June,  1982,  concurrent  dry  deposition  flux
measurements   were   performed   using   various   currently  available
techniques.  Researchers from  more  than  a  dozen  U.S.  and  Canadian
institutions  gathered at a site near Champaign, Illinois.  The Illinois
State Water Survey (SWS) coordinated the  field  program  and  collected
ambient     meteorolgical     and    pollutant    concentration    data.
Micrometeorological  methods  used  included  eddy   correlation,   eddy
accumulation,   particle   concentration   variance,  and  concentration
profiles  /  modified  Bowen  ratio   computations.    Deposition   flux
collection   methods  using  surrogate  surfaces  such  as  polyethylene
buckets, funnels, and plastic or  Teflon  disks  were  also  used.   The
principal  species  for  which  deposition  was measured were particles,
particulate sulfur, sulfate, and nitrate,  as  well  as  gaseous  nitric
acid,  sulfur  dioxide,  and  ozone.   An  overview of the experiment is
presented, with a preliminary examination of some early results.
                             Introduction



     Refinement in the ability to accurately measure dry  deposition  of

airborne  pollutants  has  been  the  object  of  much  recent research.

Detailed model descriptions of the transport, transformation,  and  fate

of  airborne materials must include reliable estimates of dry deposition

rates.  To date no consensus has been reached regarding  a  routine  and

practical  method  by  which  dry deposition can be monitored [1].  This

intercomparison of monitoring and measurement methods was an approach to

the  verification  of  deposition  determinations  from  several  of the

methods now available.

-------
      The  Intel-comparison  experiments were conducted  from   3   through  30

June,   1982,  (Julian Dates 154  through 181)  at a 32  hectare  (800  m X 400

m)  field  site, 14 km southwest  of Champaign,  Illinois.  Figure  1  shows

plan  views  of the site and the location of  the participant  experiments.

The methods  included in the field program and the participating research

organizations  are  listed in Table 1.  Vegetation at the  site consisted

of  grass,  25  to 30 cm high.  The surrounding  farm fields were planted in

soybeans   and  corn,  and  the   local   topography  is  essentially flat.

Prevailing winds  in the region  during  June are south  to   southwest,  so

the  linear   arrangement   and   spacing  of instruments provided the best

potential  to  minimize interferences between  experiments.
             Table 1.  EXPERIMENTS IN THE JUNE,  1982 DRY DEPOSITION INTERCOM?ARISON

             Method                  Organization                     Acronym

      Eddy-Correlation       Atmospheric Environment Service (Canada)         AES
                          Battelle Pacific Northwest Laboratory           PNL
                          Oregon State University                       OSU
                          Argonne National Laboratory                    ANL

                          Governors State University                     GSU-V

                          USEPA/Environmental Science Research Lab.        EPA
                          Atmospheric Environment Service (Canada)         AES

                          Concord Scientific  Corporation (Canada)          CSC
                          The Colorado College                          TCC
                          Battelle Pacific Northwest Laboratory           PNL

                          University of Illinois, Medical Center          UIMC
                          Ontario Ministry of the Environment (Canada)     MOE

                          Carnegie-Mellon University                     C-MU
                          USDOE/Environmental Measurements Laboratory      EML
                          Governors State University                     GSU-B
                          University of Illinois, Medical Center          UIMC

                          Oak Ridge National  Laboratory                  ORNL
Variance

Eddy-Accumulation


Gradient



Filtration/Model


Surrogate Surfaces





Vegetation Washing
                                         312

-------
Figure  1A.   Plan view of intercomparison  field site.
                               Poles
 Gravel  Road *
                              Building
 Paved  Road
              Paved Pad
                                 o
                              V
                 Experimental Array
                  (see Figure 1B)
                                         -100m
    Figure  IB.   Plan view of instrumentation  array.
         sws
  CMU
 • • • •
CMU
UIMC    EPA

 A   MOE
 AES
           TCC
                        .    c.,.c
                        A  .SWS
                        C  V A
                               PNL
                                    AIMLA             ,-0,,
                                       CSC  A         Ggy,
                                           ANL/OSU   •

                                                EML
   .10m     ^  Tower-mounted gear
       '     • • Ground - level samplers
                           313

-------
     Each of the deposition measurement experiments was set  up  at  the




field  site  as  normally  used  by  the  participating  researchers.  A




sampling protocol was agreed upon which maximized the  comparability  of




the  results.   Most  ambient  pollutant  concentration measurements and




deposition collection on surrogate surfaces were done at a height of 1.5




m above the ground.  Eddy correlation and eddy accumulation measurements




were done at  6.0  m  or  3.0  m,  while  concentration  gradients  were




monitored  at  the  0.75,  1.5,  3.0,  6.0,  and  9.0  m  heights.   For




experiments with collection periods  12  h  or  longer,  primary  sample




change  times  of 0700 and 1900 CDT were specified.  Micrometeorological




experiments, with much shorter continuous collection periods,  generally




operated  whenever  conditions  would  allow.   The  month  of June 1982




featured frequent periods of  light  rain  and  winds  from  unfavorable




directions.   Sampling was impossible for about 25 percent of the month,




when northerly winds created improper fetch conditions because  of  site




buildings  and  the instrument array orientation.  Figure 2 is a plot of




the times during the month when each experiment was actively  collecting




data.   The  times  indicated probably overestimate the actual amount of




valid samples, but are an indication of the temporal density with  which




flux measurements were made during the intercomparison field program.
                                   314

-------
 FIGURE  2.   PERIODS  OF DATA COLLECTION DURING JUNE,  1982.


                            JULIAN DATE, 1982


       154  155  156  157   158  159 160   161   162  163  164  165  166  167  168
  ISWS-Q     ,	'	'	'	'	'
  ISWS-F
  MOE         L-
  CMU
D AES
O
5 PNL
K GSU-B

5: GSU-V
« EML
 157  158  159  160  161  162  163   164   165   166   167  16
—i	1	1	1	1
—i	1	1	'	1	1	1	1	i	i	i	i_
—i—i	1—i	1	1	1—I	1—I	1  i  i i   i i   i i   i i   i i  i


                                            L,
(r
< TCC
a.
  CSC                                        <—>     '	'
  QSy     <->         I	1  U    LJ l_l     I	1  I	1   I	,  LJ  I	I         L

  UIMC        '	' '	'   '	'  '	'        '	
  ANL     1	1         LJ      LJi_,         I	1   l_J  LJ  I	,         L

  £p^                        LJ     LJUI	II—I  I—II	lUl—l  I	I 1	t       L_


       168  169  170  171   172  173  174 175  176  177  178  179  180  181  182
         <-	1	1	1	1	i
                                                              '
  CMU    —
3 AES    ~
O
5 PNL
t- GSU-8  —

5: GSU-V  i_
p EML    	'	'	'	'	•-
< TCC    -1  '	'      >-,   uu  u
°~ CSC               '	'  <->
  OSU    —'  '—'      '	' U
  UIMC    	'       '	'
  ANL    —
        _ju i	i   ut	11	II	II	II	I U   I	Lit	il	It	II	i   i	i  i	|      i	,

                                    Results



      The discussion  presented here is  based on a partial set of  results.

 Data from  some of  the  experiments  has  yet to be fully  analyzed;  however,

 some points  of general  interest  are apparent in the data so far  reported

 to  SWS.    It  must  be  noted   that  dry   deposition  rates are  strongly

 dependent  on prevailing meteorological conditions and  characteristics of

 the  receiving  surface.   These  experiments were conducted over  a grassy

 field during a  one-month  period.   Applying  these   results  to  other

 surfaces  and  other   seasons  calls for awareness of  the limitations of
                                      315

-------
such an extension.  Table 2 shows the range and overall mean  deposition




velocities, v^ , found for several  chemical  species  by  some  of  the




methods  used  in the intercomparison.  These results do not necessarily




reflect one-to-one temporal correspondence in the data, as indicated  in




Figure  2.   A  sample  by sample comparative analysis must be completed




before direct and quantitative  relationships  between  methods  can  be




defined.









     The values of v,  shown in Table 2 are comparable  to  measurements




made  during September, 1981 at the same site [2],  Good agreement among




most of the methods is apparent for sulfate and particulate sulfur, with




v^   of  about  0.2 to 0.3 cm/s.  Some short time scale variations, i.e.




on the order of minutes, were observed in the magnitude and direction of




size  resolved  total  particle  fluxes.  Diurnal trends were evident in




many of the measurements.  Deposition of gaseous pollutants showed  very




strong diurnal variations, with v,  near zero at night and up to several




cm/s during daylight hours.  For both sulfur  dioxide  and  nitric  acid




vapor,  the daytime deposition rate was not limited by vegetative canopy




resistance to mass transfer.  Particulate sulfur and  sulfate  v^   near




zero were also observed at night, while v^  up to 1.0 cm/s were observed




during daylight hours.  Size fractionated aerosol samples and calculated




deposition  velocities  suggest that  large (diameter > 2.0  ym) particle




associated sulfate may account for 20 to 50 percent of the total sulfate




flux.
                                   316

-------
     It is very likely that the overall averaged v^  results  depend  on




the  response  of  each  method  to a number of highly variable factors.




There remains much detail to be carefully screened and  analyzed  before




firm  conclusions and comparisons can be drawn.  The temporal resolution




and particle size sensitivity of  each  experiment  must  be  considered




before the good agreement between the various measurement methods can be




termed significant.
TABLE 2.  OVERALL RESULTS FROM SEVERAL DEPOSITION MEASUREMENTS.
P.I.
CMU



GSU

EML
PNL
ANL
TCC
CSU
METHOD
Teflon disk
Teflon disk
Petri dish
Petri dish
GLAD bulk
Aerochem 301
Aerochem 301
Profile
Eddy-corr elat ion
Profile
Profile
PARAMETER
S0=
N03
SO;
NOj
so;;
305
so;
Particulate S
Particulate S
HN03
S02

.22
1.0
.35
2.5
.14
.17
.40
.3
.25
3.0
1.8
cm-s
+ .1
+ .4
+ .2
± -8
+ .1
± -1
± -2
+ .2
± -2
± 1-1
+ 1.8
RANGE
( .17 -
( -5 -
( .18 -
(1.4 -
( .01 -
( .03 -
(0.1 -
-
(0.1 -
(1.1 -
(0.0 -

.42)
1.8 )
.61)
3.8 )
.44)
.31)
1.0 )

0.8 )
4.9 )
7.0 )
                                    317

-------
                           Acknowledgements



     Coordination of the intercomparison study and partial  support  for

the  participants was provided by the Illinois State Water Survey, under

a cooperative agreement with the U.S. Environmental  Protection  Agency,

CR808863.   In  addition,  a  number  of  U.S.  and  Canadian government

agencies  and  other  institutions  funded  the   efforts   of   several

particpants.
                              References
1.  Hicks, B.B., M.L. Wesely, and J.L. Durham.  "Critique of methods  to

     measure     dry     deposition."     Workshop    Summary    Report,

     EPA-600/9-80-050.  USEPA / ESRL, Research Triangle Park, NC,  1980.

     83pp.

2.  Dolske, D.A., and D.F. Gatz.  A field intercomparison of sulfate dry

     deposition monitoring and measurement methods: preliminary results.

     In Proceedings of ACS Acid Rain Symposium,  Las  Vegas,  NV,  March

     1982.  Ann Arbor Science Publishers, in press.
                                   318

-------
A COMPARISON OF AMBIENT AIRBORNE SULFATE  CONCENTRATIONS  DETERMINED  BY

SEVERAL DIFFERENT FILTRATION TECHNIQUES.
                Donald A. Dolske and Gary J. Stensland
                         Water Survey Division
          Illinois Department of Energy and Natural Resources
                       P.O. Box 5050, Station A
                    Champaign, Illinois 61820-9050
                               Abstract

     Ambient  airborne  concentrations  of  sulfate,  total  particulate
sulfur,  and  sulfur  dioxide  gas  were  measured  at a rural Champaign
County, Illinois, site from 3 through 30 June, 1982.  Several  different
filtration  techniques  were used concurrently to collect pollutants 1.5
meters above ground in a grass  -  covered  32  hectare  field.   Filter
changes  were  sychronized  at  12  or  24 hour intervals.  Single stage
filters and multiple stage series filter pack  methods  with  Nuclepore,
Teflon, Nylon, and cellulose fiber materials were used.  Comparisons are
made  between  the  results  of  methods  employing   different   filter
materials,  exposure  schedules, and extraction and analysis techniques.
Preliminary results show large differences in concentrations  determined
by Teflon and Nuclepore filter methods.
                              Objectives
     During June,  1982,  a  field  intercomparison  of  dry  deposition

measurement  methods  was held at Champaign, Illinois  [11.  The Illinois

State Water  Survey  (SWS)  collected  ambient  meteorological  and  air

pollutant concentration data in support of the flux measurements made by

research groups participating in the intercomparison.  Several different

filtration  methods  were used concurrently to measure concentrations of

chemical species of interest.   Most  of  the  methods  provided   sulfur

concentration  results,  in  addition to various other species.  Because

all ambient air sampling was  synchronized  with  the  flux  measurement


                                  319

-------
schedule,   the   sulfate,   particulate   sulfur,  and  sulfur  dioxide




concentration   data   from   commonly   used   filtration  methods  can




conveniently be compared.  Earlier comparisons of the field  performance




of  cellulose  fiber (Whatman 41) and polycarbonate membrane (Nuclepore)




[2] indicated rather small differences in sulfate collection efficiency.




The  present  study  extends  that  result  by comparisons to Teflon and




Nuclepore filters.









                                Methods









     Eight filtration methods were used continously from  3  through  30




June, 1982.  Flame photometric sulfur monitors were also operated at the




rural site, 14  km  southwest  of  Champaign,  Illinois.   Results  from




measurements  made  with  dichotomous  samplers  using Teflon filters, a




high-volume sampler using 20 X 25 cm type A  glass  fiber  filters,  and




cascade  impactors using Teflon substrates have not yet become available.




The five methods for which data are available are summarized in Table 1.








     Exposure conditions  for the first two filter types listed in  Table




1  were  carefully matched.  The 1.0 ym Teflon (Membrana Corp., Zefluor),




and 0.8  ym pore  diameter  Nuclepore  filters  were  mounted  in  37  mm




diameter  open face holders and exposed facing down under  inverted 30 cm




diameter funnels 1.5 m above ground.  The  volume  of  air  sampled  was




calculated  from  initial  and  final flow rates  for every daily sample.




Every fourth day, a dry  test meter was inserted  into the vacuum  line and




the  actual  air  volume  sampled  was  recorded.   The  sample  volumes
                                   320

-------
determined by these two methods agreed within  about  two  percent.   To




minimize the possibility of overloading or clogging the filters, the  37




mm  pairs  were exposed on a half-hour on, half-hour off cycle.  Filters




were changed daily at 0700 CDT,  resulting  in  720  minutes  of  active




sampling  time per 24 h period.  Field and laboratory blank filters were




collected every fifth day.  The filters were extracted in 30  ml  of  pH




3.0  hydrochloric  acid  and  agitated  for  12 h.  Sulfate analysis was




performed by automated colorimetry [3].  The sulfate results from  these




filters   are   referred   to  here  as  SWSTS04  (Teflon)  and  SWSNS04




(Nuclepore).






Table 1.  FILTER TYPES USED AT CHAMPAIGN, JUNE, 1982.
Typical
Filter Filter Flow Rate
Type Size (L / min)
1.
2.
3.
4.


5.



1.0 yin Teflon
0.8 ym Nuclepore
0.4 ym Nuclepore 2
Filter pack:
1.0 ym Teflon
Treated cellulose
Filter pack:
2.0 ym Teflon
Nylon
Treated cellulose
37 mm
37 mm
X 4 mm
47 mm


47 mm



24.
24.
0.8
28.


18.



Sample
Vo lume
(cu.m)
17.5
17.5
1.15
38.


26.



Reference
Label
SWSTS04
SWSNS04
SWSPS

SWSFPS04
SWSFPS02

MOEFPS04
MOEPFS02
MOEFPS02
     Two circular streaker samplers  (PIXE  International  Corp.)   were




operated  continuously  during  the  month.   0.4 ym  Nuclepore  filters




mounted in a plastic frame rotated past a 2 X 4 mm Teflon vacuum orifice




at  1  mm/h.  The filters were changed weekly.  Elements were determined




by proton induced x-ray emission (PIXE) at 2 mm  intervals,  so  that  a
                                   321

-------
total  sulfur concentration moving-average value was determined for each




2  h period.  The flow rate was limited to 0.8 L/min by the pores of the




filter, which act as critical orifices.  The 2 h data were averaged over




24  h  periods  from  0700  CDT,  to  correspond  with the other results




presented here.  The streakers were sometimes co-located at 1.5 m  above




ground  level,  and  at other times one sampler was moved to 6.0 m above




ground.   All  of  the  data  were  averaged  together,   ignoring   the




differences in sampler height, to arrive at the ambient 24 h values used




in this comparison.  The 24 h averaged particulate  sulfur  results  are




referred to as SWSPS.








     A two-stage series filter  pack,  consisting  of  a  1.0 ym  Teflon




particle  filter  and a second stage sulfur dioxide absorbing filter was




mounted in a 47 mm open  face  plastic  holder,  and  exposed  under  an




inverted funnel at 1.5 m above the ground.  The sulfur dioxide absorbing




filter was a double  layer of cellulose fiber material (Whatman 41) which




had  been treated with a saturated solution of potassium carbonate in 25




percent (v/v) glycerol and water.  Mean flow rate  and  dry  test  meter




determinations  of   sample  volumes,  and  filter  blank collection were




performed as with the SWSTS04 and SWSNS04  filters.   The  filter  packs




were  run  continuously,  with  daily  filter  changes at 0700 CDT.  The




Teflon filters were  extracted in 35 ml  of  dilute  sodium  carbonate   /




sodium bicarbonate buffer for 60 minutes with ultrasound.  The cellulose




filters were  extracted in 30  ml  of   the  same  buffer,  but  with  the




addition  of  0.05 percent hydrogen peroxide.  After 30 min of ultrasonic




agitation,  10 ml of  additional buffer  plus peroxide was added,   followed
                                    322

-------
by  30 min of agitation.  These solutions were then analyzed for sulfate




by ion chromatography [4].  The Teflon filter sulfate result is referred




to as SWSFPS04j and the treated cellulose filter sulfur  dioxide  result




as SWSFPS02.









     The Ontario Ministry of the Environment provided three-stage filter




packs  consisting  of  a  2.0 ym  Teflon  particle  filter, 1.0 ym Nylon




(Membrana Corp., Nylasorb) nitric acid absorbing filter,  and  a  double




layer  of  potassium carbonate / glycerol treated cellulose (Whatman 41)




sulfur dioxide absorbing filter.   Eight  filter  holders  were  mounted




under  a  shelter 1.5 m above ground.  Seven 12 h samples, and one field




blank were collected for each 3.5 day period.  A sequential air  sampler




(Metrex  Instruments, Ltd.)  recorded air volume sampled for each filter




pack, and sequenced  filters  at  0700  and  1900  CDT  each  day.   For




comparison  with  the  24 h samples from other methods, means of the two




daily 12 h concentrations were  calculated.   The  Teflon  filters  were




extracted  in  25  ml of distilled water for 15 minutes in an ultrasonic




bath.  The Nylon filters were also ultrasonically extracted, but  25  ml




of  0.003  N  sodium  hydroxide  was  used.   The cellulose filters were




ultrasonically extracted 30 min in 0.05 percent hydrogen peroxide,  then




an  additional  25  ml of fresh peroxide solution was added prior to the




final 15 min of agitation.  The liquid samples were analyzed for sulfate




by  ion chromatography.  The Teflon filter  sulfate result  is referred to




as MOEFPS04, and the total of sulfur detected on the Nylon and cellulose




filters, attributed to sulfur dioxide, as MOEFPS02.
                                   323

-------
                        Results and Discussion



     The overall arithmetic mean concentrations for  23  days  in  June,

1982  when  all  five  methods  had valid samples are listed in Table 2.

Note that the units for all species are  yg of sulfur / cu.m.  The range

in  sulfate  sulfur  observed  was  0.20  to  7.67   yg/cu.m; for sulfur

dioxide, the range was 0.27 to 5.49  yg/cu.m.


Table  2.   MEAN  AND  (MEDIAN)  CONCENTRATIONS  ( yg/cu.m) FOR 23 DAYS.

        SULFATE        PARTICULATE SULFUR          SULFUR DIOXIDE

SWSFPS04   2.45 (2,05)   SWSPS    1.82 (l.5l)      SWSFPS02   2.42 (2,20)
SWSTS04    2.33 (2.09)                             MOEFPS02   2.56 (2,59)
MOEFPS04   2.19 (1.82)
SWSNS04    1.28 (1.19)
     SWSFPS04 and MOEFPS04 are plotted in  Figure  1  [5],  showing  the

consistent  good  agreement between the filter pack methods.  A Bartlett

method [6] regression line, MOEFPS04 = SWSFPS04 * .906 +  .005,  suggests

that  the  2.0  Urn Teflon filter slightly undercollects sulfate relative

to the 1.0  ym filter.  The possibility  of  some  "missed"  sulfate  is

further supported by the sulfur dioxide results, discussed below.  These

two sets  of  filters  were  extracted  and  analyzed  independently  by

separate  laboratories.   An  interlaboratory exchange of a blind sample

series for sulfate gave results that agreed within three percent.  Thus,

the  analytical  procedures  should not contribute to the differences in

the final concentration determination.  Figure 2, a plot  of SWSTS04  and

SWSFPS04,  compares  two  sets  of 1.0  ym Teflon filters.  The exposure
                                  32k

-------
schedules, flow rates,  and extraction methods, and analytical  techniques




were different, yet  there is good agreement bbtween these   two  sets  of




concentration  data.   The regression line is SWSTS04 =  1.09 *  SWSFPS04 -




.335.









Figure 1.  RESULTS OF TWO FILTER PACK METHODS FOR SULFATE.
       7.50
           ...+....+....+....+....+....+....+....+....+.•..+....+....+..•.

6.25
5.00
M
0
E
F
P 3.75
S
0
4

2.50




1.25




0.00



1 1




1 1




1 1
1
1
1 1
1
1
1
1
1 11
1
12
1
+

.60 1.8 3.0 4.2 5.4 6.6
SWSFPS04
     Figure  3  compares SWSTS04 with SWSNS04, the  37 mm diameter  filters




exposed,   extracted,   and  analyzed  under carefully  matched conditions.




The regression line,  SWSNS04 = SWSTS04 *  .437 +  .277,  does  not show  the




good  agreement   found in Figures 1 and 2.  The 0.8   ym Nuclepore filter




seems to undercollect sulfate relative to  all  the   Teflon  methods  by




about  50  percent.    Confidence region calculations  show the data to be




less tightly grouped  than in the Teflon method comparisons.
                                    325

-------
Figure  2.   RESULTS OF  TWO 1.0 ym TEFLON FILTER SAMPLING METHODS.


            !	i "".
        7.50  +                                                 +
        6.25
     S  5.00
     W
     S
     T
     S
     0  3.75
     4
        2.50
        1.25
                             1 1
                        2   2
 1   11
 221

".60	
.. ..
 1.8
.
3.0      4.2
     SWSFPS04
                               .. ..
                                5.4
                                                     ..  ..
                                                      6.6
Figure  3.  RESULTS  OF MATCHED - EXPOSURE TEFLON  AND NDCLEPORE  FILTERS.
         3.6  +
         3.0 +
      S  2.4 +
      W
      S
      N
      S
      0  1.8 +
      4
         1.2
          .60
                                                   1   1
                2
                2
                11
                 1     1     11
                 1
+....+....+....+....+....+....+....+....+....+...
   .750     2.25     3.75     5.25     6.75
                     SWSTS04
                                                        .....
                                                         8.25
      The relatively low sulfate determinations by the 0.8  ym  Nuclepore


 filters  are  probably due  to  poor small particle collection, rather  than


 extraction  and   analysis   problems.   Figure  4  compares   the   total


 particulate   sulfur collected on a 0.4  ym Nuclepore filter, SWSPS,  with
                                       326

-------
the daily mean sulfate sulfur from  the  three  Teflon  filter  methods,


S04BAR.  The regression line is SWSPS = S04BAR  *   .687   +   .243,   again


demonstrating  an apparent undercollection.  The PIXE elemental analysis


does not involve an extraction step.   In  both  Figure   3   and   4,   the


greatest  percentage  differences  between the Teflon filter methods  and


the Nuclepore  filters  occur  at  higher  concentrations.   Dichotomous


sampler data from this site in September, 1981, show that the percentage


of sulfur in the small aerosol fraction  increases  during   episodes   of


high  total  sulfate  concentration.   This  also  supports  the  idea that


differences  between  the  Teflon  and  Nuclepore   filters   are   due   to


undercollection.   Further  interpretation  of these comparisons  will be


greatly aided by the completion of the data set.   The additional  methods


include  size  fractionated  samples  of several kinds, and other filter


media.
Figure 4.  PARTICULATE SULFUR AND MEAN  SULFATE  RESULTS.
4.50 .



3.75


S 3.00
W
S
P
S
2.25



1.50



.750


h +
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1


1 1
1
1
1
11 1
1 1
1
1
1 1
12
11
.60     1.8      3.0     4.2      5.4
                  S04BAR
                                                    6.6
                                     327

-------
                           Acknowledgements

     This work was supported by the US Environmental  Protection  Agency

through Cooperative Agreement 808863, and by the US Department of Energy

through contract number DEAS0276EV01:199.  Walter  Chan  of  the  Ontario

Ministry  of  the  Environment  generously provided the filter pack data

which were collected under the auspices of the Acidic  Precipitation  in

Ontario Study.

                              References

1.  Dolske, D.A. and D.F. Gatz.  A field intercomparison of particle and
    gas   dry  deposition  measurement  and  monitoring  methods.   This
    Proceedings.  1983.

2.  Stensland, G.J. and  J.D.  Bartlett.   Measurements  of  atmospheric
    nitrate, sulfate, ammonium, and calcium using various filter setups.
    Proc.  72nd APCA meeting.  Cincinnati, OH.  1979.

3.  Peden, M.E., L.M. Skowron and P.M.  McGurk.   "Precipitation  sample
    handling,  analysis,  and storage procedures."  USDOE Research Rept.
    4, COO-1199-57.  Illinois State Water Survey, Urbana, IL.  1979.

4.  Dionex Corporation.  "System 12 analyzer operation and maintenance."
    Sunnyvale, CA.  1979.

5.  All plots in this text were generated by BMDP statistical  software.
    Univ.  California, Berkeley, CA.  1983.

6.  Smith, M.V., R.W. Shaw, Jr. and R.J. Paur.  An alternative to  least
    squares statistics for comparison of duplicate measurements.  Atmos.
    Env.  17(1): 65-71.  1983.
                                  328

-------
          Comparison of Surrogate Surface Techniques  for  Estimation of




                             Sulfate Dry Deposition










John J. Vandenberg and Kenneth R. Knoerr, Duke University School  of Forestry and




Environmental Studies, Durham, N.C., 27706.










     Surrogate surfaces, often used to estimate  the  dry deposition of sulfate to




vegetation, were simultaneously exposed within and above  a hardwood forest




canopy.  Surfaces representing both rough and  smooth  textural  types included




deposition buckets, petri dishes, filter paper,  Teflon configurations and




polycarbonate membranes.  The dry deposition rate of  sulfate was  correlated




across the surface types and the magnitude of the deposition rates were




compared.  The petri dish and filter plate surfaces  were  found to represent the




best devices for the estimation of dry deposition to  smooth and rough artificial




surfaces, respectively.  Further work is now needed  to relate  the dry deposition




to surrogate surfaces to that on natural surfaces.




     This study was a cooperative effort of the  Duke  University School of




Forestry and Environmental Studies, the Aerosol  Research  Branch of the U.S.




Environmental Protection Agency, and the Research Triangle Institute.  This




paper has been reviewed in accordance with the U.S. Environmental Protection




Agency"s peer and administrative review policies and  approved  for presentation




and publication.
                                      329

-------
          Comparison of Surrogate Surface Techniques  for  Estimation  of




                             Sulfate Dry Deposition










    Natural vegetation is thought to be effective  in  removing atmospheric




pollutants through dry deposition as well as wet deposition  processes (1,2).




However, difficulties related to the leaching  of internal plant  sulfate have




limited the accurate assessment of the dry deposition component  of pollutant




removal by natural surfaces.  Although a number of researchers have  relied upon




surrogate deposition surfaces to estimate the  flux rate of many  materials (3-5),




little work has been done to intercompare the  surfaces.   In  our  study, the dry




deposition rates of sulfate particles to artificial surfaces within  and above a




mature hardwood forest were measured over an annual range of synoptic weather




conditions.  Sampling levels were at heights of 1, 12, 25, and 36 m  above the




forest floor, corresponding with the forest floor  region,  the region between




overstory and understory canopies, the area of canopy closure, and above the




forest foliage, respectively.




     Surrogate surfaces representing both rough and smooth textural  types




included 28.6 cm diameter polyethylene deposition  buckets, 9 cm  diameter




polystyrene petri dishes with and without Whatman  41  cellulose filters taped




inside, 9 cm wide by 27 cm long Teflon sheets  in both solid  bar  form and as




Teflon sheets affixed to a stainless steel core, 4.7  cm diameter Nuclepore




#111105 polycarbonate membranes held in circular filter holders, and a sheet  of




Pallflex E70-2075W cellulose-glass filter paper held  within  a stainless steel




frame to expose a 13.2 cm by 18.2 cm rectangular portion  of  filter paper.




Ambient concentrations of sulfate and sulfur dioxide  were monitored  at the top




and bottom of the tower with U.S. EPA high-volume  samplers and Huey  sulfation




plates, respectively, with all chemical analysis performed by USEPA  and Research
                                      330

-------
Triangle Institute laboratories.




     For periods when on-site high-volume  samples  were  not available,  ambient




sulfate concentrations were estimated  from measurements made by the Research




Triangle Institute (RTI), Research Triangle Park,  N.C., some 14 miles  away.




Comparison of simultaneous high-volume measurements  made at the Duke Forest  and




RTI sites demonstrated a strong relationship  in  the  ambient sulfate




concentration at these locations.




     The dry deposition rates of  sulfate to the  artificial surfaces were




evaluated on the basis of their magnitude  and precision.  Correlation




coefficients calculated for the dry  deposition rate  of  sulfate to the  various




surrogate surfaces were generally positive, with a number of significant




coefficients as shown by asterisks in Table 1.   Blank positions in Table 1




indicate insufficient sample size or interference  from  outlier points  which




biased the interpretation of the  coefficients and  were  therefore excluded from




further consideration.  Those correlations which were shown by plots of the  data




values to indicate strong trends  between the  sampling surfaces are underscored.




     A grouping of the surrogate  surfaces  was made based on the correlation




coefficients.  One group, characterized by generally smooth, low profile surface




types, was composed of the Teflon configurations,  the petri dish surfaces and




the polycarbonate membrane.  A second  group,  having  smooth surfaces with a




greater profile in each dimension included the inner and outer surfaces of  the




deposition buckets.  One other surface with a low  profile and a relatively rough




texture, i.e. the filter plate, comprised  a separate type.   In the first two




groups, strong and significant correlations between  the surfaces tended to




tie each group together, while the filter  plate  type was seen to respond in  a




unique manner.  Ambient concentration of the  sulfur  oxides and sulfate




deposition rates to the surrogate surfaces were  not  well correlated.
                                       331

-------
     For diverse reasons, several of the techniques  (i.e.  deposition buckets,




Teflon surfaces and polycarbonate membranes) were  found  to have  limited




reliability.  In general, these surrogate  surface  types  demonstrated a high




degree of data variability and low levels  of net accumulation  of sulfate dry




deposition relative to background amounts.  In  contrast,  the petri  dish and




filter plate surrogate surfaces demonstrated a  high  degreee of precision and




adequate surface accumulations.  Thus the  petri dish and  filter  plate surfaces




were found to represent the best devices for the estimation of dry  deposition to




smooth and rough artificial surfaces, respectively.   Average dry deposition




rates to these samplers during the season  of the year with foliage  on the trees




were 13.6 and 53.6 ug SO42~/m2/hr, respectively.   Average  deposition




rates for all the surrogate surfaces during the foliated  season  of  the year are




shown in Table 2.





     The wide range of surface deposition  rates estimated  from the  variety of




deposition surfaces emphasizes the uncertainty  of  the individual measurement




t ^chniques as well as the dependency of sulfate dry  deposition on surface




characteristics.  In spite of these limitations, the use of surrogate surfaces




provides at least an approximate estimate  of sulfate flux  rates  not currently




obtainable from natural surfaces.  A critical research need is studies




emphasizing surface deposition on natural  vegetation.  Such studies should




provide a relationship between the deposition to surrogate surfaces in this and




other studies to that on natural surfaces.
                                       332

-------






4-1
(U

O

CQ





                                                                            (0
                                                                            C
                                                                            0 Q)
                                                                            o C

                 0)-H     (U W     tiC    T3 <0    HE     H ID    -rH 4->    -H.C     O ,Q
                 ,* W     ^4-1     -H S    -H M-l      -H    4-1 -H     HO;
                          --     -v    - -^     •-     •• —    -'     (DO     OS
                                                                    ft      PH


Filter Plate              .35    .31     .14     .36     .29           -.27    .22
Polycarbonate            .50                   .25     .61*+  ^52     .33
 Membrane

Petri Dish        .05    .07                   .47*    .61*    .90*
Petri Dish       -.14   -.27     .34     .02     .55     .77
 Filter

Steel Teflon     .42*    .24     .57     .28     .69
 Upfacing

Steel Teflon     .13   -.02     .65*    .48
 Downfacing

Solid Teflon     .33     .50     .82*
 Upfacing

Solid Teflon             .82*
 Downfacing
                     *
Bucket Inside    .88
 Asterisks  indicate significant  coefficients at the  p£  0.05  level.
+Correlations which were shown by  plots of the data  points  to indicate
 strong  trends between sampling  surfaces are underscored.
                                        333

-------
TABLE 2.  MEAN DEPOSITION RATES OF SULFATE TO  SURROGATE  SURFACES  EXPOSED WITHIN
                               THE FOREST FOLIAGE
                                      Mean Deposition  Rate            Sample
Surface                                  ug SO4=/n>2/hr                Size

Filter Plate                                   53.6                     21

Petri Dish                                     13.6                     15

Petri Dish Filter                              45.7                      3

Polycarbonate Membrane                         34.8                     10

Steel Core Teflon Upfacing                      7.0                     21

Steel Core Teflon Downfacing                    1.6                     21

Solid Core Teflon Upfacing                      6.4                      8

Solid Core Teflon Downfacing                    3.0                      8

Bucket Inside                                  32.3                     13

Bucket Outside                                  5.4                     13
                                      33^

-------
                                   REFERENCES

1.  Smith, W.H.  Air pollutants and forests:  Interactions between air
    contaminants and forest ecosystems.  Springer-Verlag, New York,  1981.
    379 pp.

2.  Hill, A.C.  Vegetation:  a sink for atmospheric pollutants.  J.  Air Poll.
    Control Assoc.  21: 342-346, 1971.

3.  Hicks, B.B., M. L. Wesely, and J.  L. Durham.  Critique of methods to measure
    dry deposition:  Workshop summary.  U.S. Environmental Sciences  Research
    Laboratory, Research Triangle Park, N. C., 1980. 71 pp.

4.  Nihlgard, B.  Precipitation, its chemical composition and effect on soil
    water in a beech and spruce forest in south Sweden. Oikos 21: 208-217,  1970.

5.  Schlesinger, W., and W. Reiners.  Deposition of water and cations on
    artificial foliar collectors in fir-krummholz of New England Mountains.
    Ecology 55: 378-386, 1974.
                                       335

-------
           Dry Deposition of Sulfate Within  a Hardwood  Forest  Canopy










     Vegetation provides a major surface area available for  the  deposition of




atmospheric gaseous and particulate pollutants  and may  therefore provide an




important sink for sulfur oxides.  As particles  and  gases  such as sulfate and




sulfur dioxide flow through a forest environment the deposition  processes of




sedimentation, impaction, and diffusion take place.   These deposition processes




result in a decrease in the ambient concentration of these pollutants within and




beneath the forest canopy.  Previous studies have found most of  the deposition




of particles to be on the canopy foliage rather  than to the  ground surface (1).




Ideally, such deposition to the foliage should  be observed as  a  decreasing




pollutant concentration gradient from above  the  forest  canopy  to the forest




floor (2).  Vertical differences in ambient  pollutant concentrations and




deposition rates may therefore reveal the  sink  or source role  of a forest.




     Direct measurements of sulfate dry deposition to natural  surfaces have been




hindered by technique difficulties and the leaching  of  foliar  sulfate, leading




to the use of surrogate deposition surfaces. In our study,  canopy flux




estimates were made based on petri dish and  filter plate surfaces which




represent oposite ends of the surface texture spectra.   Natural  leaf surfaces




may have collection properties somewhere between them.   These  surrogate surfaces




were also chosen as adequate surface representatives because they provide




deposition estimates in which more confidence can be placed  than with a number




of other techniques.  The choice of these  surrogate  surfaces is  examined in




another paper by the authors in this volume.




     The total dry  sulfate flux to the canopy was estimated  as the summation of




the flux to the top and bottom of the collectors multiplied  by the mean leaf




area per unit ground surface, plus the deposition to the unit  ground surface.
                                       336

-------
     The forested research  site  has  a leaf  area index (defined as the plan




surface area of leaves per  unit  ground  surface area)  between 4 and 7 (3).




Taking an average value  of  5.5,  this figure was multiplied by a typical




deposition rate for each surface  type to  estimate  a flux rate for the upwards




facing leaf surface area.   Our data  were  not detailed enough to define a




vertical distribution of deposition  rates associated with the vertical




distribution of leaf area.  Thus  an  average deposition rate was used for




calculations with the total surface  area  to estimate the total sulfate dry




depo sit ion rate.




     In previous studies the  deposition of  aerosols to upwards facing surfaces




has been found to range  from  0.17  to 19 times greater than the deposition to




similar downfacing surfaces (4,  5).   In the present study the sulfate deposition




to upwards facing Teflon surfaces  averaged  3.2 times the deposition to downwards




facing Teflon surfaces,  a value  similar to  that found for lead deposition to




Teflon disks (up/down =  4.0)  (6).  For  our  purposes,  on  the basis of these




Teflon surface measurements,  we  used a  factor of 0.31 to estimate sulfate




deposition to the downwards facing surface  area of leaves.  The deposition to




the ground was estimated on the  basis of  the rate  to the upfacing surfaces and




unit ground surface.




     A review of climatological  data revealed that during the seven months when




the trees were foliated  (April through  October)  rainfall occurred approximately




7% of the time (7).  The flux rate calculations were therefore adjusted by this




amount through a multiplication by 0.93 to  calculate the flux of sulfate




aerosols during only dry events.   The calculations of the dry flux of sulfate to




the foliated oak-hickory-tulip poplar canopy during 1981 based on the petri dish




flux rates is shown in Table  1 and that based on the filter plate flux rates in




Table 2.
                                       337

-------
     The sulfate flux rate totaled 5.3 and 21.0 kg  SO^  /ha/(foliated canopy




during 1981) for the petri dish and filter plate  surfaces,  respectively.   These




values may be modified to represent the  elemental sulfur present in the sulfate




particles (SO4~-S) through a division by three to compensate for the




molecular weight of sulfur and oxygen in the  sulfate  molecules.   This conversion




yields flux rates of 1.8 and 7.0 kg SO4~-S/ha/(foliated canopy)  for the




petri dish and filter plate surfaces, respectively.   These  values compare




favorable with other sulfate dry deposition estimates based in part on petri




dish deposition rate measurements of 4.8 kg SO4~-S/ha/(foliage of a chestnut




oak canopy) (8).
                                       338

-------
TABLE 1.  CALCULATION OF THE MEAN TOTAL  DRY  SULFATE FLUX PATE TO A FOLIATED
     FOREST CANOPY ON THE BASIS OF PETRI  DISH  SURROGATE SURFACE FLUX RATES
Total flux rate =  (upfacing  flux + downfacing  flux  +  ground flux)

Mean flux rate to  petri dish  surfaces  =  13.6  ug SO4~/m /hr
 during foliated periods

Mean leaf area index = 5.5

Upfacing flux to downfacing  flux ratio =  1  : 0.31

Upfacing leaf flux =5.5x13.6                   =74.8ug S04=/m2/hr

Downfacing leaf flux =5.5x13.6x0.31          =23.2ug S04=/m2/hr

Ground surface flux  = 1 x 13.6                   =13.6 ug S04=/m2/hr

Dry flux rate to canopy during foliated period   =  112  ug SO4=/m2/hr

Total dry flux to  canopy
 during the foliated period               =   5.3  kg  SO4=/ha/(foliated canopy
                                                              during 1981)
                                      339

-------
TABLE 2.  CALCULATION OF THE MEAN TOTAL DRY SULFATE FLUX RATE TO A  FOLIATED
    FOREST CANOPY ON THE BASIS OF FILTER PLATE SURROGATE SURFACE FLUX RATES
Total flux rate = (upfacing flux + downfacing flux + ground  flux)

Mean flux rate to filter plate surfaces = 53.6 ug SO^~/m /hr
 during foliated periods

Mean leaf area index = 5.5

Upfacing flux to downfacing flux ratio = 1  : 0.31

Upfacing leaf flux = 5.5 x 53.6                  = 298.4 ug  SO4=/«2/hr

Downfacing leaf flux = 5.5 x 53.6 x 0.31         =  91.4 ug  SO4=/m2/hr

Ground surface flux  = 1 x 53.6                  =  53.6 ug  SO4=/m2/hr

Dry flux rate to canopy during foliated period   = 440 ug  SO4=/m2/hr

Total dry flux to canopy
 during the foliated period             =   21.0 kg SO4=/ha/(foliated  canopy
                                                               during  1981)

-------
                                   REFERENCES
1.  Raynor, G.S., J.V. Hayes, and E.G. Ogden.  Particulate dispersion  into and
    within a forest.  Boundary-Layer Meteorology 7: 429-456,  1974.

2.  Sehmel, G.A.  Particle and gas dry depostiion:  a review.  Atmos.  Environ.
    14: 983-1011, 1980.

3.  Christensen, Norman.  Duke University Department of Botany, personal
    communication, 1982.

4.  Little, P.  Deposition of 2.75, 5.0 and 8.5 um particles  to plant  and soil
    surfaces.  Environ. Pollut. 12: 293-305, 1977.

5.  Aylor, D.E.  Deposition of particles in a plant canopy.   J. App. Meteor.
    14: 52-57, 1975.

6.  Elias, R.W., and C. Davidson.  Mechanisms of trace element deposition from
    the free atmosphere to surfaces in a remote high sierra canyon.  Atmos.
    Environ. 14: 1427-1432, 1980.

7.  NOAA.  National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Environmental Data
    and Information Service, National Climatic Center, Asheville, North
    Carolina.  Local Climatological Data, Monthly Summary for Raleigh-Durham
    Airport, North Carolina, 1981.

8.  Lindberg, S.E., R.C. Harriss, R.R. Turner, D.S. Shriner,  and D.D.  Huff.
    Mechanisms and rates of atmospheric deposition of selected trace elements
    and sulfate to a deciduous forest watershed.  ORNL/TM-6674, Oak Ridge
    National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, TN., 1979.

-------
    SESSION VI





ORGANIC POLLUTANTS
        3^3

-------
                   EVALUATION OF SOLID SORBENTS FOR
                    COLLECTION OF VOLATILE ORGANICS
                             IN AMBIENT AIR

                                  by

                  L. J. Hillenbrand and R. M. Riggin

                               BATTELLE
                         Columbus Laboratories
                         Columbus, Ohio  43201
                               ABSTRACT
          The procedure is based on the equilibrium adsorption model of
Dubinin-Radushkevich and the adsorption kinetics model of Wheeler and
Robell.  The method has had some success in correlating and predicting
the relative adsorbability of various organic species on charcoal and
has been used to describe the adsorption of hazardous vapors at low
concentrations in air.

          The very low vapor concentrations being employed, i.e., parts
per billion, extend the application of the model to very low sorbent
loadings and also tend to emphasize calibration and reproducibility
uncertainties arising from the high-gain detector sensitivities that
must be employed.  From the plots of breakthrough time-versus-sorbent
weight, the sorbent capacity and sorption kinetics are obtained.

          When adsorption is completed, a programmed temperature rise is
used to desorb the vapor.  A complete and facile desorption of the vapor
almost certainly implies that the vapor adsorption is limited to physical
processes and the prediction procedure for the adsorption of a new vapor
is based on this fact.  Once a few reference vapors have been tried, the
adsorption of the others may be predicted.

          The results indicate that a detailed evaluation of a candidate
sorbent can be obtained through the method investigated in this program.

          This paper has been reviewed in accordance with the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency's peer and administrative review
policies and approved for presentation and publication.

-------
ZVALUATION OF SOLID SORBENTS FOR COLLECTION OF ORGANIC VAPORS  IN AIR,  L.  J.
Hillenbrand and R.  M.  Riggin,  Battelle,  Columbus  Laboratories,  505  King  Avenue,
Columbus,  Ohio 43201.

     The problem of sampling atmospheric organic  vapors by adsorption  at parts

per billion concentration imposes several special requirements  on the  sorbent

to be used.  Tenax GC resin has been widely employed;  nevertheless, some field

problems have arisen implying difficulties with complete desorption of some

vapors and candidate replacement resins  have been suggested.   This  Work

Assignment is concerned with the demonstration of a protocol  suitable  for

qualifying such resins.  Since the resin is to be used in a permeation bed

configuration, we prefer a model that uses that configuration to describe

vapor breakthrough characteristics.

     The procedure used is based on the  equilibrium adsorption model of

Dubinin-Radushkevich(l) and the adsorption kinetics model of  Wheeler and

Robell(2).  The method has had some success in correlating and predicting the

relative adsorbability of various organic species on charcoal and has  been

used to describe the adsorption of hazardous vapors at low concentrations in

air.  The plan for our program is intended to

          «  Demonstrate that the Model is Applicable

          «  Describe  the Critical Parameters

          a  Obtain Numerical Values for Adsorption Capacity  and

             Kinetics  of Selected Reference Vapors

          •  Demonstrate Use of the Model for Predicting Performance

             of Untested Vapors.

     This presentation will concentrate on the first  two of these needs; work

is continuing on a variety of systems for demonstration of the full scope of

the applications possible.

-------
     Whatever model  is used, several special circumstances must be  recognized.

First,  since the  volatile organic vapors to be sampled typically are  in parts

per billion concentration,  the partial pressure of the vapor may be 10    to

10   that of its  saturation vapor pressure (P/P  < 10  )  and such low partial

pressures place restrictions on the adsorption models that are  applicable.

Second,  in most cases the sorption is to be accomplished  in the presence  of

relatively overwhelming  amounts of atmospheric moisture and the need  for  HO

rejection has been one of the factors that led to the use of the low  surface

energy organic resin sorbents.  Further, since the sorbed vapors must be

readily and quantitatively  desorbed by moderate increased in temperature, we

infer that chemisorption mechanisms generally will be unacceptable.  Acceler-

ation of the desorption  by  temperature rise can be tolerated only to  the  ex-

tent that no appreciable degradation occurs at the same time.

                                     (3)
     For the model as applied by Jonas   , the time of breakthrough (t, )  of a
                                                                    b

vapor passing through a  given bed of absorbent is expressed by


                      W
                                        In
                                                                      (1)
    where
                   -  the ratio  of the inlet concentration of adsorbate
                      vapor  to  the breakthrough concentration,  in con-
                      sistent units.   CQ alone is in  g/cm3.


               Q   -  gas volume  flow rate, cm /min

               W   «  weight of adsorbent,  g

               we  *  the kinetic  level  of  bed saturation  achievable
                      at chosen C  /C,  ;  g/g
               kv  •  pseudo first order  rate  constant for the adsorp-
                      tion process in  that  bed,  min'1

               p    -  bulk density of  the packed bed, g/cra3.
                                     346

-------
This can be arranged to form
 where
 and
                =   a + bW
W p


cV  *
 O V
           b  =  W /C Q
                  e  o
                                                                             (2)
                                                                            (3)
                                                         (4)
     Experimental values of t  are obtained as a  function  of  bed weight,  W,



for a fixed value of C /C,  .  The value of W  is derived  from  Equations (2)  and
                      o  b                 e


(4) using known values of  C  and Q.  Equation  (3)  then can be used to obtain



the value of the adsorption rate constant since all  the  other quantities  are



known.  The volume flow rate, Q, and the values of C and  C,  are used as  inde-



pendent variables with values that are set by  the  adsorption  conditions of



interest.



     The method of procedure is a simple one.  Using the apparatus shown



schematically in Figure 1, the procedure is as follows:
                                      Temperature Programmed Oven   Detector

N£ and
Test
Gas
Supply
and
Control
-


	 D— 
Pressure i
Gauged— ^
Gsuge
Vent
Bypass Loop
] —
Preheat Resin
Lo°P Cartridge

U R
| 	 1 	 v
Pre.
Ga
otameter
3
> sure
uge
                     Figure 1.  Arrangement  of  Apparatus.
                                      3^7

-------
 The method of procedure is a simple one:
      (1)  A reference resin (Tenax GC) is characterized using a few
          vapors that also will serve as references in later work.
          The characterization involves adsorption of the vapor on
          resin columns of different length (weight) so that a corre-
          lation of breakthrough time and bed weight can be produced
          for a specified breakthrough concentration.
      (2)  Following each adsorption trial, the vapor is desorbed by a
          programmed temperature rise and the completeness of desorp-
          tion is tested following various periods of storage for the
          sorbed vapor.
      (3)  The full adsorption capacity of the reference resin is tested
          by several experiments in which the resin bed weight is held
          constant and vapor concentration is varied.
      The kinetic sorption capacity for the given inlet vapor concentration is
 determined by plotting variations of t,  with W for some chosen value of C,/C
                                      D                                  bo
 and we note that under these high sensitivity recording conditions the mid-
 points of the breakthrough curves, see for example Figure 2, are more pre-
 cisely defined than points near the start of the breakthrough profile.  We
 tested the constancy of slope for several values of C, /C  in order to deter-
                                                     b  o
 mine  the validity of using the more precise portion of the curve for this
 purpose.
      The kinetic model identifies the rate constant, k ,  as a pseudo first
 order constant that pertains to the initial portion of the breakthrough curve
where sorbent site occupancy is low so that the available concentration of
 sorbent "sites" is constant and nearly equal to the initial sorbent capacity.
At later portions of the curve both vapor and sorbent site concentrations are
varying so that the pseudo first order constant will be found to vary as the
level of occupancy of the resin is allowed to vary according to the point,
                                      348

-------
              800
                                                                  1600
                                                      Benzene

                                                     Desorption

                                                     in N2 Flow
                 0    1C   20   30   40   50

                            Minutes
10    20   30

  Minutes
             Figure 2.   Comparison of  Breakthrough  and Desorption

                         Curves  for Two  Different  Sorbents.
C, /C ,  chosen for the analysis.  In this report the points  for  C,/C   =  0.05,
 bo                                                            bo


0.10, 0.20, and 0.50 have been tried for evaluation of k  .   The C, /C  value  of
                                                        v         bo


0.05 represents the lowest concentration that it appears possible to  analyze



with reasonable accuracy under these high sensitivity conditions.



     When adsorption is completed, a programmed temperature rise is used to



desorb the vapor.  A complete and facile desorption of the  vapor almost cer-



tainly implies that the vapor adsorption is limited to physical processes and



the prediction procedure for the adsorption of a new vapor  is based on  this



fact.  The same basis for prediction applies to the several reference vapors



employed so that once one reference vapor is tried the adsorption of  the other



two might be predicted.  However, the matter is not quite this  simple since



the presence or absence of dipolar character in the vapor complicates the



basis by which the physical adsorption is predicted.  In prior  work with

-------
carbon sorbents, this feature has been handled by keeping a simple model for



prediction of the adsorption and by using reference vapors that characterize



nonpolar,  moderately polar,  and highly polar adsorbates.   For the present



study, these are being represented by benzene, 1,2-dichloroethane, and acetone



vapors.



     For the study of benzene vapor sorption by Tenax GC, resin bed depths of



1.0,  3.0,  5.0,  and 6.5 inches were tried.  The 1.0-inch bed depth proved to be



too close to the critical value, for which breakthrough begins immediately,



and was  abandoned.  For the  remaining three bed depths, initial benzene vapor



concentrations of 120 and 580 ppb were employed and the breakthrough times



were measued at C /C  equal  to 20, 10, 5, and 2, corresponding to 5, 10, 20,



and 50 percent vapor concentration breakthrough.  This multiplicity of inlet



and breakthrough concentrations permitted several analyses of the adsorption



kinetics for improved precision of the kinetic constants.  In Figure 2, the



results for Chromosorb 101 illustrate a sorbent with good sorption capacity



tut with poor sorption kinetics so that appreciable breakthrough concentra-



tions appear very quickly.



     Only the averages of individual determinations are plotted in Figure 3



for the adsorption of benzene on Tenax GC.  The lines represent the least



square slopes determined from the complete set of data and the expected



straight line relationship between t  and W is illustrated.  Similar data



were obtained for 1,2-dichloroethane vapor.  The slope b, for the data at



C, /C  = 0.5, 0.2, and 0.05,  was found to be independent of the choice of



C,/C  for both benzene and 1,2-dichloroethane.  These vapors showed complete
 b  o


desorption and no abnormalities were experienced either during adsorption or



desorption of the vapors from the resin.  The data for acetone demonstrated
                                      350

-------
                           Benzene, 580 ppb
                                on
                             Tenax GC
                          0.1  0.2   0.3   0.4  0.5   0.6   0.7  0.8
                                Weight of Resin, W, grams
                   Figure 3.   Variation in Breakthrough Time
                               With  Sorbent Bed Weight.
otherwise and are discussed  separately.

     For acetone, we note  that whereas  the  vapor is rapidly adsorbed, the

adsorption capacity of  the resin  for  this vapor is  comparatively small, see

Figure 4.

     It further was noted  that the  desorption peaks for this highly dipolar

vapor, acetone, average only  78.0 percent of the size of the adsorption peaks

and extraneous high molecular weight  species appear in the desorption curve,

see Figure 5.  It is striking that  the  extra peaks,  representing high molecu-

lar weight but unknown species, on  the  average were found to be equal in size

to the adsorption peak for acetone  in this  FID system.
                                      351

-------
                       8.0
              — Acetone. 720
                       on
                    Tenax
                         0   0.1  0.2   0.3  0.4   05  0.6   0.7   0.8
                                  Weight of Resin. W. grams
            Figure 4.  Variations  in Breakthrough Time for Acetone
                        on Tenax GC
l^ — Start      Uf- Start Desorption  | 3
I    Adsorption  I   Heat 1 C/Minute
                                           C/Minute I
                                                                 Hold
                                                                 200 C
Start
Cooling
             Figure 5.  Sample Tracing of  Recorder Plot  for Acetone
                        Adsorption and Desorption.


     The spectrographic  grade acetone used in this work,  and its mixture with

zero N9 in  the charge cylinder,  were analyzed and no obvious explanation for

these peaks  based on pre-existing impurities was found.   We currently  favor
                                         352

-------
the conclusion that the artifact peaks represent species desorbed from the



resin by acetone and roughly in proportion to the amount of acetone taken up.



     The data presented illustrate that the Wheeler and Robell model is a



good representation of sorbent-sorbate systems that behave as required for  the



present application.  The data for Chromosorb 101, and for acetone, illustrate



some of the deviations in performance that are unacceptable and which become



readily recognizable once the features of the model are understood.  Table  1



is a summary of the slope (b), and intercept (a), values obtained.  The nearly



5-fold change in benzene concentration had no effect on capacity estimate,  and



the pseudo first order nature of the rate constant is confirmed by the inter-



cept values.  Table 2 shows relative values of the rate constant as obtained



and as anticipated from a simple kinetic model.
                TABLE 1.  SLOPE AND INTERCEPT VALUES OBTAINED

                          FOR VAPORS ON TENAX GC
                                      Benzene      1, 2-Dichloroethane
V
a



b



(Ppb)
(minutes)
at Cb/co =
=
-
(minutes/g)
at C,/C0 =
=
=


0
0
0

0,
0.
0.


.05
.20
.50

.05
.20
50
580

-'i9
-12


.3
.0
-1.46

121
123

.0
.9
124.4
120

-18
-1t
-1

121,
127.
134.


.6
.6
.46

.5
5
6
640

-13
-8
-?.

103
103
102


,7
.95
.SO

.0
.3
.8
                                   kv J^sJ. Y'" (Co/Ob!"!
                                   v  \  c_  yi_    s     J
                                      353

-------
             TABLE 2.  RELATIVE VALUES  OF THE RATE CONSTANT (k )
                       OBTAINED FOR VAPORS ON TENAX GC.        V
                       cb/co    For Benzene at   1. 2-Dichloroethane
                              580 ppb 120 ppb      at C40

                       0.05     |1.00|    1.04         1.41

                       0.20     0.86    0.90         1.16

                       Predict    |l .00|    1.00         0.89

                                 kv iCv] = k[Cs][Cv]
     Under physical adsorption conditions,  monolayer adsorption of vapor on

relatively open surfaces will be extremely  small  at the low values of P/P
                                                                          o
employed here (< 10~5).  The Dubinin-Radushkevich isotherm indicates that the

major part of the adsorption should occur in the  micropores, especially those
                    o
with diameters < 30 A.  According  to  that isotherm,  see Figure 6, a plot of
 2
e  versus the equilibrium amount of vapor sorption (W  = liquid cc of sorbate

(g sorbent) is a straight line with slope K/g 2  and the intercept W  is the

apparent total adsorption capacity available.   If the system is well behaved,

W£ (from the earlier kinetic treatment)  should  equal W d  where d  is the

liquid density of the adsorbate.   The  series of experiments described with

W constant and various partial pressures of vapor were made for the purpose

of testing this isotherm and obtaining the  values of the constants.  It is

satisfying to note that, for benzene on Tenax GC,  W  does equal W d.. .  Figure

7 shows the anticipated straight line  relationship.

     For reference vapors, we can  set  3  =1.00  and so evaluate K.  The process

of prediction for untested vapors, or  for arranging the vapors in sequence of

sorbability, is based on estimating values  of 8 for those vapors.  This aspect
                                       354

-------
                             In W.. = In W0 - Kt-2/£2
             -In W,
                                               c - RT In (P0/P)
                                               W0 = Wv de
                                               Intercept = In Wo
                                               Slope = K/jS2
ire f
11.0
10.0
8.0
a.o
4
j. The Equilibrium Adsorption Isothe



/
Benzene
on
Tenax GC

/


Qf^-
JP


/



.2 5.0 5.0 7.0 7
t2 x 1C'7
         Figure 7.  The Isotherm Data for Benzene on Tenax GC  at  31  C.

is currently under study in our continuing program.
     The features that give Tenax GC the good kinetics  for adsorption and
desorption of vapor are revealed by further examination of its structure.
Table 3 lists bulk densities, and He- and Hg-displacement densities  for  the
two resins, and gives comparative pore volumes estimated from  these.  The
                                      355

-------
                   TABLE  3.   DENSITY AND PORE VOLUME ESTIMATES
                             FOR TENAX GC AND CHROMOSORB 101.


                                             Densities, y/cc
                                                   	^Hfl
                           Sorbent        dK    du   <70u
                                         D     riG
                        Tenax GC         0.1 J>8  1.10-  0.295   0.335

                        Chromosorb 101    0.346  1-05g  0.400   0.596
                                           Pore Volumes, cc/g
                                       Total  <70/j   70

microns in diameter)  for which Tenax GC has almost 3.0 cc/g whereas  Chromo-

sorb 101 has about  0.4  cc/g.   These are the pores that give ready  access to

the micropores in Tenax GC.   We note that, for benzene on Tenax  GC,  the

apparent total pore volume available,  W ,  is 0.0183 cc/g which is  about one-
                              o
half of the micropores  < 300  A.  The cumulative pore volume distribution for

Tenax GC shown in Figure 8 indicates that W  corresponds to the  pore volume
                                       o
available in Tenax  GC below about 110 A.  This comparison is  clearly an over-

simplification but  is qualitatively consistent with the expectations of the

Dubinin-Radushkevich  isotherm.

     Electron microscopy photographs of Tenax GC show it to have a worm-like

structure with diameters below 0.5 microns.  These structural elements  appar-

ently are nonporous since their peripheral surfaces roughly account  for the
                                     2
total surface area  available, 25.5 m /g.  Thus, the pores are interstices

between irregular cylindrical elements and these are easily available through

the very low density  arrangement provided.  Presumably, a competitive adsor-

bent must provide an  open structure with similar accessibility.
                                       356

-------
                    0.03
                                 1CO         200
                                              o
                                  Pore Diameter, A
300
              Figure 8.  Cumulative  Surface Area and Pore Volume
                         Distributions  for Tenax GC.
     This work has been funded  under  a Work Assignment from the Environmental


Monitoring Systems Laboratory of  the  Environmental Protection Agency.
                                  REFERENCES




(1)  Dubinin, M. M., Chem. Rev. 60_,  235-41  (1960).


(2)  Wheeler, A., and Robell, A.  J.,  J.  Catalysis  13_,  299-305 (1969)


(3)  Jonas, L. A., and Rehrmann,  J.  A.,  Carbon 11,  59-64 (1973).
                                       357

-------
                  DETECTION  OF  ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTANTS USING

                        PIEZOELECTRIC   CRYSTAL SENSORS
                                   Mat H.  Ho
                            Department of  Chemistry
                      University  of  Alabama in Birmingham
                          Birmingham, Alabama  35294
                                   ABSTRACT


     In recent years, coated  piezoelectric crystal  sensors  have become of

increasing interest for detection  of  trace amount of  pollutants from ambient

air.  Not only are they highly  sensitive  detectors, but  they are also simple,

inexpensive, low power consumption, light-weight and  portable devices.

     The principle of the detector is  that the  frequency of vibration of an

oscillating crystal is decreased by the adsorption  of a  gaseous sample onto its

coated surface.  The decrease in frequency is a measure  of  the amount of gas

adsorbed.  This linear relationship between  frequency change and added mass

enables a piezoelectric crystal to be  used as a sorption analytical  detector

with a detection limit of about 10~10g.   The selectivity of detector can be

achieved by coating the crystal with  a substance which selectively adsorbs  the

pollutant one want to detect.

     In this paper, we report new  methods and coatings for  the specific

detection of mercury, organophosphorus pesticides,  and formaldehyde.   The effect

of flow rate, amount of coating, cell  configuration,  and practical instrument

suitable for use as personal monitor will be presented.   The use of  immobilized

enzyme as coating for sensitive and specific detection of formaldehyde will also

be described.

                                       358

-------
                                  I.   PRINCIPLE




     It has been known  for  a long time that the depostion of a small mass of


material on the surface  of  a piezoelectric crystal oscillator lowers its reso-


nant frequency.  In  the  early days of communication,  it was common practice to


lower the frequency  of  a piezoelectric quartz crystal by applying graphite or


ink onto its surfaces.   When more graphite or ink applied, the frequency of


vibration is lowered.   This observation has also been used by crystal manufac-


turers to adjust the  frequency of the crystals.  However, no quantitative rela-


tionship between the  deposited mass  and the change of frequency had been


investigated until the  late 1950's.   This relationship and the theoretical basis


for piezoelectric mass measurement were derived by Sauerbrey (1,2) and


Stockbridge (3).  The mass  sensitivity of AT-cut, quartz crystals vibrating in


the thickness-shear  mode can be obtained from the following equation:



                                                      F2

                               AF    -  - 2.24 x 1(T6   q
                               AM                "    A
                                 q


where AF is the change  in  the  resonant frequency, in Hz, caused by a change in


the mass AMq of the electrically-driven portion of the crystal, AM- is the


change in mass of  the electrically-driven portion of the crystal in g, Fq is


the basic resonant frequency of  the  crystal  before any foreign mass is added


in Hz, and A is the area of the  electrically-driven portion of the crystal in

  f\
cm .  Sauerbrey (1,2) made the fundamental assumption that deposition of any


foreign mass, which behaves in the  same way  as  a quartz increment of equal mass,


AMq, will cause the frequency  shift  Af.  Sauerbrey also successfully tested this


equation by coating the quartz crystal with  a thin, evenly distributed film of


metal, weighing the crystal with film on a microbalance and monitoring the fre-


quency change.  For commercially available 9 MHz, AT-cut,  quartz crystals having

                            r\
an electrode area of 0.20 cm , the mass sensitivity is 907 Hz/pg.  For 15 MHz




                                       359

-------
crystal having an electrode  area  of  0.10  cm2,  the mass sensitivity is 5040 Hz/yg.




     The quantitative  relationship between the deposited mass and the change of




frequency of piezoelectric quartz crystals give them wide-spread application as




transducers for mass detection  (4).   The  use  of coated piezoelectric quartz




crystals as sorption detectors  for toxic  gases in air has been reported (5-7).




The principle of the detector is  that the frequency of an oscillating crystal is




decreased by adsorption of a foreign material  on its coated surface.  A sampled




gas is adsorbed by a coating on the  crystal's  surface which is specific for that




gas, thereby increasing the  mass  on  the crystal and decreasing the frequency.




The frequency shift is proportional  to  the concentration of sampled gas.  The




interest in coated piezoelectric  crystals for  detection of environmental pollu-




tants has been increased recently due to  their properties of high sensitivity,




rapid response, low cost, low power  consumption (which can be operated on




rechargeable batteries), light  weight and portability for field use that are




inherent in the piezoelectric detection method,  in  spite of some limitations.






                                II.   APPARATUS






     A schematic diagram of  the experimental setup  with the piezoelectric




quartz crystal sensor  is shown  in Figure  1.  The  coated crystal was housed in




the detector cell and was driven  in  its fundamental frequency by an oscillator




(International Crystal Mfg.  Co., Oklahoma City,  Oklahoma).   The oscillator was




powered by a Heathkit variable  power  supply (Model  IP-28).   The frequency output




from the oscillator was monitored by  using a digital  readout frequency meter




(Heath Schlumberger, Benton Harbor, Michigan).   The frequency change could be




read on either the frequency meter or recorded by adapting  a digitalto-analog




converter (DAC) circuit to the  output of  the frequency meter.   Standard con-




centrations of the test atmosphere were prepared by the  saturation,  diffusion




and permeation methods for Hg, organophosphorous compounds  and  formaldehyde,




                                      360

-------



1
Coi
2-*-
D
ent
-«—
Sc
I
it



"low
:rolle






: rubber

? 3

r Co
Piezoelec
^ Crv
• fa


4
ated
trie v
stal \

v vV '
\JlXS amp ling
| Valve.
v





Flow
Meter

Detector
Cell


5
r+Tc
IVent
*


             Figure 1. Schematic Diagram of the Exprimental Setup.




      (1) Recorder; (2) Digital-to-Analog Converter; (3) Frequency Meter;




                       (4) Oscillator; (5) Power Supply







respectively (8).  Samples from the generation system were introduced  into  the




detector cell by a 4-port sampling valve (Varian Instrument Div., Palo Alto,




California).  Diffusion cell and permeation tube were obtained  from Analytical




Instrument Development, Inc., Avondale, Pennsylvania.




     A typical piezoelectric crystal consists of a  quartz plate, electrodes,




and holder as shown in Figure 2.  In order to be successfully used as  sensor




in the detection of gases, the crystal must possess  several important  characte-




ristics such as stable frequency output, low temperature coefftrient,  high  mass




sensitivity and inert to its environment.  An AT-cut, quartz crystal  is  a




material that best meets these requirements.  The crystals used in these studies




were 9 MHz and 15 MHz with vacuum- deposited gold electrodes located  on  the




center of each side of the quartz plate.  Figure 3  shows the design  of the




detector cell.  This design provides the best contact between the coating and




the gas stream since the sample is split into two equal streams which  directly




                                      361

-------
                     Quartz Plate
                     Electrode
                    Holder
        u—o
                                                           Outlet
   Figure 2.  Piezoelectric  Quartz

                 Crystal
              Quartz  Crystal

              Gold Electrode

              Holder
              Socket

              24/40 Ground
              Joint
Figure 3.  Detailed Design  of

             Dectector Cell
and simultaneously impinge  on  both  sides  of the coated crystal.  The cell was

made from Teflon or Pyrex ground  joint  glass and the crystal is connected to the

oscillator through a socket.   This  enabled not only the rapid and easy removal

of crystals for exchanging  or  recoating,  but also provided a sealed detector

cell as well as optimum electrical  contact.  Several techniques such as vacuum

deposition, dipping, painting  with  a  small brush or cotton swab, or dropping

with a microsyringe can be  used  to  apply  the coating onto the surface of the

piezoelectric crystal.

     Figure 4 shows the schematic diagram of the portable detector which is

capable of field use.  The  device contains a coated sensing crystal, a

reference crystal, an air sampling  pump and solid-state electronics with

digital display of the frequency differences.   Since the sampled gas was ad-

sorbed only on the surface  of  the coated  sensing crystal, the frequency output

was directly proportional to the concentration of gas.  Rechargeable nickel-

cadmium batteries, which are capable  of eight  hours continuous operation,

provide all power for the electronics and for  the sampling pump (Anatole J.

Sipin Co., New York).  In operation,  nitrogen  or clean air was first allowed to

pass through the detector cell until  the  baseline frequency became stable.  The
                                       362

-------
                    dry N2 or air in t   Nafion dryer
      sampling

      valve
                                                            sampled air
                                solid state display
                                                                sample
                                                                update
                                                                switches
      Figure 4.  Schematic Diagram  of  the  Portable  Piezoelectric Detector





sampling valve was then rotated  to  introduce  the  sampled air into the detector



cell, where the interaction between sampled gas and the  coating occured.  The



frequency response was taken as  the frequency difference between the baseline



before sampling and the steady frequency after equilibrium was established.  The



sampling valve was then rotated  again  and  clean air was  allowed to pass through



for desorption.  For the detection  of  Hg,  thermodesorption was used to remove Hg



on the gold coated crystal.




                          III.   DETECTION  OF  MERCURY





     The ability of gold to adsorb  and almagamate mercury is well known (6,9-11).



Gold is also one of the metals used to make the electrode on commercially



available crystals.  Mercury is  adsorbed on the surface  of gold electrodes,



                                       363

-------
         240
        220
     y  180
     •H  160
     o
     w


        14°

        120
               Injection
                                 6       8      10



                                   TIME.MINUTES
12
14
16
             Figure 5.  Adsorption  -  Desorption Curves of Mercury






causes an increase in  the mass  of  the crystal,  therefore decreasing the fre-



quency.  Mercury is then desorbed by  thermal desorption and the frequency



returns back to the original  baseline as  shown  in Figure 5.   Since the



sensitivity of the detector depends on the mass of mercury adsorbed on the  sur-



face of gold electrode, the collection efficiency of the gold coated crystal was



studied.  Gold electrode should be  fresh  for the best collection efficiency and



a commercially available gold electrode crystal can be used after heat cleaning



(7).  The effect of flow rate on the  sensitivity was also studied.  The volume



of the sampled air was kept constant  while the  flow rates were varied from  30



ml/min to 250 ml/min.  Below  100 ml/min the flow rate did not affect the sen-



sitivity.  At high flow rates the  collection efficiency is decreased due to



the incomplete adsorption of  mercury.  At 200 ml/min the collection efficiency



is about 15% lower than that  at 90  ml/min.  The optimum flow rate was found to



                                       364

-------
be  100 ml/min.   The  configuration of the detector cell also affected the




sensitivity.  Several  cell  configurations were investigated and the design as




shown in Figure  3, is  the most sensitive one since it provides the best




contact between  the  gold electrode and the sampled air stream (6).  For best




precision,  the crystal should be  desorbed after each measurement.  We observed




that if the crystal  is desorbed immediately after each measurement the lifetime




of  the crystal is much longer.  This may be due to the migration of mercury into




the inner layers of  the gold  film during storage;  it is difficult to desorb




completely  this mercury.




     The linear  range  of the  detector is from 5 ng to 100 ng as shown in




Figure 6.   Increasing  the surface area of the gold electrode will increase the




linear range of  the  detector.   However,  the mass sensitivity will decrease,




since the mass sensitivity  of  the crystal is inversely proportional to the




electrode's area.  The detector responds to mass rather than to concentration
    200
    160
w
I   120


S
o
s
w

Cf

a
(K
    80
    40
                                             Polymer  Backbone
              50
                       100
150
           AMOUNT OF MERCURY, NG


Figure 6.  Response of




  Detector to Mercury
                                             Figure  7.   Structure of




                                                XAD-4-Cu2+-diamine
                                       365

-------
and the larger volume of sample, which gives  the  larger  amount  of  mercury,  will


increase the frequency response.  Therefore,  various  concentrations  in the  ppm


and ppb ranges can be detected by varying  the sampling times.   This  will


further enhance the usefulness of the detector.   Since gold  is  well  known as a


highly specific adsorber for mercury, the  detector  is  free of  the  interferences


usually observed in cold vapor atomic absorption.   l^S and Cl£  only  slightly


interfer at high concentrations (> 100 ppm).   However  these  two interferents


can be eliminated by collecting mercury  from  sampled  air with  a gold coated


quartz collector.  Mercury is then released from  the  collector  by  heating and


is carried with carrier gas into the detector cell.



                IV.  DETECTION OF ORGANOPHOSPHORUS  PESTICIDES



     It has been known for many years that copper complexes  can catalyze the


hydrolysis of phosphorus ester (12,13).  In an aqueous solution the  overall


reaction occurs in two steps:  first, the  copper  complex binds  reversibly to


the phosphorus esters and second, the adduct  product  is  irreversibly broken


down by hydrolysis.  In air, where the content of water  is low, the  second  step


is unlikely to occur.

                                               f\ i
     Guilbault et al (14) showed that XAD-4-Cu   -  diamine,  a  polymer bonded


copper complex as shown in Figure 7 can  be used as  a  sensitive  and selective


coating for detection of organophosphorus  compounds.   In this  study, the crystal


was first coated with polyhexadecylmethacrylate and then a finely  ground powder


of XAD-4-Cu^+ - diamine was sprayed onto the  crystal.  The excess  XAD-4-Cu2+ -


diamine was wiped out with a soft tissue paper.   Since polyhexadecylmethacrylate


is a highly viscous liquid, XAD-4-Cu^+ - diamine  adhered strongly  onto the


surface of the crystal.  For organophosphorus pesticides, diisopropyl methyl-


phosphonate (DIMP) was chosen as the model compound because  of  its low toxicity


and other reasons as shown elsewhere (15). The standard concentrations of


                                       366

-------
DIMP  for  test  atmospheres were generated by the diffusion method.  No  significant
interference was  noted,  except that responses are observed with DS-2 and high
humidity.   DS-2  is  a decontamination solution for organophosphorus compounds and
other chemical warfare  agents.  This response is expected, since DS-2  contains
amines  and  may form a complex with the copper coating.  The calibration curve
for DIMP  is shown in Figure 8.
                       100
                                  100       200        300
                                CONCENTRATION OF DIMP, PPB
               Figure 8.  Frequency  Response  of  Detector to DIMP

                         V.  DETECTION  OF  FORMALDEHYDE

     Due to the high sensitivity,  coated piezoelectric crystals can be used as
 gravimetric sensors for measuring toxic gases  in  the atmosphere.  The only
drawback in this type of detector  is  the selectivity.  The specificity of the
detector is dependent on the coating  materials.  In  this study, enzymes were
immobilized on the piezoelectric crystal for  assay of substrates directly in the
                                       367

-------
gas phase, entirely analogous  to  their  use  in solution.   The specificity of




enzymes is well known and  this  investigation represents  the first attempt to




use an immobilized enzyme  as a  coating  for  piezoelectric crystal sensors.  The




enzyme formaldehyde dehydrogenase  catalyzes  the  oxidation of formaldehyde, in




the presence of co-factor  NAD+, to  form formic acid  and  NADH.   Glutathione was




also used as a co-factor.  Formaldehyde dehydrogenase, NAD+ and glutathione




were immobilized onto the  crystal  using glutaraldehyde and albumin (16).  The




detector is highly selective toward  formaldehyde  with little response to




acetaldehyde and alcohols.  As  low  as 0.1 ppm concentration of  formaldehyde




could be detected.  However, more  studies are needed to  improve the precision,




response time, reversibility and  a  stability of  the  enzyme coating.  The




mechanism involved in this type of  gas  phase enzymatic reaction is not fully




explained.
                                       368

-------
                                 REFERENCES


 (1)   Sauerbrey, G.  Z.   Phys. Verhandl 8:  113, 1957.

 (2)   Sauerbrey, G.  Z.   Z.  Phys.  115: 206,  1959.

 (3)   Stockbridge,  C. D.  Resonance  Frequency versus Mass Added  to Quartz
      Crystal.  In:   K.  H. Behrndt (ed.), Vacuum Microbalance Techniques. Vol. 5,
      Plenum, New York,  1966. p.  193.

 (4)   Czanderna, A.  W.  and  Lu,  C. S. Applications  of Piezoelectric Quartz
      Crystal Microbalances.  Elsevier Scientific  Publishing Co., New York,
      1983.

 (5)   Hlavay, J., and Guilbault,  G.  G.  Applications of  the Piezoelectric
      Crystal Detector  in Analytical Chemistry.  Anal. Chem. 49: 1890, 1977.

 (6)   Ho,  M. H., Guilbault, G.  G., and Scheide, E. P.  Determination of
      Nanograin  Quantities of Mercury in Water with a Gold Plated Piezoelectric
      Crystal Detector.  Anal.  Chim. Acta.  130: 141, 1981.

 (7)   Ho,  M. H., Guiltaault, G.  G., and Rietz, B.   Detection of Carbon Monoxide
      in Ambient Air With a Piezoelectric  Crystal.  Anal. Chem.  54: 1998, 1982.

 (8)   Nelson, G. 0.  Controlled Test Atmosphere. Ann Arbor Science, Ann Arbor,
      Michigan,  1980.

 (9)   McNerney,  J.  J.,  Buseck,  P. R., and  Hanson,  R. C.  Mercury Detection by
      Means  of  Thin Gold Films.  Science 178: 611, 1973.

(10)   Bristow,  Q.   An Evaluation  of  the Quartz Crystal Microbalance as a
      Mercury Vapour Sensor for Soil Gases.  J. Geochem. Explor. 1:55, 1972.

(11)   Scheide,  E. P., and Taylor, J. K.  Piezoelectric Sensor  for Mercury in
      Air.  Environ. Sci. Tech. 8: 1097, 1974.

(12)   Gustofson, R.  L.,  Chaberek, L. S., and Martell, A. E.  A Kinetic Study
      of the Copper(II)  Chelate Catalyzed  Hydrolysis of  Disopropyl phosphoro-
      fluoridate.   J. Amer. Chem. Soc. 58:  598, 1963.

(13)   Epstein,  J. and Rosenblatt, D. H.  Kinetics  of Some Metal  Ion Catalyzed
      Hydrolysis of Isopropylmethyl-phosphorofluoridate  at 25°C.  J. Am. Chem.
      Soc. 80:  3596, 1958.

(14)   Guilbault, G.  G.,  Affolter, J., Yutaka, T.,  and Kolesar, E. S., Jr.
      Piezoelectric Crystal Coating  for Detection  of Organophosphorus
      Compounds.  Anal.  Chem. 53: 2057, 1981.

(15)   Ho,  M. H., and Guilbault, G. G.  Portable Field Detector .for Organo-
      phosphorus Pesticides.  Anal.  Chim.  Acta, in press.

(16)   Carr,  P.  W.,  and  Bowers,  L. D.  Immobilized  Enzymes in Analytical and
      Clinical  Chemistry. John  Wiley and Sons, New York, 1980, pp. 148-191.
                                      369

-------
                                ACKNOWLEDGEMENT






     The author gratefully acknowledge the financial support of the National




Institute of Health, Division of Research (Grant S07-RR05349-20) and  the UAB




Graduate School Faculty Research Grant (Grant 82-8509).
                                    NOTICE




     The work described in this paper was not  funded by  the U.S. Environmental




Protection Agency and therefore the contents do not necessarily  reflect  the




views of the Agency and no official endorsement should be  inferred.
                                       370

-------
                     REDUCED-TEMPERATURE PRECONCENTRATION
                 OF VOLATILE ORGANICS FOR GAS CHROMATOGRAPHIC
                         ANALYSIS:   SYSTEM AUTOMATION*
               by:   W.  A.  McClenny
                     U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency
                     Research Triangle Park, North Carolina  27711

                     J.  D.  Pleil
                     Northrop Services, Inc.
                     Environmental Sciences
                     Research Triangle Park, North Carolina  27709


                                    ABSTRACT

     An automated system for unattended repetitive sampling and analysis of
volatile organic  compounds  in ambient air has been designed  and  evaluated.
The sampling and  analysis  scheme involves preconcentration of analytes from
whole air at reduced temperature and  subsequent thermal desorption and capil-
lary column gas  chromatographic  analysis.   This paper describes  the system's
components and operating procedures.  Temperature versus time profiles measured
at the  trapping surface document the  stability of the trap temperature during
sample  collection, as well  as the rapid trap temperature changes, i.e., 3.5
minutes for +120°C to  -150°C during  cooling of  the  trap  and 1.0  minute for
-150°C to +100°C during thermal desorption.  The system will be evaluated as a
semi-real-time monitor  for  volatile  organics  and as a central system for
analysis of air samples collected in small-volume metal containers.

INTRODUCTION

     Preconcentration of target  gases prior to analysis increases the effec-
tive sensitivity  of  standard monitoring techniques.   Solid sorbants  such as
Tenax are currently  used  to selectively sorb gaseous organics while  passing
the major constituents  of ambient air, including HO.   Thermal desorption from
Tenax onto a cryogenic  trap (cryo-focusing) is used to further concentrate the
gaseous organics.  Subsequent  heating of the trap releases the organics in a
sample volume many times  (103 to 105)  smaller  than  the original  whole' air
volume.
""This paper has been reviewed in accordance with the U.S. Environmental Protec-
 tion Agency's peer and administrative review policies and approved for presen-
 tation and publication.
                                      371

-------
     Direct semi-real-time  monitoring of organics  can be  accomplished by
sampling directly onto  a  reduced  temperature surface, usually a  section of
small diameter metal  tubing filled with small glass  beads.   However,  water
vapor condensation typically plugs a trap with only 200 to 300 ml of ambient
air collected.  Recently, Nafion tubing has been used successfully to dry the
ambient air prior to condensation while quantitatively passing volatile organics
(M. W. Holdren, private communication,  1982).  It  is therefore  possible to
directly cold-trap larger air volumes, e.g., 1 to 10 liters, in a range compar-
able to the volumes collected with solid sorbants.

     We  are  currently  investigating  the  feasibility of reduced-temperature
trapping and have found that automation greatly facilitates run-to-run repeat-
ability  and eliminates  the  tedious manual procedures  involved  in  sampling and
analysis.  This paper (1)  describes a system  design  for automated operation
and  (2)  documents  certain aspects of the system's  performance.   We  envision
the use  of this  system as  a semi-real-time monitor of volatile organics in
ambient  air.   With minor modification, the  system can also  be  used to  analyze
ambient air samples collected in reusable,  small volume metal cylinders  (e.g.,
2-2 aluminum cylinders) and shipped to a central location.

     Previous  research  conducted  to condense extremely large air samples for
analysis by  long  path absorption  - Fourier transform infrared (Hanst  et al.
1979) has  provided  useful information on the  subject of cryogenic trapping.
In particular, extrapolations  of  the Clausius-Clapeyron equation were  used  to
furnish  conservative  estimates  of target compound  vapor pressures at reduced
temperatures.

EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURE

     The  system  includes  a  Hewlett-Packard  (HP)  Model 5880A gas  chromatograph
 (GC) which is operated with a  preconcentrator rather than  a sample  loop.  The
preconcentrator  (Figure 1)  consists of a 20-cm section of  0.32-cm OD,  0.22-cm
ID  nickel  tubing formed into a  circular winding and threaded onto  a  250-W
cylindrical  resistive element.   During use,  a stainless steel shell encapsu-
lates  the  trap and is further sealed with heat-resistant  tape and glass fiber
insulation to prevent  escape  of  liquid nitrogen (N,)  into the  surrounding
volume.   Small 25-W  cartridge heaters are  sandwiched between small  aluminum
plates  for each pair of  outlet  tubes to provide a heat source  and  thermal
 inertia  to eliminate "cold" spots in the  outlet lines.  The  central  10-cm
portion  of the trap  is  filled with 0.85  grams  of 60/80  mesh Pyrex glass beads.
The  trap is further characterized by the flow rate for a given pressure drop:
 40  cm3/min for approximately 3 psig as  measured prior to  use.  Each trap is
used as  indicated in the flow  path schematic shown  in Figure 2.  The trap
 enclosure  and a Seiscor valve  are placed on an aluminum  base plate that is
 insulated  from and  placed  directly  over the  GC  oven.   An aluminum box is
 attached to the base plate to enclose all  sample  handling elements.   Rope
 heaters, regulated to maintain +70°C, are attached to all  lines through which
 the sample flows.
                                       372

-------
            CYLINDRICALLY WOUND
                   HEATER
                   OUTLET TUBE
                     HEATER
                                        OUT
Figure 1. Unit for trapping gaseous organics  at  reduced  temperatures with  sub-
          sequent thermal  desorption;  A indicates  thermocouple  positions.
                                     373

-------
                                                      FLOW  NEEDLE   PUMP

                                  POSITION B
Figure 2.  Flow path schematic showing cross-section of a six-port Seiscor
           valve in sampling (A) and desorbing (B)  positions.
                                      374

-------
     The set point network  of a Nutech Model 320A cryogenic trapping/thermal
desorption system (Nutech Corporation, 1982) controls the coooling and heating
of the trap volume by re'leasing liquid N2 into the trap enclosure or by pas-
sing current through  the  heater.   The liquid N2 is vented  from the aluminum
box.

     The individual  events  during a  system cycle  are under microprocessor
control from the  HP  5880A.   The run  table  listing for the  sampling/analysis
sequence is given in  Table  1  along with the  GC oven temperature profile.  The
input parameters  are  specified  by the operator during system initialization.
External valve  controls,  available  on the GC as +24-V d.c.  outputs, are used
to  change positions  of  the  Seiscor valve  (Valve 1 in listing) and  to  change
the operational mode  of the Nutech 320A  from  cooling  to heating (Valve 3).
Since  the  Basic  language programming option is not included  on  our unit,
Instruction 5  in  the  Run Table is used to reset and start successive cycles.
    TABLE 1.  HP 5880A LISTINGS FOR RUN TABLE AND OVEN TEMPERATURE PROFILE
Run Table
Oven temperature profile
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Initial value
Initial time
Program rate
Final value
Final time
Post value
Post time
= -50°C
= 3.00 min
= 8.00°C/min
= 150°C
= 7.00 min
= -50°C
= 10.00 min
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Time
(min)
0.50
1.00.
5.00
10.00
35.00
35.00

Status/action
Valve 1 on
Valve 3 off
Valve 3 on
Valve 1 off
Start valve 4 on
Stop

RESULTS

     Table 2 shows the events occurring during the sequence of repetitive pre-
concentration /analysis  runs.   The  steps  are  also  shown in Figure  3.   The  two
traces in Figure 3, one placed  in thermal contact with  the trap and one placed
in the GC oven, record thermocouple outputs.

     Figure 3 shows that stable trapping temperatures of -150°C can be achieved
with cool-down  times  of 3.5 min.   Additional  thermocouples were placed (1)
near the  fittings  at the output of the trap,  (2)  near  the connector  leading
from the  Seiscor  valve into the GC oven, and  (3) in the air space of the box
that covers  the preconcentrator  and valves.   Temperature readings during
system operation  indicated  that these temperatures are controlled within the
following ranges:  100 ± 20°C,  55 ± 5°C, and 55 ± 5°C,  respectively.

     Detailed information on the  system and a discussion of the  condendsation
of a list of volatile organics  is given by Pleil (1982).
                                       375

-------
             TABLE 2.   EVENTS OCCURRING DURING SEQUENCE  OF ANALYSIS  RUNS


          Time
Cycle     (min)                                       , Status/action \

  A        0                       Trap is  at -150°C,  oven at -50°C; Seiscor valve is
                                   in position B (see  Figure, 2)  as sampling continues.

  B        0.5                     Instruction #1 of Run Table switches Seiscor valve
                                   to position A (see  Figure 2).  Sampling end$ with
                                   35.5-min sampling time.  Carrier  gas (N_) is directed
                                   through trap at 3.0 cm3/min flow  rate.

  C        1.0                     Instruction #2 of Run Table activates  relay in Nutech
                                   320A to begin rapid heating of trap.  Desorbed gases
                                   are retrapped on the  column head.

  D        3.0                     Temperature programming begins at 8°C/min and con-
                                   tinues for 25 min,  reaching +150°C  at  the end.
                                   Recording and display of chromatograph occurs on HP
                                   thermal printer.

  E        5.0                     Instruction #3 of Run Table deactivates relay in
                                   Nutech 320A to begin cooling trap.

  F       10.0                     Instruction #4 of Run Table switches Seiscor valve
                                   to position B (see  Figure 2) s.o  that sampling begins.

  G       28.0                     Temperature programming ends with oven at 150°C.
                                   Final time instruction in oven temperature profile
                                   (OTP) holds oven temperature at  150°C for 7 min.

  H                                Run Table instruction program is  reset, post time
                                   in OTP is set for 10 min, during which elution times
                                   and peak areas are  printed.  Post value instruction
                                   in OTP causes oven to begin cooling.

  I       45.0                     At end of post time, next run begins.
                                         376

-------
                              TIME (OVEN), min
                              TIME (TRAP), min
Figure 3.  Temperature - time profiles  for  trap  and  oven.   *Trap temperatures
           are approximate.  tRecorder  pens  offset by 1.0  min.   For explana-
           tion of cycle steps A through  I,  see  text.
                                      377

-------
                                  REFERENCES

1.   Brown, R.  H.  and C.  J.  Purnell (1979)  J.  Chromatog.,  178:179.

2.   Hanst, P.  L., L. L. Spiller, D. M. Watts, J. W. Spence, and M. F. Miller
     (1975) J.  Air Poll.  Control Assoc.,  25:1220.

3.   Nutech Corporation (1982)  Nutech Model 320A Operating Manual,  Nutech Cor-
     poration,  2806 Creek Road, Durham, North Carolina 27704.

4.   Pleil, J.  D.  (1982)  Technical Report TN-82-02,  July 1982,  Northrop Services,
     Inc.-Environmental Sciences,  P.  0.  Box 12313, Research Triangle Park,
     North Carolina 27709.
                                      378

-------
            DETECTION AND DETERMINATION OF POL YCHLORINATED




                           BEPHENYLS IN AMBIENT AIR



                      E. Singer, M. Sage, T. Jarv and R. Corkum




             Ministry of the Environment of Ontario, Air Resources Branch




                         Toronto, Ontario, Canada, M5S 1Z8




 Abstract




      High resolution gas  chromatography with simultaneous analysis on two columns of




 different  polarity with computer assisted data reduction and  correlation was applied to




 the analysis of Polychlorinated Biphenyls (PCB's) in ambient air.








      A method of identification of individual PCB congeners  based on retention indices




 (RFs) was developed, as well as quantification of congeners, which are unavailable to be




 used as standards.








      A standard,  based on  a  mixture of  commerical Arodors, was synthesized and all




 major peaks in the mixture were identified and quantified.








      A set of rules for the reduction of data from two columns of different polarity was



 established. As well, a programme was written for the miroprocessor controlled HP 5880




 gas chromatograph.  The program controls the gas chromatograph, the HP Autosampler




7672A, initiates the recalibration, performs the data reduction, correlation of the  peaks,




prints the reports and stores all the GC data and  reports on a magnetic tape.








      Ambient air  samples from a survey  of PCB's across the Province of Ontario were




analyzed using methodologiies employing  packed columns, single capillary columns, and




dual capillary columns of different polarity and some of the results are reported.





                                        379

-------
     The detection  and determination of PCB's in environmental samples  is a highly



complex task.  There  are 209 possible  congeners  of PCB's, 102  of  which have  been



identified in commercial Aroclor  mixtures, and are  therefore likely to  be encountered in



environmental samples.  The major approach  to the analysis was until recently low or



medium  resolution gas chromatography  (1,2,3)  utilizing  packed columns  coupled  with



detection by electron  capture  (EC) detector  or mass-spectrometry (MS).  The results



were then quantified by peak  or pattern  matching with commercial  Arodors  or  their



mixtures.  The  disadvantages  of this technique, when  applied  to environmental  (and



mainly air) samples are obvious.








1.   It is assumed  that the ratio of individual PCB  congener  in the vapour  phase is



     identical to the ratio in the liquid  phase, which is  unlikely.  The boiling points of



     PCB congeners spread over the range of more than 150°C and it is likely  that the



     vapour pressure will spread over a range  of several orders of magnitude as well.








2.   It is assumed  that  the ratio of individual PCB congener  does  not  change  after



     exposure to the environment. However, individual PCB congeners have different



     chemical and physico-chemical reactivities, so it is likely that the composition will



     change with the length of  the exposure to the environment.








3.   It is assumed  that  all interfering compounds can  be removed  from  the sample



     during the clean-up procedure and if any  stay in,  they can be resolved from the



     PCB congeners and thus the PCB peaks  can be identified and quantified with high



     degree of confidence.
                                         380

-------
     However, the efficiency of the clean-up procedures, even for samples  of "dean"




air, can be  questioned as well. It has been estimated (4) that in the concentration range




individual PCB congeners might  be present  in "clean" ambient air, about 106 organic




compounds could be  present  at  similar  levels.   Only a fraction  of  these low  level




impurities  were identified.  It is  a reasonable assumption  that a significant number may




not be removed by the clean-up procedure and some, which were not removed, may have




on a given  column retention times close to the retention times of the PCB congeners and




may be detected by the EC detector as well.








      The identification  and quantification of individual PCB  congeners  in  a complex




matrix was not  too  practical until rescently.   With the commercial availability of




capillary columns of good  and  reproducible  quality,  gas chromatographs  designed for




work  with  capillary columns,  and  computer  controlled  instrumentation and  signal




processing, the  introduction  of  high  resolution  gas  chromatography   into  routine




laboratory work became realistic although there were still some open questions. Mainly,








1.    Only a limited number of individual PCB  congeners, as they were identified in




      Arodors, were commercially available.








2.    The commercially available fused silica capillary columns, suitable for this analysis



      could not resolve all the PCB congeners, unless the run  would  be extended over




      extremdy long periods of time.








3.    There still  remained the possibility that some impurities, present in the air sample




      and not removed by the dean-up procedure may be identified as PCB's.
                                         381

-------
     The first  problem  was identification of the individual PCB  congeners.  Sissu and



Welti (5) reported in 1971 that the RI of PCB's can be calculated by summing up the K2RI



for the two substituted rings. We decided to  extend their idea to capillary columns under



temperature  programmed condition using the formula of  Said and  Hussein  (6).  The



calculated HRFs for different chlorine substitution and two different liquid phases are in



Table 1.  A comparison of measured and calculated RFs of a number of PCB congeners is



in Table 2.
Table 1.  HALF RETENTION INDICES OF POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYLS
Cl-
Substitution
0-
2-
3-
4-
2,3-
2,4-
2,5-
2,6-
3,4-
3,5-
2,3,4-
2,3,5-
2,3,6-(2,5,6)
2,4,5-
2,4,6-
3,4,5-*
2,3,4,5-
2,3,5,6-
2,3,4,6-
2,3,4,5,6-
ASYM
PARENT
676
791
860
866
983
955
954
905
1056
1013
1166
1140
-
1128
1042
-
1331
1242
1254
1448
OV-1
SYM
PARENT
676
790
860
870
984
954
947
897
1066
-
1174
1141
1065
1124
1028
-
1330
1207
1251
1414
ASYM
PARENT
690
811
877
885
1005
972
972
926
1076
1030
1188
1159
-
1145
1057
-
1350
1260
1272
1464
SE-54
SYM
PARENT
690
808
878
889
1004
972
965
917
1088
-
1197
1162
1085
1140
1042
-
1349
1222
1279
1428
      not commercially available
                                        382

-------
TABLE 2.      COMPARISON OF MEASURED AND CALCULATED RI's
                               FOR SOME PCB's
                              OV-1
                        SE-54
CONGENOR
                 MEASURED    CALCULATED
           MEASURED   CALCULATED
                              ASYM.
SYM.
ASYM.    SYM.
2,2',5
2, 3', 5
2, 4', 5
2, 3', 4'
2,2',4,6
2,2',3,5'
2,2',4,5'
2, 3', 4', 5
2, 2', 3, 5, 6
2,2',3,4,5'
2, 2', 4, 4', 6
2, 2', 4, 6, 6'
2 2' 3 3' 4 5
2 2" 3 4 5 5'
2'3,3'X4;,5
2,2',3,5,5',6
2,2',3,4,5,5',6
2,2',3,4,4',5,6'
2,2',3,3',4,4',6
2,2',3,4,4',5,6,6'
2, 2', 3, 3', 4, 5', 6, 6'
2, 2', 3, 3', 4, 4', 5, 6,6'
2,2',3,3',4,4',5,5',6
1739
1810
1824
1844
1828
1931
1903
2010
2021
2117
1990
1927
2312
2270
2405
2170
2375
2354
2405
2435
2430
2635
2752
1745
1813
1820
1847
1833
1936
1908
2009
2034
2120
1996
1947
2313
2284
2386
2196
2401
2372
2421
2489
2497
2702
2778
1737
1808
1817
1856
1818
1931
1902
2014
1997
2121
1982
1925
2314
2278
2396
2154
2361
2359
2424
2442
2458
2664
2744
1774
1845
1860
1881
1859
1970
1939
2048
2054
2157
2022
1961
2352
2305
2446
2203
2405
2384
2444
2463
2460
2665
2783
1783
1849
1856
1887
1868
1977
1944
2048
2071
2160
2029
1982
2354
2322
2426
2231
2436
2406
2460
2521
2532
2736
2814
1773
1843
1854
1895
1849
1970
1937
2053
2029
2162
2013
1959
2353
2314
2437
2187
2393
2391
2475
2469
2501
2706
2777
Although the agreement between the measured and calculated values of RI is very good -

generally better than 0.5% - there are some differences depending on whether symmetric

or asymetric parents are used.  To get the best possible answer we set in Table 3 simple

rules for the calculation of RPs using either symetric or asymetric parents, depending on

the structure of the polychlorinated biphenyl.
                                       383

-------
TABLE 3.
      RULES FOR PREDICT ING THE RI'sOF
                PCB CONGENORS
     PCB CONGENOR
                                  OV-1
 ASYM.      SYM.
PARENTS  PARENTS
                                               SE-54
                                                        ASYM.
                                                       PARENTS
                                                      SYM.
                                                    PARENTS
     Mono-chloro
          x=l;
     Di-chloro
          x=2; y=0
          x=l; y=l

     Tri-chloro
          x=3; y=0
          x=2; y=l
     Tetra-chloro
          x=4; y=0
          x=3; y=l
          x=2; y=2

     Penta-chloro
          x=5; y=0
          x=3; y=2

     Hexa-chloro
          x=5; y=l
          x=^; y=2
          x=3;6=3

     Hepta-chloro
                             3,4-
                                         *
                                         *
                                                        *
                                                        *
                                                        *
                                                        *
     Octa-chloro
          x=5; y=3
     Nona-chloro
          x=5;y=*

     Deca-chloro
          x=5; y=5
                                                        *
                                                        *
     Note: x =
          Y =
          *
      -; 3,4-
no. of chlorines on one ring
no. of chlorines on other ring
use these types of parents to generate the retention index for the PCB
whose composition is denoted by x and y.
these are exceptions to the * rule, use the parents of the column they
are located in to  generate the best retention index.
                        384

-------
     The  next  problem  was the quantification of the unavailable congenors.   Some




relative response factors were  already reported in literature (7).  We investigated  the




relative response factors of the commercially available PCB congenors and some of  the




data are presented in Table 4.








TABLE 4.   RELATIVE RESPONSE FACTORS OF SOME PCB CONGENORS
CONGE NOR
2-
3-
4-


2,2'-
2,5-
2,3-
3,5'-
3,3'-
3,V-


2,4,6-
2,2',5-
2,4,5-
2,3',5-
2,4',5-


2,2', 6, 6'-
2,2',4,6-
2,2',6'-
2, 3', 4, 6-
7 2' 5 V-
t-i*- i->i->
2,2',4',5-
2,4,^,6-
2,3,5,6-
7 7' 3' 5-
^,^ j-5 >J
7 3' 5 V-
Z-!J >J>J
2,2'3,3'-
2,3,^,5-
2,3'*,'5-
3,3',(f,V-

REL. RESPONSE
21
1
11
AVG.=11

*8
206
22^
150
82
166
AVG.=146

289
211
326
319
308
AVG.=290

22^
352
2^8
320
320
335
527
361
388
351
371
296
358
287
AVG.=338
CONGE NOR
2,2', H, 6,6'-
2,2'4, 5/6-
2,2',M',6-
2,2',3,*,6-
2, 2', 3,5, 6-
2, 3' A 5', 6-
2,2',if,5,5'
2,3',4,V,6-
2,2',3,*',5-


2, 2', 4, 4', 6,6'-
2,?,w,y,6-
2,2',3,5,5',6-
2,2',3,4,V,6-
2, 2', 3, 4, 5, 6'-
7 7' L. ii' S S1
•<:»/: j^,41 ,-',^
7 7" 3 U 5 5'-
^ J *• 5 -3, ^> >, J
? ?' 1 It U* 1-
^•>*- ? -),^j^ jj
7 2' 3 3' 4 5-
^ , ^ j -", -J ? ^» ->
7 7' 3 3' U U*
£,£ , J, J ,4-,t
2, 3, 3', 4,4', 5-


2, 2', 3, 4, 5,5', 6-


2, 2', 3, 3, 5,5', 6, 6'-
2,2'3,3',4,5',6,6'-
2, 2', 3, 4, 4', 5,6,6'-





REL. RESPONSE
313
340
355
351
364
381
395
369
427
AVG.=336

367
351
378
341
399
401
400
440
370
344
291
AVG.=371

402


378
290
366
AVG.=345




                                       385

-------
In this  table  the response of  3-monochlorobiphenyl is  taken as unity.   The  relative




response factors  of tri- to octachloro biphenyls are fairly close, in the average  about




340, however, there are large differences between relative response factors of mono-and




dichlorobiphenyls.  Luckily all mono- and a significant number of dichlorobiphenyls are




commercially available.   For the quantification of the rest  of the PCB's  we decided to




take either the measured response factor  (if available) or the average of the response




factors  of the two available PCB congeners bracketing in the congener whose standard is




not available.








     The goals were  not only positive identification and quantification of the individual




biphenyls but also automation of the procedure, so it could  be run on a microprocessor




controlled GC -  in our case a HP 5880A with dual terminals and level IV programming.




This goal required a standard with as many  identified and quantified  PCB congenors as




possible.  This was achieved by  combining Arodors 1016, 1221 and 1254 (EPA Depository




#9324, 9382 and 9533) in a single solution in the ratio of 2:3:2.  For the identification and




quantification, these  Arodors and their mixture  were run on two capillary columns of




different polarity simultaneously.  Individual PCB  congenors were identified with the




help of K2RPs and  quantified as mentioned before.








     The last goal  was  the  increase in  confidence  of  positive  identification  and




quantification of the  PCB congenors.  RT or RI on a single phase does not unequivocally




identify  an  organic  compound.   It is estimated  that  the  confidence  of  positive




identification is  about 60% for a packed column and relatively simple matrix and does




not  increase  significantly for  a high resolution  capillary column.   However,  the




confidence increases  dramatically to about 90% if the sample is run  on two columns of




different polarity.
                                         386

-------
     During our work fused silica columns came on market which simplified significantly




our task.  With this type  of columns,  we were able to mount two columns of identical




lengths and I.D. but with different liquid phase into the same injection port and attach to




two different EC detectors. This, with proper programming, simplified significantly our




task.  The correlation of the data from the two chromatograms was performed by the GC




-microprocessor as  well.








     The programme, written for the HP 5880A, does the following:




1.   controls theGC parameters




2.   controls the HP-Autosampler 7672A




3.   recalibrates the GC after a preset number of samples with weight averaging of the




     retention times and reponse factors




4.   after analysis prints the reports from each column with  the tentatively identified




     PCB congeners




5.   correlates the gas chromatograms and prints  the final report




6.   stores all data and reports on a magnetic tape








     For the correlation of the two gas chromatograms, we decided on a  set of rules,




under which the programme handles and correlates the peaks, tentatively identified and



quantified on each column as PCB congeners. The rules are:








1.   The retention  time of the peak must be within narrow limits (usually +0.1%) of  the




     expected retention time of the PCB congener, otherwise the peak is rejected.
                                         387

-------
2.    If the peak  for  a given PCB congener is identified on both  columns and  the




     quantities are within limits (usually +20%), the average is calculated and printed




     followed by the word "confirmed".








3.    If the peak  for  a given PCB congenor is identified on both columns, but  the




     quantities are not within given limits, then  the lower value is taken as the  result,




     followed by word "interference"  (we assume that the higher value is caused by a




     coeluting impurity).








k.    If a peak is  identified as a given PCB  congenor on one column only, the value is




     rejected and  identified by the words "not PCB".








5.    Although the used capillary columns have  very high  resolving power, some PCB




     congeners can not be resolved at all or can be resolved on one column only.  If this




     happens, then the determined quantities of unresolved  PCB congeners  on  one or




     both columns are summed up and evaluated under identical criteria.








     The method  was  tested on individual  Arodors, Aroclor  mixtures  and synthetic




ambient air samples. The results were within^15% of the expected values.








     We performed in Ontario two surveys for PCB's, in 1979 and 1980, to  increase our




data base for the background levels in ambient air.








     All samples  were collected on "Florisil" cartridges over  24 hour period at flow




rates between 10-15 litre/min. The cartridges were extracted by pentane, boiled down in




a Kuderna-Danish  apparatus to a  volume of 2 ml, cleaned up on a "Florisil" microcolumn,
                                         388

-------
and the final  extract was boiled down in a Kuderna-Danish apparatus to a 1 ml volume

with iso-octane (1  ml) as  keeper.  Processed samples were  sealed in glass  ampoules

before they were analysed.  Table 5 shows some data, obtained from the 1979 survey, as

analysed  by  different gas  chromatographic techniques.  The processed  samples  were

analysed  by packed column (Dexil 400/Anachrom Q, 9 feet long, 1/8" O.D.), fused silica

capillary  columns -  50 m,  0.2 mm I.D.  -  with different liquid phases and by the dual

column technique.
TABLE 5.    COMPARISON OF RESULTS BETWEEN PACKED COLUMN,
                               GC2 ANDGC2 X 2
SAMPLE SAMPLE
  //      CODING
                        PACKED
                        COLUMN
Concentration ng/m^
SINGLE CAPILLARY COLUMN   DUAL COLUMN

  SP-2100    OV-1    SE-54       OV-l/SE-54
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
If
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
HAM-I
HAM-I
HAM-I
HAM-I
HAM-U
HAM-U
HAM-U
HAM-U
KIN-U
KIN-U
LON-S
MIS-U
MIS-U
MIS-U
MIS-U
MOO-R
MOO-R
NAN-R
NAN-R
SAR-I
SAR-U
SAR-U
STC-R
STC-R
317
173
52
68
28
128
31
25
3.6
9.3
35
155
40
20
6.7
33
27
96
28
1615
115
58
78
15
11
4.8
8.7
20
1.6
2.4
3.6
4.4
4.3
3.3
11
7.3
5.1
1.4
2.4
2.5
4.7
4.9
11
6.8
3.5
4.6
14
1.9
11
5.2
0.7
5.9
2.5
3.8
2.3
2.2
12
5.2
9.4
3.7
3.2
3.3
3.4
2.9
3.1
3.7
4.6
4.3
3.7
6.1
4.2
4.7
7.0
4.1
1.6
9.7
1.0
3.0
1.7
1.6
6.5
2.7
9.1
2.7
2.8
1.9
3.3
1.1
1.7
1.7
2.4
6.5
14
4.3
2.5
4.2
3.3
1.4
0.2
1.9
0.02
0.9
0.2
0.2
0.08
0.3
6.3
0.9
0.05
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.3
0.1
1.1
2.1
0.6
0.6
0.5
2.0
                                       389

-------
     The  data for  total PCB's on the medium  resolution  packed column are about an




order of magnitude, or  more, higher than the data from the single capillary columns.




The reason for it is, in  our opinion, the low resolving power  of the packed column with




many impurities, which were not removed by the  clean-up procedure, identified as PCB's.








     There seems to be a fair agreement between the data for total PCB's obtained on




capillary columns with different liquid phases.   However, on  closer examination we see




that some PCB congeners are identified on  one  type of column only and their presence




can not be confirmed on the other types of columns.  The reason for it is, in our opinion,




that although capillary columns have very high resolving power, many impurities present




in ambient air may not be removed by the clean-up procedure and because of very close




RT under  given gas chromatographic conditions on a given  column,  they may be




identified  as PCB congenors and thus the reported data might  be biased high.








     The  data from the dual column analysis  with the elimination of PCB congenor




which can not be confirmed on both columns and quantification based on individual PCB




congenors are, in  our opinion, closer  to  the true value than the results from  a  single




capillary column analysis.
     The work described in this  paper was not funded  by the U.S. Environmental



Protection Agency and therefore the contents do not necessarily reflect the views of the



Agency and  no official endorsement should be inferred.
                                         390

-------
                                  REFERENCES
1.   Association Off. Anal. Chem. Methods 29.018.

2.   Sawyer,  L.D.  Quantitation  of  Polychlorinated  Biphenyl  Residues by  Electron
     Capture Gas-Liquid Chromatography:  Reference Material  Characterization and
     Preliminary Studies. 3.  Assoc. Off. Anal. Chem. 61_, 272 (1978).

3.   Sawyer,  L.D.  Quantitation  of  Polychlorinated  Biphenyl  Residues by  Electron
     Capture Gas-Liquid Chromatography: Collaborative Study.   J.  Assoc. Off.  Anal.
     Chem. 61, 282 (1978).

4.   Lewis, R.G.  Accuracy  and Trace Organic Analysis. National Bureau of Standards
     Special Publication 422, pp. 17-20.

5.   Sissons, D. and Welti, D.  Structural Identification of Polychlorinated Biphenyls in
     Commercial Mixtures by Gas-Liquid Chromatography, Nuclear Magnetic Resonance
     and Mass-Spectrometry.  J. Chromatog. 60, 15 (1971).

6.   Said, A.S.  and Hussein, F.H.   The Absolute Retention Index in Chromatography.
     Part I.  J. High Res. Chromatog. and Chromatog. Comm. 257 (1978).

7.   Hutzinger, O., Safe, S.  and Titko, V.  The  Chemistry of PCB's.  CRC Press Inc.
     1974.
6AR2-21
                                        391

-------
            A Cost-Effective Procedure to Screen Air Samples
                      for Polyaromatic Pollutants4
     T. Vo-DinhD, G. C. Colovosc,  T. J. Wagner ,  and R. H. lungers'

                   Health  and  Safety Research  Division
                      Oak  Ridge National  Laboratory
                           Oak Ridge,  TN  37830
                                ABSTRACT
     The use of simple and cost-effective  luminescence  techniques  for
screening  ambient air particulate samples is described.  Two analytical
methods, synchronous luminescence and room temperature  phosphorescence,
are  employed  to  monitor  the  content  of  polynuclear aromatic (PNA)
species in  air  particulate  extracts  collected  at  two  wood-burning
communities.  The validity and efficacy of this cost-effective screening
approach are demonstrated via comparison  of  the  screening  data  with
results  obtained  by  detailed gas chromatography/mass spectrometry and
high-performance liquid chromatography.  The results of this field study
demonstrate  that a simple and cost-effective screening procedure can be
used to obtain PNA spectral profiles as a  basis  to  rank  air  samples
according to their PNA content and/or to determine whether these samples
have similar PNA compositions.

     This  paper  has  been  reviewed  in  accordance  with   the   U.S.
Environmental   Protection   Agency's  peer  and  administrative  review
policies and approved for presentation and publication.
     Research sponsored jointly by the US Environmental Protection
    Agency under Interagency Agreement No.  ERD-82-190 and the Office of
    Health and Environmental Research, US Department of Energy under
    Contract No.  W-7405-eng-26 with the Union Carbide Corporation.

     Instrumentation and Measurements Group,  Health and Safety Research
    Division, Oak Ridge National Laboratory,  Oak Ridge, TN 37830.
    C
     Rockwell International, Energy  Systems Group,  Environmental  Monitoiing
    Service Center,  Newbury P*r>,  CA 91320

     PEDCo Environmental,  Inc., Cincinnati,  OH 45246.

     Data Management and Analysis Division,  US Environmental Protection
    Agency, Environmental  Monitoring Systems  Laboratory,  Research
    Triangle Park,  NC 27711.
                                   392

-------
I.  INTRODUCTION






     Many routine air monitoring programs  involving  large  numbers  of




samples  require  that  the  decision  as  to the levels of accuracy and




sensitivity of  the  analytical  methods  be  governed  by  cost-benefit




consideration.  Before selection of the groups of samples to be analyzed




in detail or the types of methods to be employed,  it  is  desirable  to




have  some  screening  procedure  available  that can provide an overall




profile of major components.   Such a screening step may obviate the need




to perform unnecessary and costly detailed analyses.






     This field study evaluated the efficacy of  two  simple  and  rapid




analytical   techniques,    synchronous   luminescence   (SL)   and  room




temperature phosphorescence (RTF), for routine screening of samples  for




PNA  content  (3-6).  The SL and RTF techniques were used to monitor PNA




compounds in cyclohexane  extracts of air particulate  samples  collected




in  two wood-burning communities.  The luminescence screening procedures




conducted at Oak Ridge National Laboratory ranked  all  samples  on  the




basis of their PNA content (7).  The efficacy of the screening procedure




was evaluated by comparing the SL and RTF  results  with  data  obtained




from  independent gas chromatography/mass spectrometry (GC/MS) and high-




performance liquid chromotography (EPLC)  analysis  performed  by  PEDCo




Environmental,  Inc.  and  by Rockwell International, respectively.  The




results of this field evaluation showed that the luminescence  screening




procedure  constituted  an  effective  tool  for ranking air samples for




their PNA content and could serve to reduce the number of GC/MS analyses




needed to characterize PNA compounds in ambient air.
                                      393

-------
II.   EXPERIMENTAL









Ranking Procedures






     The screening procedure evaluated in this research project is based




upon  RTP  and  SL  (3-6).   Because most of the PNA compounds fluoresce




and/or phosphoresce, this ranking  protocol  is  based  upon  the  gross




intensity  of  the  total peak height of the SL and RTP bands.  The full




details of the screening protocol are described elsewhere (7).  In  this




study the SL technique was applied to fluorescence measurements.The four




major steps involved in the protocol are:   1) serial  dilution  of  the




sample extracts,  2) SL measurements, 3) RTP measurements, and 4) ranking




the samples.






     A simple computer program was  developed  to  calculate  a  ranking




index  for  SL  and  RTP screening.  This program receives as inputs the




peak height intensities of a preselected number of emission bands in the




SL and RTP spectra, the sensitivity factor of the detector, the dilution




factor of the sample, and the peak height of a given  band  of  a  known




reference  standard  sample.   These  peak  height  intensities are then




corrected to the reference standard, normalized to the unity  sensitivity




scale  of  the  spectrometer, and original dilution (1:1) of  the sample,




and summed.  The summed value of the peak  height  for   each  sample   is




stored in a one-dimensional array and used as a basis for ranking.







     The SL ranking index is a relative  number proportional to  the total




peak  height  of   the   six SL emission bands monitored at 316,  336, 360,




404, 434, and 472  nm.   The RTP ranking index  is obtained as   a  relative
                                      394

-------
number  proportional  to  the  average peak height of RTF emission using




excitation at 290,  343,  and 390 nm.   These three wavelengths were  found




to excite most PNA compounds of interest in this study.









III.  RESULTS AND DISCUSSION






     Figures 1 and 2 shew some typical SL spectra using AX  =  3 nm  for




six  samples  in  the  first  series  and illustrate the principle of SL




screening.  The background signal of  the  solvent  blank  is  given  in




Figure 2d for comparison purposes.   The samples, identified by a 5-digit




alphanumeric code,  correspond to diluted cyclohexane extracts  from  air




particulate  samples  collected  outdoors  at  different  locations in a




residential community.   Visual  examination  of  Figures  1  and  2  led




readily        to        the        qualitative        ranking        of




OG654>CG543>CG626>CG634>CG573>CG656.  Sample CG654 had the  highest  PNA




content  since  a  50-fold  diluted  sample  exhibited  an  SL  emission




intensity equivalent to that of a  10-fold  diluted  solution  in  other




samples.   It  is  interesting  to  note that samples CG543 showed three




emission bands between 400 and 500 nm similar to those in  sample  OG626




with some additional bands at the spectral region <400 nm.  This feature




is an indication that sample OG626  contains  fewer  small-ring  species




(less than 4 benzene rings) than sample CG543.




     According to their RTF intensities, the six samples in  this  first




series  were  ranked  as  follows:   CG654>CG543>CG634>CG626>CG573>CG656.




Table I summarizes  the  results  of  gross  ranking  for  the  six  air




particulate  extracts  investigated  in  this  first  sample  series and




compares the SL and RTF screening results with  data  obtained  by  PEDCo
                                      395

-------
 using  GC/MS  measurements.    The   SL/RTP  ranking   results were  in  good




 agreement  with GC/MS  data  for  the  six  samples from  this first  series  of




 field samples.







      Another series of  field samples consisted of   ten  air  particulate




 extracts randomly  picked among the  samples  sent  to  ORNL.  The  SL  spectra




 were  similar to those observed with the  first sample  series, showing six




 major  emission bands  at  approximately 316,  336, 360, 404, 434, and




 472 nm.  The RTF spectra of the field  samples were  also similar to those




 studied previously   and exhibited a broadband and  featureles's structure




 with  the maximum emission between 500  and 600 nm.   Table  II   gives  the




 results of   the  calculation  of the SL  Ranking Index for this series of




 field samples.







      This  second series of field samples were independently analyzed  by




 PEDCo  using GC/MS for  ten specific PNA  compounds used previously in the




 standard reference mixture, viz, phenanthrene, anthracene, fluoranthene,




 pyrene,   benz[a]anthracene,    chrysene,  triphenylene,  benzo[a]pyrene,




 benzo [e jpyrene,  and perylene.    The  "total"  content  for  the  ten  PNA




 compounds obtained by GC/MS was compared  to the SL/RTP composite ranking




 index as shown  in Table II.  The correlation between the SL/RTP  ranking




 results  and  the GC/MS data is illustrated in Figure 3.  As depicted in




 Figure 3, there  is a "linear"  correlation  between  the  SL/RTP  ranking




 index and the total content for the ten PNAs analyzed by GC/MS.







     Further information of analytical  interest could also  be  provided




by  the  spectral  structure  of the SL profiles.  Examination of the SL




profile of  samples CG642 and CG635 shows that the   intensity   is  higher
                                     396

-------
for wavelengths >360 nm where the emission of most PNAs having more  than




three benzenoid rings occurs.  The GC/MS data on Table  II  for   samples




OG642  and CG635 are in good agreement with this qualitative prediction.




Since the GC/MS analyses dealt mainly with high-number  ring  PNAs,   the




total  PNA  content obtained by GC/MS for CG642 and CG635 are relatively




higher than those obtained with the other samples.  Note that  the   data




for  samples CG642 and CG635 (triangular dots on Figure 3) correspond to




another correlation line with a higher slope.  This result  demonstrates




that the SL profile can be used not only to provide an index for  ranking




but also to provide useful information concerning the ring size   of   the




PNA constituents in the sample.







     Another series  of  air  particulate  sample  extracts,  previously




ranked by SL and RTP, were also analyzed by Rockwell International using




HPLC.  The comparative results are illustrated in Figure 4.  The  results




of this field study demonstrate the efficacy of the SL/RTP procedures to




provide  a  ranking  based  solely  on  the  total  intensity   of    the




luminescence  profile  without requiring any physical sample separation.




Use of this ranking procedure will reduce the cost of pollution   control




and  human  exposure  assessment  by  reducing the number of unnecessary




analyses by more sophisticated and more expensive techniques.
                                      397

-------
References
 [1]  Greenberg,  A., Yokoyama, R. , Giorgio, P., and Canova, F., Analysis
      of  Polynuclear Aromatic Hydrocarbons on the Airborne particulates
      of Urban New Jersey, in Polyaromatic  Hydrocarbons,  ed.  Bjorseth
      and A.  J. Dennis,  Batelle Press, p. 193 (1980) .

 [2]  Funke,  W. ,  Romanowski,  T. , Konig, J. , and Balfanz, E. ,   Detection
      of  High  Molecular  Polycyclic  Aromatic Hydrocarbons  in Airborne
      Particulate Matter  Using  MS,  GC,  and  GC/MS,   in  Polyaromatic
      Hydrocarbons.  eds.  M  Cooke,  A.  J.  Dennis,   and G.  L. Fisher,
      Batelle Press, p.  305 (1982).

 [3]  Vo-Dinh, T.  Multicomponent Analysis by  Synchronous  Luminescence
      Spectrometry, Anal. Chem. 50: 396(1978).

 [4]  Vo-Dinh,  T.   Synchronous  Excitation  Spectroscopy,   in   Modern
      Fluorescence  Spectroscopy.  Volume  4, ed. by E.  L. Wehry, Plenum
      Press,  NY,  1981.

 [5]  Vo-Dinh,  T.   Room  Temperature   Phosphorimetry  for  Chemical
      Analysis, John Wiley and Sons , Inc. Publishers,  New York (1984).

 [6]  Vo-Dinh, T., and Gammage, R. B.  Singlet-Triplet  Energy Difference
      as a parameter of Selectivity in Synchronous Phosphorimetry, Anal.
      Chem. 50: 2054 (1979) .

 [7]  Vo-Dinh, T. , and Bruewer, T.  B.   Field  Evaluation  of a  Cost-
      Effective  Screening  Procedure for  Polynuclear Aromatic Compounds
      in Ambient Air Samples, (Final Report, Interagency Agreement   No.
      ERD-82-170,  U.S.   Environmental  Protection  Agency)   Oak  Ridge
      National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, TN (1983).
                                     398

-------
      Table I.  Comparison between SL/RTP result and GC/MS data.-
    SL  ? RTF
     Ranking
      (ORNL)
CG654)   CG543>    CG626>    CG634>   OG573>    CG656
 GC/MS Analysis
     (PEDCo)-
Phenanthrene
Anthracene
Fluoranthene
Pyrene
Benz[a]anthracene
Chrysene/
Triphenylene
Benzo[e ]pyrene
Benzo[a]pyrene
Perylene
52
0
1015
1253
1608

2437
1120
1539
166
180
0
446
479
408

731
278
297
51
70
0
238
221
135

260
152
0
0
44
0
96
86
0

66
0
0
0
42
0
63
65
0

0
0
0
0
19
0
60
61
0

59
0
0
0
—SL/RTP measurements were conducted at
conducted at PEDCo.
^GC/MS data = ug/mL.
                    ORNL;  GC/MS  measurements  were
            Table II.   Comparison between the SL/RTP ranking
            results  and GC/MS  data  for  the 2nd  sample  series.
Sampl e
CG616
CG545
CG627
CG560
CG619
CG629
CG624
CG533
CG642-
CG635-
SF
Index
90
75
65
55
65
20
15
15
45
20
RTP
Index
35
25
20
20
10
15
5
1
15
2
SL/RTP
Ranking Index
125
100
85
75
75
35
20
16
60
22
GC/MS Data
Hg/mL
2.197
2.264
1.119
0.727
1.094
0.056
0.134
0.260
2.390
0.414
      SF  profile  of  these  two  samples  indicate  a
composition with relatively higher content of PNA with 4
                                     different   PNA
                                     rings and up.
                                  399

-------
         09
         e
                                                                                           H-
                                                                                           TO
                                                                                           C
                                                                                           H
         O5
      P
      H-
      •1


      •8
      M
o
e
O
o
      09
      B
      •d
   CA
   O
   a

   o
   **

   •O    o

   o    -
   M>   —
   H-   5
   i-»   3
   n
   M
         o
         H)
         V)
         a
                             SYNCHRONOUS FLUORESCENCE INTENSITY (orbitrory units)
          O
          o
                 s  _
                 &
                 o
                 o
                 O
                 O
                      _i	!
                                           o     o
                                                                                        cr o
                                                                                        >-• o
                                                                                        o to-
                                                                                        B M
                                                                                        r* O
                                                                                           B
                                                                                        P O
                                                                                        v- p
                                                                                                  u>
                                                                                                  o
                                                                                                  (A
                                                                                                  n
ni O
r
m
                                                                                                  t-  3
        SYNCHRONOUS FLUORESCENCE INTENSITY
            _^      r\j       —     r\j
      O     O      OOO     O       O
         to
         o
                                                                                           n
                                                                                           M
                                                                                           rt
                                                                                           M
                                                                                           P
                                                                                           O
         o
         M)

-------
oo P
H TOTAL CONTENT OF 6 PNA COMPOUNDS DETERMINED „ TOTAL CONTENT OF 10 PNA COMPOUNDS
I BY HPLC (Mq/ml> « DETERM,NED BY GC/MS (/xq/ml)
o S b £ o b o
« n 0
 O* ^3
P  33 o
tn o> ;>
t3 ^
t!> ^
M W — .
r+ L^ 2
n ~-~ o 0
J^ p »
o o H 5
In °
' 2 x 0

£* • — •
H- 5
» 5- £|
oo n. O
Ho
*~*
n~~*
<<
(/)
^J
P c .~.
)— i ^3 ej
«• rt —
c "* i2-
i/>
o P oo
S BO
p p.
5 M
00 3 ^D
T o °
VI
01 O*
^P P
|_4 —A, "^*
o ^ 0
i? O
1 1



—


	 * 9 ~~^
->J

9
(Ti
	 0^ O 	




	 ' 0 	
L»J


— ,,.-' 	
T>
_
	 •','.'' CO 	
' ' oto o o n o o >
Cf'OOOOCTO 2
cncncncncncncr) -^
f\> (^ c>J L>J r\> rt r; r~

_*. r\j
...,-', Z
O




	 0 	



] 1 1
i-h n
0 0
„
ut rt
n i-1
< p
« rt
S. ° "
^
P O" 'R /n

K) rt "D O

Wl O ^
§ B Z
*Tj x*\

of2
^0

M fr- 3 x'
J* "Tfl O
2 H ^ 0
o P ^ O
rt B
w g- D
• H- -,
B a-
-*
H 0
fs •»
M ^^
£ C

rt — ~*
„, — cn
— O
P
y
P-

O
n
g

M fV)
r~i
1 1
O

0
«) ^co

<^





^0
^

e •


9
OJ

- «M



o
i> "~
-— 5
OUDCD -Njc^cn-kc^ro^
CO
oooooooooo j>
	 C~)CDCDOOCr)CTOCDCD2 —
uicno'ioicncncj'CDuio^ TI
c^ji-uiuD^eDo^^cn £,

Z
p




1 1
p, O
0 M, ""
oo "> rt
o O to
ui H "

-------